self assessment report (sar)tfw mgmt 2 0.75 4 2.00 7 4.625 ajecs ajecs 39 6.15 43 11.30 14 4.26 11...

SELF ASSESSMENT REPORT (SAR)

FOR ACCREDITATION OF UG ENGINEERING (Electronics & Communication)

PROGRAMME (TIER-II)

Submitted to

NATIONAL BOARD OF ACCREDITATION New Delhi

AMAL JYOTHI COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

Koovappally P. O., Kanjirappally Kottayam Dst. Kerala

SEPTEMBER 2015

NBA- SAR Department of EC Engineering

Contents

Title Page No.

PART- A

Institutional Information 3 Departmental Information 11

Programme Specific Information 15

PART- B

Vision, Mission and Programme Educational Objectives 17

Programme Outcomes 30

Programme Curriculum 73

Students’ Performance 85

Faculty Contributions 96

Facilities and Technical Support 114

Academic Support Units and Teaching-Learning Process 127

Governance, Institutional Support and Financial Resources 154

Continuous Improvement 170

Declaration 178

Appendix 1: Syllabi

Appendix 2: Publication List

2


Self-Assessment Report (SAR) Part A I. Institutional Information I.1. Name and address of the institution and affiliating university: (Instruction: The name, address of the institution, and the name of the university which has given affiliation to this institution, are to be listed here.) Amal Jyothi College of Engineering Koovappally P.O., Kanjirappally, Kottayam Dst. Kerala. PIN 686518 Affiliating University: Mahatma Gandhi University, Kottayam 686560/Kerala Technological University, Kerala. I.2. Name, designation, telephone number, and email address of the contact person for the NBA: (Instruction: The name of the contact person, with other details, has to be listed

here.)

Rev. Fr. Dr. Jose Kannampuzha Principal Telephones: O: 04282-305503; R: 048282-51136; M: 09447870275 E-Mail: [email protected] I.3. History of the institution (including the date of introduction and number of seats of various programmes of study along with the NBA accreditation, if any) in tabular form: (Instruction: History of the institution and its chronological development along with the records of past accreditation need to be listed here.)

Year Description

2001

Institution established with the following programmes (intake) B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering (45) B. Tech. Electrical and Electronics Engineering (45) B. Tech. Information Technology (45) B. Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering (45)

3


2002

Intake of B. Tech. CSE increased (60) Intake of B. Tech. EEE increased (60) Intake of B. Tech. IT increased (60) Intake of B. Tech. ECE increased (60)

2004 Intake of B. Tech. ECE increased (90)

2005 Started B. Tech. in Mechanical Engineering (60)

2006 Started B. Tech Civil Engineering (60) Intake of B. Tech. ECE increased (120)

2008

NBA accreditation visits and accreditation for B. Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering, and B. Tech. Electrical and Electronics Engineering Started MCA Programme (60) Started M. Tech. Communication Engg (18)

2009 Intake of B. Tech. CSE increased (90) Intake of B. Tech. ME increased (90)

2010

Started B. Tech. Automobile Engineering (60) M. Tech. Machine Design (18) M. Tech. Communication Engineering (24) M. Tech. in Power Electronics & Power systems (18) MCA lateral entry (60) Intake of B. Tech. Civil Engineering increased (90)

2011 Started M. Tech. Computer Science (18) Intake of B. Tech. Mechanical Engineering increased (120)

2012

Started B. Tech. Metallurgy (60) M. Tech. (Civil) Structural Engg. & Construction Management (24) Intake of B. Tech. Civil Engineering increased (120)

2013

Started B. Tech. Chemical Engineering (60) M. Tech. Energy Systems (18) Intake of B. Tech. CSE increased (120) Intake of M. Tech. CSE increased (24)

2014

Started MCA Dual Degree (60) M. Tech. (Civil) Computer aided structural design (24) 2015 Started M. Tech. in Nanotechnology (24)

I.4. Ownership status: Govt. (central/state) / trust / society (Govt./NGO/Private) /private/ other: Private Managed by the Catholic Diocese of Kanjirapally, Kottayam, Kerala

4


I.5. Mission and Vision of the Institution:

Vision To be a center of excellence in technical higher education, research and support services, capable of making significant contribution to individual and societal empowerment.

Mission To create technically qualified world-class professionals with social commitment through Career-oriented courses conducted by high profile faculties, complemented with globally Interactive learning processes and leading edge technology.

I.6. Organizational Structure: (Organizational chart showing the hierarchy of academia and administration to be included)

ORGANISATION STRUCTURE OF AJCE

Figure 1: Organization Structure of AJCE: Management

5


Figure2: Organization Structure of AJCE: Department

I.7. Financial status: Govt. (central/state) / grants in aid / not for profit / private self financing / other: Private self-financing I.8. Nature of the trust/society: Also, list other institutions/colleges run by the trust/society

Diocesan Educational Trust, Kanjirapally having its office at Pastoral Centre, Kanjirappally, Kanjirappally Panchayath, Ward IV, Building No.533 is the promoting body of the institution. The deed of the trust is made on 6th September, 2000 and registered under # 254 /2000 /4. The trust is promoted by the Catholic diocese of Kanjirappally, a religious institution of the catholic denomination, which is a minority community, engaged in charitable activities for the benefit of the public, irrespective of caste, creed and community. Amal Jyothi College of Engineering, Kanjirappally is the only institution under this Trust. I.9. External sources of funds: Name of the external source CFY CFYm1 CFYm2 CFYm3

Loan from Banks 3551 3235 2129 1399

6


I.10 Internally acquired funds: (Instruction: The different sources of the internal funds over the last three financial years are to be listed here.)

Name of the internal source CFY CFYm1 CFYm2 CFYm3

Students’ fee 2387 2643 2260 1804

Refundable deposit 532 522 513 498

I.11 Were scholarships or any other financial assistance provided to students?

Name /Nature of scholarship

CFYm3

2011-2012

CFYm2

2012-2013

CFYm1

2013-2014

CFY

2014-15

Nos. Amt No. s Amt No. s Amt No. s Amt

TFW GOVT. 81 54.51 98 67.26 113 84.75 123 92.25

TFW MGMT 2 0.75 4 2.00 7 4.625

AJECS AJECS 39 6.15 43 11.30 14 4.26 11 0.38

MOMA- MCM

GOVT. 19 5.65 125 34.60 136 39.925

CSS GOVT.

8 2.90

PG-GATE

GOVT.-AICTE

11 10.56 30 28.8 45 43.2

FISHERMEN SCHOLARSHIP

GOVT

1 1.16

AJCE MERIT MGMT 32 0.48 49 0.49 22 0.22 38 0.45

AJCE MERIT CUM MEAN

MGMT

7


S

CEE-LOW INCOME

MGMT

43 7.97 57 7.56

VATTAKKUNNEL

EF 4 0.075 4 0.075 4 0.075

4 0.08

LINSA ANNIE EF 2 0.1 2 0.1 2 0.1 2 0.10

LUKES JOY EF 2 0.1 2 0.1 2 0.1 2 0.10

BALU S PILLAI

EF

1 0.05 1 0.05

1

0.05

LIZ SIMON EF

SILVER ORDINATION

EF

1 0.04

SARAMMA IPE MEMORIAL

EF

1

0.02

RODRIGUES MEMORIAL

EF

1 0.01

VENGAL IPE MEMORIAL

EF

1 0.02

PROF. VIJAYAN’S

EF

1 0.02

8


TFW: Tuition fee waiver; MOMA: Ministry of Minority Affairs; CSS: Central Sector Scholarships MGMT: Management; MCM: Merit cum Means; EF: Endowment Fund Basis of award of all the above scholarships: Merit or Merit cum annual income of parents. I.12 Basis/criterion for admission to the institution: All India entrance / state-level entrance / university entrance / 12th standard mark sheet/others: State-level entrance: 50% of the seats are filled from the rank list published by the Commissioner of Entrance Examinations, Government of Kerala. The other 50 % seats under Management quota are filled from the rank list prepared from the applications received by adding the marks scored by the candidates in Plus 2 examination (Mathematics + Physics + Chemistry) and the marks scored by them in the Entrance examination conducted by the Commissioner of Entrance Examinations, Govt. of Kerala. I.13 Total number of engineering students:

CAY CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3

Total no. of boys: 1612 1516 1350 1187

Total no. of girls: 1157 1160 1119 1040

Total no. of students: 2769 2676 2469 2227

Total number of other students, if any

MCA Students CAY

2014-15

CAYm1

2013-2014

CAYm2

2012-13

CAYm3

2011-12 Total no. of boys 86 59 61 51

Total no. of girls 166 108 112 78

Total no. of students 252* 167 173 129

* 2014 -15 MCA includes MCA (Dual Degree), MCA (Lateral Entry) & MCA (Regular)

9


I.14 Total number of employees

Minimum and maximum number of staff on roll in the engineering institution, during the CAY and the previous CAYs (1st July to 30th June): A. Regular Staff

Items


Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max

Teaching staff in engineering

M 104 117 116 96 103 100 95 104

F 81 81 76 68 80 80 69 74

Teaching staff in science & humanities

M 15 14 10 12 13 10 11 13

F 19 14 17 15 15 14 11 12

Non-teaching staff

M 78 83 81 72 78 73 63 67

F 18 24 21 18 21 22 23 18

B. Contractual Staff

I

CAY CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3 Min Max Min Ma Min Max Min Max

Teaching staff in engineering

M

F

Teaching staff in science & humanities

M

F

Non-teaching staff

M 4 4 2 4 2 2 2 2

F

10


II. Departmental Information

II.1.Name and address of the department:

Electronics & Communication Engineering Amal Jyothi College of Engineering

Koovappally P.O., Kanjirappally 686 518

Kottayam, Kerala

II.2. Name, designation, telephone number, and email address of the contact person for the NBA:

Prof. K. G. Satheesh Kumar (Head of the Department)

Telephone Number: 04828 251661(O), 9447368027(M)

Fax No: 04828251136

E Mail: [email protected]

II.3. History of the department including date of introduction and number of seats of various programmes of study along with the NBA accreditation, if any:

Program Description

UG in Electronics and Communication Engineering

Started with 45 seats in 2001 Intake increased to 60 in 2002 Intake increased to 90 in 2004 Intake increased to 120 in 2006 Accredited by NBA for three years in 2008

PG in Communication Engineering

Started with 18 seats in 2009 Intake increased to 24 in 2012

II.4. Mission and Vision of the department (The department is required to specify its Mission and Vision).

Vision ECE

To take an anchoring position as one of the prime departments of the College in molding Electronics and Communication Engineering professionals who are ready to face the demands of industrial development and societal commitment.

11


Mission ECE To prepare students of the Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering for a brilliant career/entrepreneurship along with the development of knowledge, skills, attitude and teamwork ideal for a professional through the designed programme. The faculty of the Department continually seek to enhance their knowledge to competently lead and empower students. II.5. List of the programmes/ departments which share human resources and/or the facilities of this department/programme (in %):

Subjects taken for S1 S2 (13 batches) Hours/week

Credit

S1 S2 AUE Automobile Engineering

EN010 109 Basic Electronics Engineering. & Information Technology

3 5

S1 S2 CE A&B Civil Engineering


3 5

S1 S2 CH Chemical Engineering


3 5

S1 S2 CSE A&B Computer Science Engineering


3 5

S1 S2 ECE A&B Electronics and Communication Engineering


3 5

S1 S2 EEE Electrical & Electronics Engineering


3 5

S1 S2 IT Information Technology


3 5

S1 S2 ME A&B Mechanical Engineering


3 5

S1 S2 MET Metallurgy


3 5

12


Subjects taken for S3 CSE two batches Hours/week

Credit

CS010 306(EC) Electronics Devices and Circuits 4 4 CS010 305 Switching Theory and Logic Design 4 4 CS010 308 Logic Design lab 3 2 Subjects taken for S3 IT Hours/

week Credit

IT010 303 (EC) Discrete and Integrated Electronic Circuits

4 4

IT010 305 Principles of Communication Engineering

4 4

IT010 307 (EC) Electronic Circuits and Communication Lab

3 2

Subjects taken for S5 CSE two batches Hours/week Credit

CS010 504 Digital Signal Processing 4 4 CS010 508 Hardware and Microprocessors Lab 3 2

II.6. Total number of students:

Course No of Students

Boys Girls

UG 464 174 290 PG 37 5 32

II.7. Minimum and maximum number of staff on roll during the current and three previous academic years (1st July to 30th June) in the department:

Items

CAY (2014-15)

CAYm1 (2013-14)

CAYm2 (2012-13)

CAYm3 (2011-12)

Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.

Teaching staff in the department

31 32 31 34 31 34 33 35

Non-teaching staff 9 9 9 10 10 10 9 9

Total 40 41 40 44 41 44 42 44

13


II.7.1. Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure incurred in the CFYm1, CFYm2 and CFYm3 (for the department): (all amount is Lakhs of Rs.) Items

Bud

gete

d in

CFY

20

14-1

5

Act

ual e

xpen

ses i

n C

FY

(ti

ll 20

14 -1

5)

Bud

gete

d in

C

FYm

1 20

13-1

4

Act

ual E

xpen

ses i

n C

FYm

1

201

3-14

Bud

gete

d in

C

FYm

2 20

12-1

3

Act

ual E

xpen

ses i

n C

FYm

2

2012

-13

Bud

gete

d in

C

FYm

3 20

11-1

2

Act

ual E

xpen

ses i

n C

FYm

3

2011

-12

Laboratory equipment 12.54

5.44 1.00

1.80 10.00 5.39 10.00 5.55

Software NIL NIL 14.00 16.21 1.00 NIL 5.00 4.72 Laboratory consumable

1.00 NIL 1.00 0.66 0.75 0.54 .75 0.35

Maintenance and spares 0.05 NIL 0.70 NIL 0.35 NIL 0.25 0.25

Training and Travel 0.08 0.05 0.16 0.06 0.08 0.06 0.07 0.05

Miscellaneous expenses for academic activities 1.50 0.95 0.80 0.70 1.50 0.60 1.00 0.25

Total 15.17 17.66 19.43 13.68 6.59 17.07 11.17 *In Lakhs

14


III. Programme Specific information

III.1. Name of the Programme Bachelor of Technology, Electronics & Communication Engineering

III.2. Title of the Degree

Bachelor of Technology in Electronics & Communication Engineering (B. Tech. ECE)

III.3. Name, designation, telephone number, and email address of the Programme Coordinator for the NBA:

Prof. K. G. Satheesh Kumar (Head of the Department) Telephone Number: 04828 251661(O), 9447368027(M) Fax No: 04828251136 E Mail: [email protected]

III.4. History of the programme along with the NBA accreditation, if any:

Programme Description

UG in Electronics and Communication Engineering

Started with 45 seats in 2001 Intake increased to 60 in 2002 Intake increased to 90 in 2004 Intake increased to 120 in 2006 Accredited by NBA for 3 years in July 2008

III.5. Deficiencies, weaknesses/concerns from previous accreditations:

The following are the deficiencies, weakness/concerns from the previous accreditation 1. Short term goals were not well documented.2. Delegation of duties was planned, but not effectively implemented.3. Proper financial planning and utilization.4. Lack of senior faculties as per AICTE norms.5. High attrition rate.6. Poor efforts in the direction of continuing education, entrepreneurship

activities.7. Professional society activities are lacking in number.8. Ethical and value education is missing.9. Proper planning and budgeting in the direction of R& D activities need

improvement.10. Lack of networking with other colleges and industries for R&D.

15


III.6. Total number of students in the programme: UG: Total: 464 174 Boys 290 Girls

III.7. Minimum and maximum number of staff for the current and the three previous academic years (1st July to 30th June) in the programme:

Items


Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.

Teaching staff in the department 31 32 31 34 31 34 33 35

Non-teaching staff 9 9 9 10 10 10 9 9

Total 40 41 40 44 41 44 42 44 III.8. Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure incurred in CFYm1, CFYm2 and CFYm3 (for this programme in the department exclusively): Items

Bud

gete

d in

CFY

20

14-1

5

Act

ual e

xpen

ses i

n C

FY (

till 2

014-

15)

Bud

gete

d in

C

FYm

1 20

13-1

4

Act

ual E

xpen

ses

in C

FYm

1 20

13-1

4

Bud

gete

d in

C

FYm

2 2

012-

13

Act

ual E

xpen

ses i

n

CFY

m2

201

2-13

Bud

gete

d in

C

FYm

3 2

011-

12

Act

ual E

xpen

ses i

n

CFY

m3

20

11-1

2

Laboratory equipment 12.54 3.06 1.00 NIL 10.00 5.39 10.00 5.55

Software NIL NIL 14.00 16.21 1.00 NIL 5.00 4.72

Laboratory consumables

1.00

NIL 1.00 0.66 .75 0.54 0.75 0.35

Maintenance and spares

0.05 NIL 0.70 NIL 0.35 NIL 0.25 0.25

Travel 0.08 0.05 0.16 0.06 0.08 0.06 0.07 0.05

Miscellaneous expenses for academic activities

1.50 0.95 0.80 0.70 1.50 0.60 1.00 0.25

Total 15.17 4.06 17.66 17.63 13.68 6.59 17.07 11.17

*In Lakhs

16


PART B

1. Vision, Mission and Programme Educational Objectives(75)

1.1. Vision and Mission (5)

1.1.1. State the Mission and Vision of the institute and department (1)

Institute: Vision: To be a center of excellence in technical higher education, research and support services, capable of making significant contribution to individual and societal empowerment.

Mission: To create technically qualified world-class professionals with social commitment through career-oriented courses conducted by high profile faculties, complemented with globally interactive learning processes and leading edge technology.

Department: Vision: To take an anchoring position as one of the prime departments of the College in molding Electronics and Communication Engineering professionals who are ready to face the demands of industrial development and societal commitment.

Mission: To prepare students of the Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering for a brilliant career/entrepreneurship along with the development of knowledge, skills, attitude and teamwork ideal for a professional through the designed programme. The faculty of the Department continually seek to enhance their knowledge to competently lead and empower students.

1.1.2. Indicate how and where the Mission and Vision are published and disseminated (2) (Describe in which media, e.g. websites, curricula, books, etc. the mission and vision are published and how the same is disseminated among stakeholders)

The College Vision and Mission are published in Institution Website 1. Web Link: http://www.ajce.in.2. College Calendar.

17


3. College Magazine. 4. Printed and Displayed at the Reception area and several other locations

in the college. The department Vision and Mission are published in department website

1. Web Link: http://www.ajce.in/amal-jyothi/courses/electronics-and-commu nication– engineering/ece-vision-mission/

2. Displayed at the Department Entrance, labs, conference hall, Department Brochure etc.

3. The staff and students are reminded of the Vision and Mission through the displays.

4. Student Orientation programmes. 5. College Brochure. 6. They are also prominently displayed on the departmental notice boards. 7. Every class rooms/labs.

1.1.3. Mention the process for defining the Mission and Vision of the department (2) (Articulate the process involved in defining the mission and vision of the department from the mission and vision of the institute.) The department established the vision and mission through a consultative process involving the stakeholders, faculty of the department and the Institutional Advisory Board as shown in Figure 3 below, in establishing the vision and mission of the department.

Figure 3. Process defining Department Vision & Mission

18


1.2. Programme Educational Objectives (15) 1.2.1. Describe the Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs) (2) Programme educational objectives are broad statements that describe the career and professional accomplishments that the programme is preparing graduates to achieve within 3 to 5 years after graduation. The PEOs of B. Tech Electronics and Communication Engineering are 1. Electronics and Communication Engineering graduates have successful careers in Industry/ Entrepreneurship. 2. Our graduates show excellence in technical higher Education and in Research 3. Our graduates show good competency and social commitment in their work culture.

1.2.2. State how and where the PEOs are published and disseminated (2) PEOs are published in the college website, printed and displayed at the reception areas of the department. They are made available to the access of stake holders. It is included in the course file for each course in all semesters. They are conveyed to the parents, students, alumni and other stake holders in the initial meetings. 1.2.3. List the stakeholders of the programme (1) Stakeholders/Constituencies For the development and assessment of the Programme Education Objectives, the significant constituencies of the department were identified and a review/feedback process is in place to continuously improve the curriculum to which the program educational objectives are being met.

1 Students

Students are the important constituents due to the fact that the major investment (both money and time) is envisaged in the students. Student evaluations and opinions are obtained through student exit surveys, course and project surveys.

2 Industry The corporate input from industry representatives is considered essential in assessing student performance. The feedback from the employers is another milestone for the vision achievement.

19


3 Faculty The faculty is the backbone in providing an excellent teaching-learning experience and the ultimate facilitator for engineering education. As a real facilitator, the faculty has an excellent opportunity to evaluate student deliverables. Evaluations of student performance in classes are used as assessment tools. 4 Alumni Alumni of the programme represent a much broader spectrum of individuals with a wide range of experience in their lives and careers. It is very important to include their feedback, through Alumni surveys, in evaluating the programme’s success in meeting its desired programme educational objectives. 5 Parents Parents are another important stakeholder for the academic programme. The parent constituency contributes by providing valuable suggestions and feedbacks.

1.2.4. State the process for establishing the PEOs (5)

Initial PEOs drafts were prepared by senior faculty by considering the Vision and Mission of the Department. The PEO’s were framed by a committee consisting of HOD, Coordinators and Class Teachers. They were discussed, finalized and presented in the common staff meeting and approved by Academic Council of the College and published in the college/department website.

The Committee meets every year after publication of University results of final year students to review the PEO’s and analyses the achievement of the PEO and strategy to be adopted to achieve the PEO. The modifications suggested by the committee are incorporated from the next first year admission. Inputs to review the PEO’s are taken from students, alumni, parents, employers and feedback cells. The process is described in Figure 4 as shown below

20


Figure 4. PEO Definition & Assessment Process

1.2.5. Establish consistency of PEOs with Mission of the institute (5)

The Programme Educational Objectives of ECE Programme are consistent with the Mission of the ECE department, in contributing to the society through innovative and quality education; research and community service, and be responsive to global development and local challenges. The PEOs flow naturally from the missions of the Department. The consistency is realized through producing graduates with strong capability to comprehend the broad engineering context in physical phenomena as stated in the first objective. This capability enables the graduates to take up leading roles in providing

21


engineering solution required as stated in second objective. The capability also enables graduates to perform satisfactorily in pursuing graduate degrees in international level as stated in the third objective. These capabilities are also supported by professional and ethical character, and willingness and capability to pursue further knowledge, as indicated by the fourth and fifth objectives. To prepare students of the Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering for a brilliant career/entrepreneurship along with the development of knowledge, skills, attitude and teamwork ideal for a professional through the designed programme. The faculty of the Department continually seeks to enhance their knowledge to competently lead and empower students.

Department Mission

Components

Programme Educational Objectives

PEO1 PEO2 PEO3

Brilliant career/entrepreneurship

√

Knowledge, skills, attitude and teamwork ideal for a professional

√

√

√

Competent and empowered

√

√

√

1.3. Achievement of Programme Educational Objectives (20) 1.3.1. Justify the academic factors involved in achievement of the PEOs (5) 1. Good academics and opportunities to engage in team work (specialized aptitude

trainings, placement trainings etc.) 2. Students are encouraged to select topics that have relevance to future research

activities for their final year seminar and project works. 3. Social service activities included in the curriculum cultivate good work culture and

social commitment in the students. 4. Ample opportunities to participate in international conferences encourage students

to become active members of professional bodies. 5. Class committee meeting, department meeting, PTA meeting and academic

council meeting held in regular interval and feedbacks are discussed and necessary modifications in course delivery are made. Add on programs are arranged.

22


1.3.2. Explain how the administrative system helps in ensuring the achievement of the PEOs (5) The various committees with their clearly defined functions exist for ensuring the attainment of PEO s and PO s. All committees work in good coordination for the smooth functioning of the institute and the department which helps each stake holder to work towards the attainment of PEOs. Internal Quality Assurance cell 1. Assessment and evaluation at institutional level 2. Program wise assessment semester/year 3. Continuous improvement initiatives

Programme coordinator 1. Interacts and maintains liaison with key stake holders, students, faculty,

Department Head and employer. 2. Interacting with course coordinators towards attainment of PEOs and POs and

review/update the changes required for curriculum contents. 3. Conducts and interprets various surveys required to assess POs and PEOs Course coordinator 1. Coordinates and supervise the faculty teaching the particular course 2. Assess the attainment of COs (course outcomes) by conducting Course End

Surveys and review/update the course delivery and assessment methods 3. Recommend and facilitate workshops, development programs, meetings or

conferences for students and faculty to meet the COs 4. Analyses results of particular course and recommends the Programme coordinator

and Head of the Department to take appropriate actions. Programme Assessment Committee 1. Programme Assessment Committee consists of Program Coordinator, Course

Coordinator and faculty representatives. 2. The committee monitors and evaluates the programme effectiveness and proposes

necessary changes for the attainment of PEO s and PO s. 3. Conducts and interprets various surveys required to assess POs and PEOs 4. Prepares periodic reports/records on programme activities and progress and

submits to Department Advisory Board. 5. Interact with students, faculty and other stakeholders in facilitating PEOs.

23


Department Advisory Board (DAB) 1. Initiates process for defining or revising department and programme goals, PEOs

and PO s.2. Survey of department academic functioning3. Advice on improvements in functioning4. DAB include the HOD, Programme Coordinator, faculty representatives and the

representatives of key stake holders5. DAB chaired by Head of the Department, receives the report of the Programme

Assessment Committee and monitors the progress of the programme6. In addition there are the following individual positions by faculty members that

handle specific tasks - Alumni Coordinator, Project-in-charge, Co-curricularCoordinators

7. Conducts and interprets various surveys required to assess POs and PEOs

Institutional Advisory Board 1. Review of the attainment of PEO, PO and suggest improvements.

1.3.3. Indicate the additional co-curricular activities undertaken towards the attainment of the PEOs (10)

1. Technical contests conducted during Azure, national level techno cultural fest,department association fest.

2. Group discussions in class.3. Seminars in class.4. Participation in International Conferences.5. Multidisciplinary Clubs.6. Placement training.7. Lab and Practical sessions.8. Extra workshops and seminar.9. National and international conference Participation.10. Technical fest.11. Arts and other non-technical events.12. Tour and Industrial visits.13. Event Volunteership.14. Social Service Program.15. Retreat and other renovation Programs.16. NSS Activities.17. I2U contest.18. IEDC.19. Professional Body Activities - ISTE, IEEE.

24


1.4. Assessment of the achievement of the Programme Educational Objectives (25) 1.4.1. Indicate the tools and processes used in assessment of the achievement of the PEOs (15) a) Listing and description of the assessment processes used to gather data upon which the evaluation of each Programme Educational Objective is based. Examples of data collection processes may include, but are not limited to, employer surveys, graduate surveys, focus groups, industrial advisory committee meetings, or other processes that are relevant and appropriate to the programme;

Assessment Tools

Direct/Indirect Remarks

Alumni Survey Indirect Alumni Survey conducted among alumni at the end of each academic year

Employer survey Indirect

Employer Survey conducted among employers both as formal and informal mode of communication

Student Exit Survey

Indirect Student Exit Survey conducted among the graduates.

Project Evaluation

Direct Project Evaluation conducted among the students towards the end of their final year

Course Evaluation

Direct

Course evaluation is collected from the faculty at the end of each semester. Mode of evaluation is Semester Exam, Series Test, Assignments, and Seminars.

AAJA Interaction Direct Which can be a measure for the communication and technical skills towards the achievement of the PEOs

b) The frequency with which these assessment processes are carried out.

Assessment Tools

Frequency Stakeholders Coordinator

Alumni Survey Yearly Alumni AAJA Coordinator

Employer survey

As and when the employer visit the campus for recruitment (Yearly)

Employer Department Advisory Board (DAB)

25


Student Exit Survey

Yearly Graduates Programme coordinator

Project Evaluation

Yearly Students Department Advisory Board(DAB)

Course Evaluation

Half Yearly Students Department Advisory Board(DAB)

1.4.2. Provide the evidence of the achievement of the PEOs (10) a) The expected level of attainment for each of the programme educational objectives;

PEO Performance Metrics Expected Level of Attainment /Goal

Assessment Tool

PEO 1. Electronics and Communication Engineering graduates have successful careers in industry/ Entrepreneurship.

Percentage of graduates working in Technical or professional careers.

60% Alumni Survey

Level of Technical or professional contribution according to employer

60% Employer Survey

Percentage of graduates who got placement.

60% Placement cell

Percentage of graduates as entrepreneurs

1% Alumni survey

PEO 2. Our graduates show excellence in technical higher Education and in Research

Percentage of graduates enrolled in professional courses since graduation

40% Employer Survey

Percentage who have published a conference or journal article

15% Alumni Survey

Percentage of graduating students who have successfully applied their capability to design a system

60% Project Evaluation

Percentage of graduates have Patent, IPR, copyright

2% Alumni survey

PEO 3. Our graduates show good competency and social commitment in their work culture.

Percentage of students have Competency for employability

60 % Employers feedback

Percentage of students got promoted to next level

60 % Employers feedback /Alumni survey

Percentage of graduates contributes to social commitment (full time or part time for charity work.)

10 % Alumni survey

26


b) Summaries of the results of the evaluation processes and an analysisillustrating the extent to which each of the Programme Educational Objectives is being attained

Figure 5: Exit Survey of Outgoing student last two batches

27


Figure 6: Survey of Placement and Higher Education of various batches c) How the results are documented and maintained. The results are documented and maintained by the department career and placement cell. From collected data, analysis is done and identifies the gap and discusses the same in the department advisory meeting and new strategy will be planned and executed. The evaluation process and stakeholder from the data to be collected are defined. Survey forms, rubrics and other measurement process are framed. Data collection processes are stated. We will be checking the attainment process of 2014 YOP in 2017. Their statistics are monitored by the department career and placement cell.

28


1.5. Indicate how the PEOs have been redefining in the past (10) The Programme Educational Objectives of the Department were redefined in the past from the statistics available in the Department placement cell and by collecting feed backs from stake holders like students, alumni, employers, parents and points come out of class committee meetings, PTA meetings, Department quality cell meetings etc. They were discussed in Department Assessment Committee meetings. The Committee found out the achievement level and gaps in the attainment process.

Figure 7: Redefining the PEO

Department advisory body will be suggesting the method by which gap can be overcome and the same will be implemented in the next coming batch. Modifications starting from course delivery to attainment of PO will be implemented to achieve the PEO. Add on programs are arranged to reduce the gap between the planning and achievement of PEO.

29


2. Programme Outcomes (150)2.1. Definition and Validation of Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes (25)

2.1.1. List the Course Outcomes (COs) and Programme Outcomes (POs) (2)

Programme Outcome (PO)

At the end of the Programme, a student will be able to: 1. Apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering to solve complex

engineering problems in Electronics and Communication Engineering2. Investigate, design and conduct experiments, analyze and interpret data, make

inferences from the resulting data and apply the research skills to solve complexengineering problems in analog and digital systems.

3. Demonstrate basic engineering practices and conduct experiments in electronics,electrical system and in programming language.

4. Model and simulate communication systems and analyze the performance usingmodern tools.

5. Demonstrates the knowledge of theoretical & practical aspects of signal andsystems to meet desired needs within realistic constraints such as economic,environmental, social, ethical, health and safety.

6. Test, measure and provide valid conclusions on energy saving design usingmodern engineering tools and software for environmental sustainability.

7. Understand the impact of engineering solutions on the society by consideringcontemporary issues through lifelong learning.

8. Work as a member of a project team to find cost effective design solutions toproblems related to electronics and communication systems.

9. Communicate effectively in both verbal and written forms along with ethicalresponsibilities.

10. Design systems for applications based on the acquired knowledge to solve realtime requirements.

EN010 101 Engineering Mathematics I

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to: CO[1] Have a fundamental understanding of Matrix, Eigen values, Eigen vectors,

diagonalised form of a given matrix and also reduce the quadratic form of a matrix to its canonical form

CO[2] Understand the application of derivatives in more than one variable and also find the derivatives higher orders

CO[3] Have a fundamental understanding of double integration , triple integration and

30


visualize the concept of volume in 3-dimensional space CO[4] Understand the concept of linear differential equation of the second order and

modeling a differential equation from their applications CO[5] Find the Laplace transform and its inverse Laplace transform of a function and

to solve a differential equation using Laplace transform

EN010 102 Engineering Physics

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to: CO[1] Have an understanding of the fundamentals of science and engineering to

apply as appropriately to the field of electronics & communication engineering practice.

CO[2] Identify, formulate, and solve electronics & communication engineering problems.

CO[3] Understand and describe the principles behind various engineering applications.

CO[4] Use the techniques, skills and modern engineering tools necessary to analyze electronics & communication engineering problems.

CO[5] Apply engineering & management principles in their own / team projects in multidisciplinary environment.

CO[6] Recognize and adapt to emerging applications in engineering and technology. CO[7] Understand the principle of Fiber Optics and its applications in Engineering

and Technology

EN010 103 Engineering Chemistry & Environmental Studies

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and

ability to:

CO[1] Provide Numerical Simulation in Electro-processing Technologies. CO[2] Test and optimize corrosion and wear resistant layers CO[3] Clearly explains the applications of polymer composite in electronics and

communication engineering. CO[4] Demonstrate an understanding of the impact of engineering solutions in a

global and societal context CO[5] Demonstrate knowledge of contemporary environmental issues.

EN010 104 Engineering Mechanics

On completion of this course a successful candidate will be able to CO[1] Develop the ability to work comfortably with basic engineering mechanics

concepts required for analyzing static structures

31


CO[2] Identify an appropriate structural system to studying a given problem and isolate it from its environment, model the problem using good free-body diagrams and accurate equilibrium equations

CO[3] Identify and model various types of loading and support conditions that act on structural systems

CO[4] Understand the meaning of centers of gravity (mass)/centroids and moments of Inertia

CO[5] Apply equations for straight line motion to solve problems with variable acceleration

CO[6] Analyze dynamic problems using work energy and impulse momentum technique

EN010 105 Engineering Graphics

On completion of this course a successful candidate will be able to: CO[1] Prepare and understand drawings. CO[2] Get an idea about various curves used in Engineering and their applications CO[3] Understand and use the principles of orthographic projections. CO[4] Visualize three dimensional objects and to design new products by studying

about projections of solids, CO[5] Study about the sections of solids, and thus to describe the internal details of

objects, machine parts etc. CO[6] Develop surfaces which enables to design and fabricate surfaces of different

shapes. CO[7] Have a good knowledge in isometric and perspective projections which will be

helpful in representing the objects in three dimensional appearances.

EN010 106 Basic Civil Engineering

On completion of this course a successful candidate will be able to:

CO[1] Student will have a general idea on the varieties and cost of construction materials available in the market, their manufacture processes and types.

CO[2] The student will have an understanding on the different parts of buildings and its construction practices making him eligible to analyze a construction work.

CO[3] The students will get the idea about different foundations practically used and about the structural significance of the same.

CO[4] The student gets the concepts on surveying and surveying results like maps, remote sensing, GPS, GIS etc.

CO[5] The basics of transportation engineering, sanitary engineering, building regulations and modern concepts of building construction are known to the students that is of social, environmental relevance.

32


EN010 107 Basic Mechanical Engineering

On completion of this course a successful candidate will be able to:

CO[1] Student becomes interested in the field of mechanical engineering and understands the relevance in industry.

CO[2] By studying the basics the student will be able to appreciate the importance of this subject

CO[3] Student gets a better idea about relating mechanical engineering & electronics. CO[4] Students gets a better idea about mechanical power transmission equipment

and the role of electronic circuitry in controlling them. CO[5] The student will understand the theories behind turbine working and different

types of turbine. CO[6] Students can understand the working of machine tools, manufacturing

processes and the role of automation in them.

EN010 108 Basic Electrical Engineering

After completing this course, the student will be able to: CO[1] Solve the electrical networks mathematically. CO[2] Achieve elementary knowledge of electromagnetism. CO[3] Distinguish between DC and AC circuits and analyze them. CO[4] Achieve elementary knowledge of Electric machines. CO[5] Apply different energy conservation measures and create social awareness on

home energy management.


After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to: CO[1] Understand the methods to analyze and characterize basic Electronic circuits

and components like transistors, Diodes, OP-AMP etc CO[2] Understand various frequency bands, analog modulation techniques, principles

related to the operation and concepts of Satellite and mobile Communication CO[3] Know about electronic measuring instruments, Transducers, and consumer

Electronics CO[4] Understand the basic idea about components of a digital computer, its

programming, different computer networks, internet and IP addressing

EN010 110 Mechanical Workshop

On Completion of the course the student will be able to To use basic mechanical instruments and do basic mechanical activities like

CO[1] Carpentry CO[2] Fitting

33


CO[3] Smithy CO[4] Foundry

EN110 111 Electrical and Civil Workshops

On Completion of the course the student will be able to CO[1] To use basic electrical instruments and activities like wiring, reading meters,

soldering etc. CO[2] To know of Masonry, Plumbing, Surveying CO[3] Acquire knowledge of latest building materials EN010 301 A Engineering Mathematics II

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to: CO[1] Do problems related to vector differentiation and have an idea about the

physical meaning of divergence and curl. CO[2] Evaluate line integrals and surface integrals, understand and use the major

theorems in vector calculus (the Fundamental Theorem of Line Integral, Green’s Theorem, Stokes’ Theorem, and the Divergence theorem).

CO[3] Have an idea about various numerical operations and their related application CO[4] Have an idea about numerical integration and the method solving differential

equations using numerical integration CO[5] Get an idea about Z-transforms and their applications.

EN010 302 Economics and Communication Skills

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to: CO[1] To impart a sound knowledge of the structure and functions of Indian Financial

system CO[2] To enable the students to analyze current economic issues related to and

evaluate the New Economic Policy of India (LPG Policy) CO[3] To give the students an orientation to Indian Public Finance CO[4] To teach the fundamentals of National Income estimates CO[5] To enable the students to analyze the problems of inflation and BOP in the

country CO[6] To acquaint the students with some of the major issues in International

Economics

EC010 303 Network Theory

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to: CO[1] Understand the importance of Circuits and Networks and its applications in

electrical engineering CO[2] Be familiar with the different methods(Node and Mesh analysis) that can be

used to simplify a networks containing independent and dependent sources 34


CO[3] Make out the importance of different Network Theorems which helps to analyse the circuits

CO[4] Study the transient response of circuits. CO[5] Study the frequency response of circuits CO[6] Know two-port models and parameters to simplify the analysis of large

circuits. EC010 304 Solid State Devices

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to: CO[1] Analyse the performance of solid state devices like diode, IGBT's, MOSFETS

and BJT. CO[2] Identify and describe the function and operations of diodes, BJT, FETs,

IGBT in different bias condition CO[3] Acquire in-depth knowledge in construction and operations of solid state

devices. CO[4] Understand the concepts of trans-conductance, inversion layer, ohmic and

rectifying contacts CO[5] Describe the mechanisms for forming charge carriers in a semiconductor, and how

they behave in the presence and absence of an applied voltage CO[6] Describe the factors that influence the flow of charge in semiconductors and

operation of semiconductor devices

EC010 305 Analog Circuits – I

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to: CO[1] Understand basic RC circuit response and DC Power supply CO[2] Understand BJT and Design and analyze BJT amplifiers CO[3] Understand MOSFET and its application CO[4] Perform the detailed analysis of BJT and MOSFET at high frequency CO[5] Understand feedback and power amplifiers

EC010 306 Computer Programming

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to: CO[1] Describe fundamentals of programming such as variables, conditional and

iterative execution, methods, etc. CO[2] Analyze and solve programming problems using a procedural and algorithmic

approach with functional decomposition CO[3] Apply knowledge of computing and mathematics using arrays & strings CO[4] Develop skill to use pointers, memory allocation and data handling through

files in ‘C’.

35


CO[5] Understand the process of compiling, linking, and running a program using a computing tool

EC010 307 Analog Circuits Lab

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to:

CO[1] Design, Analysis, Implementation and testing of Linear wave shaping circuits using resistor and capacitor

CO[2] Understand and realize the characteristics of various Diodes and Transistors CO[3] Design, Analysis, Implementation and testing of Non-Linear wave shaping

circuits using Diodes CO[4] Design, Analysis, Implementation and testing of amplifiers using BJT CO[5] Design, Analysis, Implementation and testing of Transistorized Voltage

regulators

EC010 308 Programming Lab


CO[1] Understand fundamental concepts and basics commands in C. CO[2] Write, compile and debug programs in C language. CO[3] Formulate problems and implement algorithms in C. CO[4] Effectively choose programming components that efficiently solve computing

problems in real-world.

EN010 401 Engineering Mathematics III

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to: CO[1] To understand and solve problems in Fourier Series and Fourier Transform CO[2] To solve problems in Partial Differential Equations CO[3] To solve problems in probability distribution CO[4] Test hypothesis for small samples

EN010 402(ME) Principles of Management

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to: CO[1] To teach the fundamentals of management CO[2] To teach the various issues in Personnel Management CO[3] To teach the basic principles of Production Management CO[4] To teach some of the issues in Financial Management CO[5] To teach the basics of cost management CO[6] To teach the fundamentals of Marketing Management

36


EC010 403 Signals and Systems

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to: CO[1] Identify different types of signal and systems properties that are commonly

used in engineering. CO[2] Explain and differentiate the properties of continuous-time and discrete-time

Linear Time Invariant (LTI) systems. CO[3] Differentiate the Fourier series and transform in terms of applicable time

functions and the resulting spectral properties CO[4] Apply the Laplace Transform to the calculation of time responses of LTI

systems. CO[5] Apply the Z Transform to the calculation of time responses of LTI systems.

EC010 404 Digital Electronics

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to:

CO[1] Convert decimal number into binary, octal and hexa decimal system and also to apply them for real life problems.

CO[2] Minimize the digital circuits by simplification of the expression using Boolean algebra.

CO[3] Design efficient combinational and sequential circuit’s from functional description of digital system

CO[4] Identify and prevent various hazards and timing problems.

CO[5] Design the circuits for any real life problems with the knowledge of digital systems.

EC010 405 Analog Communication

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to: CO[1] To familiarize students with the fundamentals of communication systems and

comprehensive description of telephone systems used in the public telephone network.

CO[2] To provide students with mathematical and theoretical description of linear and angle modulation.

CO[3] Have detailed understanding of linear and nonlinear modulators and demodulators

CO[4] To understand basic concepts of radio transmitter and receiver CO[5] To describe the basic concepts of probability and random variables.

37


EC010 406 Analog Circuits –II

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to: CO[1] Analyze a given differential amplifier or design a differential amplifier to

meet the given specifications with constant current bias circuit. CO[2] Understand the general properties of an operational amplifier (op-amp). CO[3] Understand different applications of operational amplifiers. CO[4] Analyze the different filter circuits using operational amplifiers CO[5] Understand A/D and D/A convertors

EC010 407 Analog Circuits -II Lab


CO[1] To design and conduct experiments, analyze and interpret data, make inferences from the resulting data and apply the research skills to solve complex engineering problems in analog circuits.

CO[2] To demonstrate basic engineering practices and conduct experiments using basic operational amplifiers.

CO[3] Apply the knowledge of theoretical & practical aspects of transistor circuits to meet desired needs within realistic constraints.

CO[4] Test, measure and provide valid conclusions on oscillator and amplifier design using op-amps and other linear integrated circuits.

CO[5] Work as a team to find cost effective design solutions to the problems related to electronics circuits and systems.

EC010 408 Analog Communication Lab

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to: CO[1] To provide experience on design, testing, and analysis of few electronic

circuits used for communication engineering CO[2] To understand basic transmission concepts and to develop strong concepts in

fundamentals

EN010 501 Engineering Mathematics IV

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to: CO[1] To understand the concept of complex variable and complex integration. CO[2] To understand the concept of numerical solutions of algebraic, transcendental

and ordinary differential equations. CO[3] To understand linear programming problem.

38


EC010 502 Control Systems

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to: CO[1] To develop the basic understanding of control system theory and its role in

engineering design CO[2] To familiarize the inputs , outputs and building blocks of a control system to

differentiate between open – loop and closed loop control system CO[3] To understand utility of Laplace transforms and transfer functions for

modeling complex interconnected systems CO[4] To understand concept of poles and zeros of a transfer function and how they

affect the physical behavior of a system CO[5] To understand the concept of time domain and frequency domain analysis and

to determine the physical behavior of systems using these analysis CO[6] To understand state variable analysis of systems and the relationship with state

variable representation and transfer functions

EC010 503 Digital System Design

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to: CO[1] To study the fundamentals and concepts of Verilog HDL CO[2] To design and implement combinational circuits CO[3] To design and implement synchronous sequential circuits CO[4] Ability to simulate and debug a digital system described in Verilog HDL

EC010 504(EE) Electrical Drives and Power Electronics


CO[1] Studied about the DC generator & motor and its various industrial applications

CO[2] To understand the working principle of transformer, alternator, synchronous

motor, three phase induction motor & single phase induction motor.

CO[3] Gain knowledge about the constructional features of semiconductor devices.

Can understand the characteristics of power devices such as IGBT, MOSFET,

and SCR and Triac.

CO[4] Gain knowledge about the concept of phase controlled rectifier; understand

the working principle and application of single- phase and three phase

controlled rectifier, chopper, single phase and three phase voltage and current

source inverter.

CO[5] To apply of power electronics devices such as IGBT, MOSFET etc to the

control of electrical Machines. 39


EC010 505 Applied Electromagnetic Theory

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to: CO[1] To acquire understanding and ability to analyze static electric and magnetic

fields, time-varying electric and magnetic fields, wave propagation in different types of media

CO[2] To have knowledge of, physical interpretation and ability to apply Maxwell’s equations to determine field waves, potential waves, energy and charge conservation conditions.

CO[3] To have basic concept of the guiding of electromagnetic waves by constructive multiple reflections from conductors and dielectrics and have some knowledge of cut-off frequency, dominant mode, excitation methods

CO[4] To lay the foundations of electromagnetism and its practice in modern communications such as wireless , guided wave principles such as fiber optics and electronic electromagnetic structures including those on the sub-micron scale.

CO[5] To have acquired techniques for the measurement of basic transmission line parameters, such as the reflection coefficient, standing wave ratio, and impedance.

EC010 506 Microprocessors and Applications

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to: CO[1] Understand architecture and operations of a microprocessor system in depth CO[2] Demonstrate programming proficiency using the various addressing modes and

data transfer instructions of the microprocessor. CO[3] Analyze, specify, design, write and test assembly language programs of

moderate complexity. CO[4] Perform the detailed hardware design of a microprocessor system, and program

the microprocessor using suitable techniques and software tools. CO[5] Design electrical circuitry to the Microprocessor I/O ports in order to interface

the processor to external devices

EC010 507 Digital Electronics Lab

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to: CO[1] Design, Analysis, Implementation and testing of logic gates and functions CO[2] Design, Analysis, Implementation and testing of combinational circuits CO[3] Design, Analysis, Implementation and testing of flip-flops and registers CO[4] Design, Analysis, Implementation and testing of counters CO[5] Design, Analysis, Implementation of application level projects

40


EC010 508(EE) Electrical Drives and Power Electronics Lab

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to: CO[1] Study the characteristics of DC series and shunt motor. CO[2] Perform OC, SC and load test on single phase transformers. CO[3] Study and perform load test on induction motor. CO[4] Study and determine the regulation of an alternator by emf and mmf methods. CO[5] Study the characteristics and working of SCR and TRIAC.

EC010 601 Digital Communication Techniques

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to: CO[1] Understand the random process and the signal space concepts of signals in

detail CO[2] Study and analyze the detection and estimation process in digital

communication CO[3] Study the concepts of sampling and pulse modulations CO[4] Understand the concepts of Inter Symbol Interference and the design of

equalizers CO[5] Study and analyze the different digital modulation schemes

EC010 602 Digital Signal Processing

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to: CO[1] Get the response of the discrete time LTI systems. CO[2] Get the response of linear phase systems and all pass systems. CO[3] Design Digital filter and realize the structures. CO[4] Understand DFT and convolution concepts.

EC010 603 Radiation and Propagation

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to: CO[1] Have a fundamental understanding of how antenna converts the electrical

energy to electromagnetic wave and vice versa. CO[2] Have an idea of communication of information from source to destination and

to understand the basic theory of electromagnetic waves traveling from transmitter to receiver.

CO[3] Describe the various types of transmitting and receiving antennas recently in use and to design different types of antennas

CO[4] Describe atmospheric and terrestrial effects on radio wave propagation and influence of ionosphere on propagation.

CO[5] Various techniques involved in various antenna parameter measurements

41


EC010 604 Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing


CO[1] Understand the Architecture, operational concepts, Software support of computer systems and Instruction types and its Addressing modes

CO[2] Understand the basic idea about CPU Performance, concepts of pipelining, Superscalar architecture and Processor Organisation and Arithmetic and logic unit design

CO[3] Understand the idea about Memory, I/O Organisation and Buses CO[4] Understand the idea about Parallel Processing and enhancing performance of

the computer systems CO[5] Understand the idea about Today’s PC architecture, Processors, Motherboard,

storage devices and SMPS

EC010 605 Microcontrollers and Applications

When a student completes this course, she/he should be able to:

CO[1] Understand the fundamentals of 8051 and microcontrollers.

CO[2] Understand about programming concepts and memory interfacing

CO[3] Understand different peripheral interfacing and design of embedded systems

CO[4] Design and interface the different peripheral device to the microcontroller

CO[5] Understand the basics and design of systems using PIC microcontroller

EC010 606L04 – Medical Electronics

When a student completes this course, she/he should be able to: CO[1] Understand the importance of electronics instrumentation in medical field. CO[2] Successfully practice biomedical engineering to serve state and regional

industries, hospitals, government agencies, or national and international industries.

CO[3] To familiarize the core ideas of the following areas: biomedical electronics, medical instrumentation, medical imaging, biomedical signal processing, rehabilitation engineering, and neuro engineering.

CO[4] Achieve personal and professional success with awareness and commitment to their ethical and social responsibilities, both as individuals and in team environments.

CO[5] Maintain and improve their technical competence through lifelong learning, including entering and succeeding in an advanced degree program in a field such as engineering, science, business, or medicine.

42


EC010 606L06 Television and Radar Engineering

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to: CO[1] Understand the various principles used in television CO[2] Explain the features of a color Television and the different standards used CO[3] Understand the various modern Broadcasting Technologies and Television

standards CO[4] Understand the working principle of radar and its features CO[5] Explain the working principle of different special purpose radars

EC010 607 Microprocessor & Microcontroller Lab

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to: CO[1] Design circuits for various applications using microprocessors and

microcontrollers CO[2] An in-depth knowledge of applying the concepts on realtime applications CO[3] Solid foundation on interfacing the external devices to the processor and

controllers according to the user requirements to create novel products and solutions for the real time problems

CO[4] Train the students for industrial environment aware of excellence guidelines and lifelong learning needed for a successful professional career in embedded and real time system design

CO[5] To expose the students to design work where there is no single correct solution, rather competing objectives; and to encourage cooperative team work and develop communication skills.

EC010 608 Mini project lab


CO[1] Understand, Plan and execute a Mini Project with team, using necessary literature survey

CO[2] Design and Implementation of electronic system using appropriate hardware, software, Implementation and troubleshooting techniques

CO[3] Prepare technical report based on the Mini Project

EC010 701 VLSI Design


CO[1] Analyze various processing steps involved in IC Fabrication and explain the fabrication process of any monolithic devices

CO[2] Gain comprehensive understanding of the CMOS Technology CO[3] Design a combinational circuit for any complex problems and implement it

using CMOS/Transmission gate/CPL CO[4] Apply the knowledge of CMOS technology to design a sequential circuit for

43


any problems which can be simplified using Boolean algebra and draw the lay out using any modern tool.

CO[5] Evaluate how GA As technology enhances the performance of the digital device design.

EC010 702 Information Theory and Coding

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to: CO[1] Learn the concept of Information and to calculate the information content of a

random variable from its probability distribution CO[2] Understand the physical significance of entropy and to imbibe a clear cut idea

about the various entropies associated with a communication system CO[3] Gain comprehensive understanding about capacity, efficiency and redundancy

of a communication channel CO[4] Evaluate the key aspects of Data compression methodologies and analyze the

codes in detail. CO[5] Understand the basics of field arithmetic and its application in Channel Coding CO[6] Develop precise understanding of the different linear block codes and

convolutional codes.

EC010 703 Microwave Engineering

On successful completion of this course, the students will: CO[1] Understand the basic properties and application areas of microwaves, analyze

the transmission lines, analyze the waveguides, analyze the microwave networks

CO[2] Be able to apply analysis methods to determine circuit properties of passive/active microwave devices.

CO[3] Know how to model and determine the performance characteristics of a microwave circuit or system

CO[4] Have knowledge of transmission and waveguide structures and how they are used as elements in impedance matching and filter circuits for development of real time applications.

EC010 704 Electronic Instrumentation

On successful completion of this course, the students will:

CO[1] Understand the objectives of engineering measurement & the significance of calibration in measurement.

CO[2] Be able to describe and model different electrical transducers. CO[3] Be able to design system for acquiring and transmitting data effectively from

transducers. CO[4] Be able to design devices to analyse any instrumentation system output.

44


CO[5] Be able to design and implement an electronic instrumentation system.

EC010 705 Embedded Systems

On successful completion of this course, the students will: CO[1] Understand the basics of Embedded Systems and its application areas. CO[2] Understand the basics of Embedded Systems Development and Embedded C

programming. CO[3] Familiarize the various communication protocols and devices used in

Embedded Systems CO[4] Design and familiarize of various interfacing devices using 8051 and

Embedded C. CO[5] Understand the basics of Real Time Operation Systems(RTOS).

EC010 706 Elective

EC010 706L03 Digital Image Processing

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to: CO[1] Understand image fundamentals and the various steps in digital image

processing. Get the response of the discrete time LTI systems. CO[2] Understand various image transforms. CO[3] Understand various image enhancement, segmentation and compression

techniques.

EC010 706L06 – System Software

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to: CO[1] Understood the basic concepts used in operating systems, such as processes,

IPC, pipes, file I/O and threads. Also have understood the problems of deadlocks and starvation in operating system, and how to handle them.

CO[2] Have acquired good programming skills, and understood good programming practices And be able to solve problems and program proficiently using the high level and low level Language

CO[3] Design a highly secure distributed systems, and understanding of the principles behind these techniques, so as to make sound judgments during systems and software design.

CO[4] Identify and describe the function assemblers, compiler, interpreter, linker etc. and to design a new plat form for windows and linux based operating systems.

CO[5] Design an embedded real time operating systems using Dos, Windows and Linux based system especially in electronic automotive design areas.

45


EC010 707 Advanced Communication Lab

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to: CO[1] Do experiments in Digital Modulation & Demodulation. CO[2] Do experiments in Error Checking & Correcting Codes. CO[3] Do basic experiments in Microwave Engineering.

EC010 708 Signal Processing Lab

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to: CO[1] Understand concept of generation of basic waveforms and general operations

in linear time invariant systems CO[2] Develop a precise understanding of various transforms in and its applications

in signal processing areas. CO[3] Gain comprehensive understanding about filter design

EC010 709 Seminar

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to: CO[1] An ability to write technical documents and give oral presentations related to

the work completed and improve personality development and communication skills

CO[2] Train the students to approach ethically any multidisciplinary engineering challenges with economic, environmental and social contexts and to set them for future recruitment by potential employers.

CO[3] Identify and apply appropriate well-rehearsed note-taking interactive and time-management strategies to their academic studies.

CO[4] Develop audience-centered presentations meeting concrete professional objectives and integrating ethical and legal visual aids.

CO[5] Identify and critically evaluate the quality of claims, explanation, support, and delivery in public and professional discourse, and understand the factors influencing a speaker’s credibility.

EC010 710 Project

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to CO[1] Select a suitable project making use of the technical and engineering

knowledge gained from previous courses with the awareness of impact of technology on the society and their ethical responsibilities.

CO[2] Collect and disseminate information related to selected project CO[3] Identify the modern tools required for the implementation of the project. CO[4] Form a team and distribute the work among themselves. CO[5] Communicate technical and general information by means of oral as well as

written presentation skills with professionalism.

46


EC010 801 Wireless Communication

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to: CO[1] Have a fundamental understanding of the Cellular Telecommunication CO[2] Understand the processes happening in a radio environment and how it is

manipulated to better communication technology CO[3] Distinguish different multiple access techniques and its evolution to Hybrid

Schemes CO[4] Understand the basic principles of GSM & CDMA technology CO[5] Make a presentation on beyond the syllabus technologies that are currently

being used

EC010 802 Communication Networks

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to: CO[1] Have a fundamental understanding of the network services and layered

architecture CO[2] Have a good knowledge about the different LAN networks CO[3] Applying the different routing methods in different networks CO[4] Have an understanding about ATM networks and internetworking with ATM CO[5] Describe basic concepts and algorithms of cryptography, including

encryption/decryption and security services and develop a security model to prevent, detect and recover from attacks.

EC010 803 Light Wave Communication On successful completion of the course students will be able to CO[1] Understand the basics concepts of Light wave CO[2] Evaluate the transmission characteristics of optical fibre connections CO[3] Identity the applications of various optical sources CO[4] Design optical amplifiers and modulators CO[5] Analyze optical networks.

EC010 804L02 Elective – Micro Electro Mechanical Systems

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to: CO[1] Understand the fundamentals and applications of MEMS CO[2] Understand the principle of various Microsystems CO[3] Identify the suitable materials for different application CO[4] Analyze the various fabrication process CO[5] Familiarize with the manufacturing technologies involved in MEMS

47


EC010 804L03 Secure Communication

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to: CO[1] Understand the mathematics involved in secure communication. CO[2] Have an idea about the different Ciphers. CO[3] Understand the ways of encrypting data. CO[4] Understand the public key cryptosystems. CO[5] Have an idea about the intrusion and detection, password management

EC010 805G02 E-Learning

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to: CO[6] Have an idea about the evolution of education and the components of e-

learning. CO[7] Have an idea about the different technologies that enhance e-learning. CO[8] Will understand the ways of managing the e-learning content. CO[9] Will understand the different teaching learning processes.

CO[10] Have an idea about the tools for development, the challenges and the future of e-learning.

EC010 805G06 Professional Ethics

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and ability to: CO[1] Have a fundamental understanding of the objectives of ethics in engineering.

CO[2] Apply the self ethical beliefs and those inside to the area of involvement.

CO[3] Will be more responsible to the society, environment and to the involved area. Must stand for uplift of the country without seeking personal benefits.

CO[4] Make assessment and knowledge on their rights and duties in the specialized area.

CO[5] Identify and classify threats and security issues to the environment and to the country, and will stand as perfect leaders.

EC010 806 VLSI & Embedded Systems lab

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to CO[1] Do experiments in Verilog in different types of modeling. CO[2] Do experiments in PIC microcontroller.

48


EC010 807 Project

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to CO[1] Refine and complete the selected project making use of the technical and

engineering knowledge which meets the expected outcome. CO[2] Work with the modern tools required for the implementation of the project. CO[3] Achieve the results within in the stipulated time. CO[4] Communicate technical and general information by means of oral as well as

written presentation skills with professionalism. CO[5] Acquire problem solving, system integration, project management and

documentation skills. 2.1.2. State how and where the POs are published and disseminated (3)

1. Staff includes the POs in their course file and the same is communicated to the

students in the first class of the semester by the concerned staff.

2. The PO’s are displayed in the website and conference hall of the department.

2.1.3. Indicate the processes employed for defining of the POs (5)

1. The POs were framed from the Graduate Attributes to train our students to achieve PEOs by a committee consisting of HOD, Coordinators and Class Teachers. The process of framing and updating the PO is as shown in Figure 8.

2. The Committee meets every semester after the publication of internal assessment to monitor the CO attainment and suggest the immediate changes, if required, in course delivery. It evaluates the attainment of the PO from all the COs of a batch at the end of the program and review the PO’s attainment level and recommends if the methods of delivery or new courses to be added. That will be implemented from the next year’s admission.

3. Course exit survey is conducted and data’s are analyzed to identify the attainment level and gaps.

4. Feedbacks are taken from the stakeholders for reviewing POs.

49


Figure 8. PO Definition & Assessment Process

2.1.4. Indicate how defined POs aligned to Graduate Attributes prescribed by the NBA (10)

The Graduate Attributes of Engineering Programs as identified by NBA (January 2013) are: 1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science,

engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.

2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, research literature, and analyze complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.

4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of information to provide valid conclusions.

50


5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.

6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.

7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.

8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.

9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

PO’s/ GA’s

GA1

GA2

GA3

GA4

GA5

GA6

GA7

GA8

GA9

GA10

GA11

GA12

PO[1] X X PO[2] X X PO[3] X PO[4] X PO[5] X X X X PO[6] X X PO[7] X PO[8] X X PO[9] X X PO[10] X X X X X X X X X X X X

51


2.1.5. Establish the correlation between the POs and the PEOs (5)

Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Programme Educational Objectives

1 X X X X X X X

2 X X X X X X 3 X X X X

2.2. Attainment of Programme Outcomes (40) 2.2.1. Illustrate how course outcomes contribute to the POs (10)

1. EN010 101 Engineering Mathematics I

Programme Outcome 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

CO [1] S M

CO [2] S S CO [3] S S CO [4] S S CO [5] S S

2. EN010 102 Engineering Physics


CO [1] S

CO [2] S CO [3] CO [4] M CO [5] S CO [6] S CO [7] S

3. EN010 103 Engineering Chemistry & Environmental Studies


CO [1] M

CO [2] S CO [3] S CO [4] M S CO [5] M S

52


4. EN010 104 Engineering Mechanics


CO [1] S W S CO [2] S W S CO [3] S M S S CO [4] S M W S CO [5] S CO [6] S M S

5. EN010 105 Engineering Graphics


CO [1] M

CO [2] S CO [3] S CO [4] S M CO [5] S CO [6] S CO [7] S

6. EN010 106 Basic Civil Engineering


CO [1] S S CO [2] S S S CO [3] S S S S CO [4] M S S S CO [5] S S S

7. EN010 107 Basic Mechanical Engineering


CO [1] S

CO [2] S CO [3] S CO [4] S M CO [5] M CO [6] S S

53


8. EN010 108 Basic Electrical Engineering


CO [1] S S

CO [2] S CO [3] S S CO [4] S CO [5] S S

9. EN010 109 Basic Electronics Engineering. & Information Technology


CO [1] S M

CO [2] S M CO [3] S CO [4] M

10. EN010 110 Mechanical Workshop


CO [1] S

CO [2] S CO [3] S CO [4] S

11. EN110 111 Electrical and Civil Workshops


CO [1] S

CO [2] S CO [3] S

12. EN010 301 Engineering Mathematics II


CO [1] S S

CO [2] S S CO [3] S S CO [4] S S CO [5] S S

54


13. EN010 302 Economics and Communication Skills


CO [1] S S

CO [2] S S CO [3] S S CO [4] S S CO [5] S S CO [6] S S

14. EC010 303 Network Theory


CO [1] S

CO [2] S M CO [3] S S CO [4] S CO [5] S S CO [6] S S

15. EC010 304 Solid State Devices


CO [1] S

CO [2] M S CO [3] M CO [4] S CO [5] S M CO [6] S M S

16. EC010 305 Analog Circuits – I


CO [1] S S M M

CO [2] S S M M CO [3] S S M M CO [4] S S M M CO [5] S S M M

55


17. EC010 306 Computer Programming


CO [1] M M

CO [2] S S CO [3] M CO [4] S CO [5] S S

18. EC010 307 Analog Circuits Lab


CO [1] M S W W M M M

CO [2] M S W W M M M CO [3] M S W W M M M CO [4] M S W W M M M CO [5] M S W W M M M

19. EC010 308 Programming Lab


CO [1] M S M

CO [2] S M M CO [3] M M S CO [4] S M M

20. EN010 401 Engineering Mathematics III


CO [1] S S

CO [2] S S CO [3] S S CO [4] S S

21. EN010 402(ME)Principles of Management

Programme Outcome

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 CO [1] S S S

CO [2] S S S CO [3] S S S CO [4] S S S CO [5] S S S CO [6] S S S

56


22. EC010 403 Signals and Systems


CO [1] M M M

CO [2] S M M CO [3] S M CO [4] S M M M CO [5] S M

23. EC010 404 Digital Electronics


CO [1] S M

CO [2] S S CO [3] S M S CO [4] S CO [5] S S

24. EC010 405 Analog Communication


CO [1] S M

CO [2] S S M CO [3] M M CO [4] S S M M M M CO [5] S

25. EC010 406 Analog Circuits –II


CO [1] S S M

CO [2] M M M M CO [3] S S M CO [4] S S S S CO [5] M M S

26. EC010 407 Analog Circuits -II Lab


CO [1] M S

CO [2] S M CO [3] S CO [4] M S CO [5] S

57


27. EC010 408 Analog Communication Lab


CO [1] M S S S CO [2] M S S S

28. EN010 501 Engineering Mathematics IV


CO [1] S S

CO [2] S S CO [3] S S

30. EC010 502 Control Systems


CO [1] M

CO [2] S M CO [3] S S M

CO [4] S M

CO [5] S M CO [6] S M

31. EC010 503 Digital System Design


CO [1] M S

CO [2] S CO [3] S CO [4] S S

32. EC010 504(EE) Electrical Drives and Power Electronics


CO [1] S

CO [2] S CO [3] S CO [4] S CO [5] S

58


33. EC010 505 Applied Electromagnetic Theory


CO [1] S

CO [2] S M CO [3] S S CO [4] S S M CO [5] S

34. EC010 506 Microprocessors and Applications


CO [1] S

CO [2] S CO [3] S CO [4] S CO [5] S

35. EC010 507 Digital Electronics Lab


CO [1] M S S

CO [2] M M M CO [3] M S S CO [4] M S S M M CO [5] M S S M M

36. EC010 508(EE) Electrical Drives and Power Electronics Lab


CO [1] S

CO [2] S CO [3] S CO [4] S CO [5] S S

37. EC010 601 Digital Communication Techniques


CO [1] S S

CO [2] S S M CO [3] S S CO [4] S M CO [5] M S

59


38. EC010 602 Digital Signal Processing


CO [1] M S

CO [2] M S CO [3] S M CO [4] M S M

39. EC010 603 Radiation and Propagation


CO [1] M

CO [2] S S S M CO [3] S M CO [4] CO [5] M

40. EC010 604 Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing


CO [1] M

CO [2] M S M CO [3] M S CO [4] M S CO [5] S

41. EC010 605 Microcontrollers and Applications


CO [1] M

CO [2] M S M CO [3] M S S CO [4] M M CO [5] M S

42. EC010 606L04 Medical Electronics


CO [1] S M S S S S

CO [2] S M S M S CO [3] S M M CO [4] S S S M M S CO [5] S S S

60


43. EC010 606L06 Television and Radar Engineering


CO [1] M

CO [2] M CO [3] M S M M CO [4] M M M CO [5] M M S

44. EC010 606L07 Microprocessor & Microcontroller Lab

Programme Outcome 1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10

CO [1] S

CO [2] S S CO [3] S S CO [4] S S CO [5] S M S S

45. EC010 608 Mini Project


CO [1] S S S S S S S

CO [2] S S S S CO [3] S

46. EC010 701 VLSI Design


CO [1] S

CO [2] S CO [3] S CO [4] M S CO [5] S

47. EC010 702 Information Theory and Coding


CO [1] S M

CO [2] M CO [3] S S CO [4] S CO [5] M M CO [6] M

61


48. EC010 703 Microwave Engineering


CO [1] M S

CO [2] M M S CO [3] M S CO [4] S

49. EC010 704 Electronic Instrumentation


CO [1] S

CO [2] M M CO [3] S CO [4] M M CO [5] M

50. EC010 705 Embedded Systems


CO [1] M

CO [2] S CO [3] S S CO [4] S S CO [5] S

51. EC010 706L03 Digital Image Processing


CO [1] S S S

CO [2] S S CO [3] S S S

52. EC010 706L06 System Software


CO [1] S

CO [2] S CO [3] S M CO [4] S M CO [5] S

62


53. EC010 707 Advanced Communication Lab


CO [1] M S S S

CO [2] M S S S CO [3] M S S S

54. EC010 708 Signal Processing Lab


CO [1] S S S S S

CO [2] S S S S S CO [3] S S S S S

55. EC010 709 Seminar


CO [1] M M S

CO [2] S CO [3] S CO [4] S CO [5] S

56. EC010 710 Project


CO [1] S S S

CO [2] S CO [3] S S CO [4] S CO [5] S S

57. EC010 801 Wireless Communication


CO [1] M

CO [2] M M CO [3] M M S CO [4] S CO [5] S M

63


58. EC010 802 Communication Networks


CO [1] M

CO [2] M CO [3] S S M S CO [4] M M CO [5] S M S

59. EC010 803 Light Wave Communication


CO [1] M S

CO [2] M S CO [3] S CO [4] M S CO [5] S S

60. EC010 804L02 Micro Electro Mechanical Systems


CO [1] W

CO [2] M S M CO [3] M CO [4] M CO [5] M S

61. EC010 804L03 Secure Communication


CO [1] S

CO [2] S M M CO [3] S M M M CO [4] S M CO [5] S M S

62. EC010 805G02 E-Learning


CO [1] S S

CO [2] M M M CO [3] M M CO [4] S CO [5] M S

64


63. EC010 805G06 Professional Ethics


CO [1] S S S

CO [2] S S CO [3] M S S CO [4] S S CO [5] S S S

64. EC010 806 VLSI & Embedded Systems lab


CO [1] S S

CO [2] S S 65. EC010 807 Project


CO [1] S S S S S S

CO [2] S CO [3] S S S CO [4] S CO [5] S S S S S S S S S

2.2.2. Explain how modes of delivery of courses help in the attainment of the POs (10)

1. The subjects are allocated well in time so that the faculty can prepare the course plan consisting of course delivery methods, assessment plan, assignment frequency. And the same is monitored by the HOD before commencement of the class. Weekly progress is monitored and reported to Dean Academics.

2. Examinations are planned and announced before the commencement of the semester classes, evaluated answer scripts are returned within five days and week students are monitored and mentored. The same is informed to the parents. By this process the course outcome attainment is monitored and intern achieves the PO.

3. Assignments are distributed evenly throughout the semester. 4. Assignments are given in different forms to develop their interpersonal skill,

communication skill, lifelong learning, usage of modern tools, group activity and self-learning capability are monitored.

65


5. Micro projects and mini projects are made compulsory as part of the course delivery by which skill development is achieved.

6. Subject wise quizzes are organized and conducted among the students of the class.

7. Assignments, quizzes and examinations contribute to assessing the students’ ability to use fundamental concepts, quantitative, numerical and analytical skills.

8. Laboratory exams, mini projects and main projects contribute to the assessment of practical skills which reflect the ability of students to implement ideas and techniques.

9. Reports, oral presentation and viva-voce contribute to the assessment of overall communication skills and dissemination of ideas.

10. These assessments are carried out periodically and hence allow the faculty members to monitor and provide attention to the students who may not be attaining the PO’s to the required level.

11. This ensures that all students attain the minimum level of each programme outcomes

2.2.3. Indicate the extent to which the laboratory and project course work are contributing towards the attainment of the POs (20)

PO No of Theory No of Lab Credit Percentage – Theory

Credit Percentage - Lab

PO1 34 6 90 10 PO2 27 9 85 15 PO3 22 11 80 20 PO4 12 7 76 24 PO5 23 5 89 11 PO6 13 8 76 24 PO7 20 2 93 7 PO8 9 5 77 23 PO9 8 5 73 27 PO10 31 10 86 14

66


List of sample of 20% best and average projects from total projects and achievement of POs

Sl No. Topic Year

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

1

Grading of Indian Basmati Rice Image Processing and Neural Network 2014 M S S

2 Pipeline Inspection robot 2012 S S

3

Satellite Image Enhancement by Adaptive HIS Method 2014 S M S W S

4

Sign Language Recognition Using Sensor Gloves 2014 S S M S

5

Adaptive Noise Cancelation Using Adaptive Neuro - Fuzzy Inference System 2014 M S S

6

Compact dual Band Microstrip Antenna For GPS Applications 2014 S S

7

Design and comparison of H-shaped Antenna for wireless applications 2014 S M S W S

8 GPS based land survey system 2013 S S M S

9 Smart cane for blind 2012 M S S

10

Multi sensor based fire detection using fuzzy logic 2013 S S

11

Audio noise cancellation and the filter circuit analysis 2013 S M S W S

67


12

Implementation of real time positioning of BUS with estimated time of arrival 2014 S S M S

13

Health monitoring by wireless transmission of ECG signal 2014 M S S

14

Novel approach for error detection and correction capability in Viterbi algorithm using graphical programming 2014 S S

15 Anti-Sleep driver assistance system 2014 S M S W S

16 Detection of epilepsy using DWT with ANN 2014 S S M S

17

An analytical approach for the improvement of QoS in optical burst switched network 2014 M S S

18 Design of an OCR system for scanned images 2014 S S

19 An efficient coin sorting system 2014 S M S W S

20

Image compression using multilayer feed forward artificial neural network 2014 S S M S

21

Car security system using face detection and recognition 2014 S S M S

68


2.3. Evaluation of the attainment of Programme Outcomes (75) 2.3.1. Describe assessment tools and processes used for assessing the attainment of each PO (50) a) Listing and description of the assessment processes used to gather the data upon which the evaluation of each the Programme Outcome is based. Examples of data collection processes may include, but are not limited to, specific exam questions, student portfolios, internally developed assessment exams, project presentations, nationally-normed exams, oral exams, focus groups, industrial advisory committee; Assessment Plan

1. Tutorial questions ranging from basic to challenging problems are used to assess the fundamental concepts, numerical and analytical skills.

2. Assignments on specific topics which involve application of concepts to solve a wide range of problems are given frequently to the students.

3. Mini projects/practical assignments/ power point presentations are used to evaluate the students’ ability to use various tools, equipment, components and software.

4. Participation and involvement in different clubs/societies such as IEEE Student Branch, Youth club, Lions club, technical fest and cultural fest to evaluate the curricular, co-curricular and extra-curricular activities and the abilities to work as a team in a professional environment.

5. Assessment of project work to ensure proficiency in the students’ chosen field of interest and the tools necessary to practice that field.

6. Students are encouraged to appear for GATE, GRE, CAT etc. and scores of such exams are also used as secondary tools to evaluate attainment of PO’s

a) List & Description of assessment processes

Assessment Tools Direct/ Indirect

Remarks

External Exam Direct Conducted by the University during each semester for every course.

Oral Exams/Viva Voce

Direct Viva Voce conducted during lab sessions. End semester course viva is also used to measure the same.

Project Evaluation Direct Project Evaluation conducted among the students towards the end of their final year

Course Evaluation Direct Course evaluation is collected from the faculty at the end of each sem. Mode of evaluation are Internal Theory & Practical Exams, Assignments, Seminars.

69


Alumni Survey Indirect Alumni Survey conducted among alumni at the end of each academic year

Employer survey

Indirect Employer Survey conducted among employers both as formal and informal mode of communication

Graduating Student Exit Survey

Indirect Student Exit Survey conducted among the graduates.

b) The frequency with which these assessment processes are carried out.

1. The frequency of assessment processes are carried out as shown below. 2. Tutorials are assessed weekly 3. Minimum of two assignments are evaluated in every course (theory). 4. One micro-project, mini-project and main projects are associated with each

program. 5. Project works progress is monitored by the guide; in addition to that frequent

evaluation is carried out with proper assessment tools. 6. Oral presentation is conducted thrice in the presence of a subject expert panel

project panel, weekly bi-weekly meetings and discussion with the concerned project supervisor is documented with proper well defined formats.

7. Every club/society organizes certain activity in every semester and annual technical and cultural fests are organized and students are encouraged to participate actively in different roles.

2.3.2. Indicate results of evaluation of each PO (25) a. The expected level of attainment for each of the Program Outcomes; The department advisory committee initially set the expected level of attainment of the each Program outcomes, so that the students expected to be reasonably proficient with each of the program outcomes so that they achieve the PEO. From the attainment level of Course outcomes we can compute the attainment of PO. The achievement of program outcomes are assessed with the help of course outcomes of the relevant courses through different methods and the same is monitored at various stages and computation of the final PO is done. The result is compared with the threshold value of three in a scale of five. The illustration of the same is shown as a graph in the next session. b. Summaries of the results of the evaluation processes and an analysis illustrating the extent to which each of the programme outcomes are attained.

70


Values of CO of courses contributing to PO9(Refer to CO-PO mapping)

Courses under PO9 CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5 CO6 CO7

Average of CO values

EN010 103 4.41 4.41

EN010 108 4.12 4.12

EN010 302 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.20

EC010 308 4.1 4.10

EN010 402(ME) 4.22 4.12 4.12 4.14 4.14 4.15

EC010 607 4.1 4.10

EC010 608 4.14 4.14

EC010 704 2.681 2.681 2.68

EC010 709 4.64 4.33 4.33 4.33 4.41

EC010 710 3.87 3.87 3.87

EC010 805G02 4.29 3.052 4.36 4.56 4.07

EC010 805G06 3.98 3.88 3.88 3.91

Average=PO9 Attainment value 4.01

Figure 9: Sample bar chart showing PO 9 Attainment

71


The minimum PO attainment value is taken to be 3 and the attained values are well above this range. e) How the results are documented and maintained. The results of evaluation process are documented and maintained by the department as follows.

1. Course outcome is documented by each faculty during the course and at the end the same is handed over to the department program coordinator. He combines the CO s to compute the attainment of PO.

2. Starting from first series examination to the University end semester result of the batch is maintained in a separate file batch wise. The same is available in the intranet for monitoring the student’s progress. Parents are also informed timely.

3. College administrative office maintains the final university result of each semester batch wise and programmed wise. The results are displayed on web server so that the students and their parents have an easy and all time access to the progress of the students.

2.4. Indicate how the results of evaluation of achievement of the POs have been used for redefining the POs (10) 1. The PO’s were framed from the Graduate Attributes to train our students to

achieve PEO by a committee consisting of HOD, Coordinators and Class Teachers.

2. The Committee meets every semester after the publication of internal assessment to monitor the CO attainment and suggest the immediate changes if required in course delivery, It evaluates the attainment of the PO from all the COs of a batch at the end of the program and review the PO’s attainment level and recommends if the methods of delivery or new courses are to be added. That will be implemented from the next year’s admission.

3. Course exit survey is conducted and data are analyzed to identify the attainment level and gaps.

4. Feedbacks are taken from the stakeholders for reviewing PO’s. 5. The process of redefining is similar to the process of framing and updating the PO

is as shown in figure 3 The Academic Council in its fortnight meetings discusses about the performance of students after the examinations and suggests implementing the new methods to improve the result. Same has been implemented by the faculty. University results are compared among the college under our affiliated university, analyses and identify the gap in our system. Thereafter, the Academic Council meets the staff and faculty members to discuss how the attainment of PO’s can be improved and suggest the methods to be followed from the next batch. This information is further used by the Department Advisory Board to propose a final revised set of POs.

72


3. Programme Curriculum (125)

3.1. Curriculum (15)

3.1.1. Describe the structure of the curriculum (5)

Total Number of contact hours Course Code Course Title L T P/D

Total hours Credits

EN010 101 Engineering Mathematics I 2 1 - 3 5 EN010 102 Engineering Physics 1 1 - 2 4

EN010 103 Engineering. Chemistry & Environmental Studies 1 1 - 2 4

EN010 104 Engineering Mechanics 3 1 - 4 6 EN010 105 Engineering Graphics 1 3 - 4 6 EN010 106 Basic Civil Engineering 1 1 - 2 4 EN010 107 Basic Mechanical Engineering 1 1 - 2 4 EN010 108 Basic Electrical Engineering 1 1 - 2 4


2 1 - 3 5

EN010 110 Mechanical Workshop - - 3 3 1

EN110 111 Electrical and Civil Workshops

- - 3 3 1

EN010 301A Engineering Mathematics II 2 2 - 4 4

EN010 302 Economics and Communication Skills

2 2 - 4 4

EC010 303 Network Theory 2 2 - 4 4 EC010 304 Solid State Devices 3 1 - 4 4 EC010 305 Analog Circuits - I 3 1 - 4 4 EC010 306 Computer Programming 3 1 - 4 4 EC010 307 Analog Circuits Lab - - 3 3 2 EC010 308 Programming Lab - - 3 3 2 EN010 401 Engineering Mathematics III 2 2 - 4 4 EN010 402(ME)

Principles of Management(C,M,P,L,A,T) 3 1 - 3 4

EC010 403 Signals and Systems 2 2 - 4 4 EC010 404 Digital Electronics 3 1 - 4 4 EC010 405 Analog Communication 3 1 - 4 4 EC010 406 Analog Circuits -II 3 1 - 4 4 EC010 407 Analog Circuits -II Lab - - 3 3 2 EC010 408 Analog Communication Lab - - 3 3 2

73


EN010 501A Engineering Mathematics IV

2 2 - 4 4

EC010 502 Control Systems 2 2 4 4 EC010 503 Digital System Design 3 1 - 4 4 EC010 504(EE) Electrical Drives and Control

3 1 - 4 4

EC010 505 Applied Electromagnetic Theory 3 1 - 4 4

EC010 506 Microprocessors and Applications

3 1 - 4 4

EC010 507 Digital Electronics Lab - - 3 3 2 EC010 508(EE)

Electrical Drives and Control Lab

- - 3 3 2

EC010 601 Digital Communication Techniques 2 2 - 4 4

EC010 602 Digital Signal Processing 2 2 - 4 4 EC010 603 Radiation and Propagation 3 1 - 4 4

EC010 604 Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing

3 1 - 4 4

EC010 605 Microcontrollers and Applications 3 1 - 4 4

EC010 606Lxx Elective I

3 1 - 4 4

EC010 607 Microprocessor and Microcontroller Lab

- - 3 3 2

EC010 608 Mini Project Lab - - 3 3 2 EC010 701 VLSI Design 2 2 - 4 4

EC010 702 Information Theory and Coding

2 2 - 4 4

EC010 703 Microwave Engineering 3 1 - 4 4 EC010 704 Electronic Instrumentation 3 1 - 4 4 EC010 705 Embedded Systems 3 1 - 4 4 EC010 706Lxx

Elective II 3 1 - 4 4

EC010 707 Advanced Communication Lab

- - 3 3 2

EC010 708 Signal Processing Lab - - 3 3 2 EC010 709 Seminar 2 2 EC010 710 Project 1 1 EC010 801 Wireless Communication 3 2 - 5 4 EC010 802 Communication Networks 2 2 - 4 4 EC010 803 Light Wave Communication 2 2 - 4 4 EC010 804Lxx Elective III

2 2 - 4 4

74


EC010 805Gxx Elective IV

2 2 - 4 4

EC010 806 VLSI and Embedded Systems Lab

- - 3 3 2

EC010 807 Project - - 6 6 4 EC010 808 Viva Voce - - - - 2 Electives II EC010 706L01 – Optimization Techniques EC010 706L02 – Speech and Audio Processing EC010 706L03 – Digital Image Processing EC010 706L04 – Wavelets and Applications EC010 706L05 – Antenna Theory and Design EC010 706L06 – System Software Electives III EC010 804L01 – Nano Electronics EC010 804L02 – Micro Electro Mechanical Systems EC010 804L03 – Secure Communication EC010 804L04 – Management Information Systems EC010 804L05 – Pattern Recognition EC010 804L06 – R F Circuits Electives IV EC010 805G01 – Test Engineering EC010 805G02 – E-Learning EC010 805G03 – Mechatronics EC010 805G04 – Bio Informatics EC010 805G05 – Intellectual Property Rights EC010 805G06 – Professional Ethics

#Seminars, project works may be considered as practical

75


3.1.2. Give the Prerequisite flow chart of courses (5) The pre-requisite flowchart of courses is given in the following flowchart.

Figure 10: Prerequisite flow chart of courses

76


3.1.3. Justify how the programme curriculum satisfies the programme specific criteria (5) Programme Specific Criteria: Lead Society: IEEE These programme criteria apply to engineering programmes that include electrical, electronic, computer, or similar modifiers in their titles. 1. Curriculum The structure of the curriculum must provide both breadth and depth across the range of engineering topics implied by the title of the program. The curriculum must include probability and statistics, including applications appropriate to the program name; mathematics through differential and integral calculus; sciences (defined as biological, chemical, or physical science); and engineering topics (including computing science) necessary to analyze and design complex electrical and electronic devices, software, and systems containing hardware and software components. The curriculum for programs containing the modifier “electrical” in the title must include advanced mathematics, such as differential equations, linear algebra, complex variables, and discrete mathematics. The curriculum for programs containing the modifier “computer” in the title must include discrete mathematics.

The programme curriculum satisfies the IEEE Programme Specific Criteria and can be shown by dividing it into core component

1. Mathematical Logic: These subjects provide the foundation to the electronics and communication programme. These include probability, statistics and calculus necessary to solve complex problems.

2. Science: These include subjects like Physical and Chemical science, which can be used to analyze and solve advanced engineering subjects.

3. Computing: These topics help to bridge the gap between hardware and software, to analyze and solve simple as well as complex problems.

4. Engineering Basics: Helps in developing awareness about various mathematical structures and its applications, which provide the breadth across the range of engineering topics implied by the title of the programme.

5. Professional Core: These are ones that help to mould the student’s future, by developing appropriate skills. It helps in providing an academics perspective on electronics and communication addressing a wide range of areas like wired and wireless communication, VLSI, Embedded systems and Optics.

77


3.2. State the components of the curriculum and their

relevance to the POs and the PEOs (15)

Course Component

Curriculum Content (% of total number of credits of the programme )

Total

number of contact hours

Total number of credits

POs PEOs

Mathematics 8% 15 17 1,2 2

Science 18% 27 39 1,2,7 2,3

Computing 3% 7 6 3,10 1,2

Humanities 3% 8 8 7,9 1,3

Professional core

68% 187 146 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10

1,2,3

3.3. State core engineering subjects and their relevance to Programme Outcomes including design experience (30)

S. N0.

Subject Code

PO→

CO corresponding to Subject↓ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 EN010 101 Engineering Mathematics I x x

2 EN010 102 Engineering Physics x x x x

3 EN010 103

Engineering Chemistry & Environmental Studies

x x x x

4 EN010 104

Engineering Mechanics x x x x x x

5 EN010 105 Engineering Graphics x x

78


6 EN010 106

Basic Civil Engineering x x x x x

7 EN010 107

Basic Mechanical Engineering x x x x

8 EN010 108 Basic Electrical Engineering x x x x

9 EN010 109

Basic Electronics Engineering. & Information Technology

x x x

10 EN010 110

Mechanical Workshop x

11 EN110 111

Electrical and Civil Workshops x

12 EN010 301 A Engineering Mathematics II x x

13 EN010 302

Economics and Communication Skills

x x

14 EC010 303

Network Theory x x x

15 EC010 304

Solid State Devices x x x x

16 EC010 305 Analog Circuits – I x x x x

17 EC010 306

Computer Programming x x x

18 EC010 307

Analog Circuits Lab x x x x x x x

19 EC010 308

Programming Lab x x x x x x x

20 EN010 401 Engineering Mathematics III x x

21 EN010 402(ME)

Principles of Management x x x

22 EC010 403

Signals and Systems x x x x x

79


23 EC010 404

Digital Electronics x x x x

24 EC010 405

Analog Communication x x x x x x x

26 EC010 406 Analog Circuits -II x x x x x x

27 EC010 407 Analog Circuits -II Lab x x x x x x x

28 EC010 408

Analog Communication Lab x x x x

29 EN010 501

A Engineering Mathematics IV x x

30 EC010 502 Control Systems x x x x

31 EC010 503 Digital System Design x x x x

32 EC010 504(EE)

Electrical Drives and Power Electronics

x

33 EC010 505

Applied Electromagnetic Theory x x x x x

34 EC010 506 Microprocessors and Applications x x x x

35 EC010 507 Digital Electronics Lab x x x x x

36 EC010 508(EE)

Electrical Drives and Control Lab x x

37 EC010 601

Digital Communication Techniques

x x x x x x

38 EC010 602 Digital Signal Processing x x x

39 EC010 603 Radiation and Propagation x x x x x x

40 EC010 604

Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing

x x x

80


41 EC010 605

Microcontrollers and Applications x x x x

42 EC010606 L 04

Medical Electronics x x x x x x

43 EC010606 Television and Radar Engineering x x x x x x

44 EC010 607

Microprocessor & Microcontroller Lab

x x x x

45 EC010 608

Mini Project x x x x x x x x x

46 EC010 701 VLSI Design x x x

47 EC010 702 Information Theory and Coding x x x

48 EC010 703

Microwave Engineering x x x

49 EC010 704

Electronic Instrumentation x x x x

50 EC010 705 Embedded Systems x x x x x

51 EC010 706 Elective

52 EC010 706L03

Digital Image Processing x x x

53 EC010 706L06 –

System Software x x x x

54 EC010 707 Advanced Communication Lab x x x x

55 EC010 708 signal Processing Lab x x x x x x

56 EC010 709

Seminar x x x

81


57 EC010 710

Project x x x x x

58 EC010 801 Wireless Communication x x x x x

59 EC010 802

Communication Networks x x x x x

60 EC010 803

Light Wave Communication x x x x

61 EC010 804L02

Micro Electro Mechanical Systems X x x x

63 EC010 804L03 –

Secure Communication X X X X X

64 EC010 805G02

E-Learning x X X X

65 EC010 805G06

Professional Ethics x x x x

66 EC010 806 VLSI & Embedded Systems lab x x

67 EC010 807

Project X X X X X x X X X X

3.4. Industry interaction/internship (10)

The following are the procedures followed for industry interaction. 1. Industrial visit to know the working standards, process and procedures involved in

an industry. 2. Students are sent for internship/ industrial training of 10 to 15 days during the

program. 3. Industry personnel are invited to the College to discuss about the current standards

and trends in the relevant core areas and the expectation of the industry from the students. This type of seminar helps the students to get updated in the field of interest.

4. Training program on the industry used modern tools are offered to the students like Lab View training, ORCAD etc.

82


3.5. Illustrate the measures and processes used to identify the curricular gaps to the attainment of the COs/POs (15) 1. During the placement drive we can identify the area where the gap exists in our

students. Such gaps are reduced by the required training through add on courses or by implementing it in the regular time table.

2. One such gap identified was lack of communication skills and student’s fear of facing interview. Communication classes (English) are included in the timetable and during those hours students are given exclusive training in communication skill. Other arrangements include use of language lab, mock debate and group discussions.

3. Aptitude training, career enhancement, GATE coaching etc are given regularly along with the course of study in well-defined manner.

4. In this regard almost 1 lakh general aptitude questions are added in the college server in addition to the technical questions which are contributed by faculty. Each faculty contributes hundreds of objective type questions related to subject in every semester and updating the server for analyzing the technical knowledge of the students.

5. Students are motivated to attend the same twice in a week and faculty monitors the score. Department career and placement cell regularly conducts the aptitude training and motivational talks.

6. To know about the current development in the field of study students are encouraged to select the topics for seminar and projects from refried journals. They are encouraged to publish paper in the conference or in the journal even at UG level, this helps them to improve the technical publication skill and to know about the journals in the field of interest.

7. Additional training on a subject or modern tools are given to the students to make them to compete among the peer groups.

3.6. Indicate the content beyond syllabus imparted for the attainment of the COs/POs (35)

The following process is added in the Time-Table in addition to the regular syllabus so that technical and behavioral skill of our students will improve. 1. Induction program in first year and in subsequent semester as and when required. 2. Micro project included in second year of study, where the students are expected to

do a small project, which starts with selection of the circuit, implementing it in the bread board, testing and converting it into a common PCB, soldering and casing. Entire work in the project is done so that this process will develop their skill for hands-on work. A report of the activity is also prepared by the students.

83


3. During the Club activities students are expected to develop team work, presentation skill and faculty monitors the same.

4. Add on training in modern tools used in the industry to reduce the gap in those areas.

5. Regular aptitude training to improve their skill for placement. 6. Interaction with the stake holders to identify the gaps and the same is reduced

through the proper training. 7. Invited talks by eminent people from academia, industry etc to feed the needs of

the hour. 8. Seminars by the students and motivational talks, retreat, other valued added classes

are incorporated as part of the regular academic calendar. 3.7. Course Syllabi (5) The syllabus is given in Appendix 1

84


4. Students’ Performance (100)Admission intake in the programme

Item CAY CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3

Sanctioned intake strength of the programme (N) 120 120 120 120

Total number of students admitted in first year minus number of students migrated to other programmes at the end of 1st year (N1) 119 103 121 121

Number of students admitted in 2nd year in the same batch via lateral entry (N2) 0 0 0 0

Total number of students admitted in the programme (N1 + N2)

119 103 121 121

4.1. Success Rate (30)

Provide data for the past seven batches of students The success rate of students, in tabular form is given below.

Year of entry (in reverse chronological order)

Number of students admitted in 1st year + admitted via lateral entry in 2nd year (N1+ N2)

Incomplete Number of students who have successfully completed*

1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year

CAY 117

CAYm1 103 81

CAYm2 121 100 71

CAYm3 121 106 95 68

CAYm4 / LYG

125 107 88 80 85

CAYm5 / LYGm1 127 106 102 99 97

CAYm6 / LYG m2 123 113 56 78 103

*successfully completed implies zero backlogs

85


Success rate = 30 × mean of success index (SI) for past three batches

SI= (Number of students who graduated f r o m the programme in the stipulated period of course duration)/ (Number of students admitted in the first year of that batch and admitted in 2nd year via lateral entry)

Item LYG (CAYm4)

LYGm1 (CAYm5)

LYGm2 (CAYm6)

Number of students admitted in the corresponding First Year + admitted via lateral entry in 2nd year

125 127 123

Number of students who have graduated in the stipulated period

85 97 103

Success index (SI) 0.68 0.76 0.84

Average SI = 0.76 Success rate = 30 × Average SI = 22.8

4.2. Academic Performance (20)

Academic Performance = 2 * API Where API = Academic Performance Index = Mean of Cumulative Grade Point Average of all successful Students on a 10 point CGPA System OR = Mean of the percentage of marks of all successful students / 10

Item LYG (CAYm4)

LYGm1 (CAYm5)

LYGm2 (CAYm6)

Approximating the API by the following mid-point Analysis

9 < Number of students with CGPA < 10.0 / 91-100 % 0 0 0

8 < Number of students with CGPA < 9.0/ 81- 90 % 12 13 23

7<=8 / 71- 80 % 55 65 67

6<=7 / 61 - 70 % 18 17 12

5<=6 /50 - 60 % 0 2 1

Total 85 97 103

Approximating API by Mid-CGPA

Mean of CGPA/Percentage of all the students (API)

7.43 7.42 7.59

Av. API = 7.48 Academic Performance = 2 x Av. API = 14.96

86


4.3. Placement and Higher Studies (30) Assessment Points = 30 × (x + 1.25y)/N

Where, x = Number of students placed y = Number of students admitted for higher studies with valid qualifying scores/ranks, and N = Total number of students who were admitted in the batch including lateral entry subject to maximum assessment points = 20

Item LYG LYGm1 LYGm2

Number of students admitted corresponding to LYG including lateral entry (N)

94 93 62

Number of students who obtained jobs as per the record of placement office (x1)

33 10 21

Number of students who found employment otherwise at the end of the final year (x2)

3 10 3

x = x1 + x2 36 20 24

Number of students who opted for higher studies with valid qualifying scores/ranks (y)

11 22 15

Assessment points 15.88 15.32 20.69

Average assessment points = 17.30 4.4. Professional Activities (20) 4.4.1. Professional societies / chapters and organizing engineering events (4) (Instruction: The institution may provide data of the past three years).

1. ISTE Student Chapter of Amal Jyothi College of Engineering(KE33) 2. IEEE Kerala Student Chapter (School Code: STB64771)

87


Sl No Date

1 27/01/2014 - 31/01/2014

Training on LabVIEW and Data Acquisition Systems

IEEE SB of Amal Jyothi College of Engineering

2 03/02/2014 Wireless and Optical Communication Society (WOCS)


3 28/02/2014 National Science Day Theme - Fostering Scientific Temper


4 15/03/2014 Hands on training in PIC IEEE SB of Amal Jyothi College of Engineering

5 1/08/2014 – 2/08/2014

Hands On Training On Spice Circuit Simulation


6 4/05/2015 Invited talk on ‘‘MOEMS’’ Micro-Opto-Electro-Mechanical Systems


7 May 25-29, 2015

Summer School On Electronics (SSE) IEEE SB of Amal Jyothi College of Engineering

8 20/07/2015 Induction programme ‘‘KNOW IEEE’’, Subsection.


4.4.2. Organization of paper contests, design contests, etc., and achievements (4) (Instruction: The institution may provide data of t h e past three years).

CAY (2014-15)

1. LIVEWIRE2014 Organized by the ECE Students Association. The major technical events are

1) LED Show 2) Electronics Component Exhibition 3) Roboscocer 4) Roborace 5) Paper Presentation

CAY m1 (2013-14)

1. LIVEWIRE2013 Organized by the ECE Students Association. The major technical events are

88


a) Roborace b) Paper Presentation c) Circuit Debugging

CAY m2 (2012-13)

1. Science Day 2. Robotics workshop ‘eTRIX’ conducted with Joint collaboration with

THINKLABS, Mumbai and ECE students Association 3. Hands on Training on AWR software, AJCE, AWR 4. IEEE International conference on Microelectronics, Communication and

Renewable Energy

4.3. Publication of technical magazines, newsletters, etc. (4) (Instruction: The institution may list the publications mentioned earlier along with the names of the editors, publishers, etc.). (Instruction: The institution may specify the efforts and achievements.)

Publication Description Publisher

In CAYm2 (2012-13) Zealous

Manager, Amal Jyothi College of Engineering

In CAYm1 (2013-14) News Letter Vol 1

News Letter Vol 2

Proceedings of IEEE International Conference AICERA 2013

In CAY (2014-15) Zeleous

News Letter Vol 3

Proceedings of International Conference ICQMQC 2015

89


4.4.4. Entrepreneurship initiatives, product designs and innovations (4) (Instruction: The institution may provide data of the past three years).

Item Description Achievements In CAYm2 (2012-13) Green Hearth I2U Funding, IEDC Wireless Attendance I2U Funding Driver Assistance I2U Funding In CAYm1 (2013-14) Sign Language Recognition using G loves

I2U Funding

Detection of Epilepsy Disease Using EEG Signals

I2U Funding

Virtual – I I2U Funding In CAY (2014-15) Mini Spy Drone I2U Funding Virtual –I CeDS Blind Assistance technology CeDS Blind Assistive Wearable Device IEI Funding Intelligent Helmet IEI Funding

4.4.5 Publications and awards in inter-institute events by students of the programme of study (4) (Instruction: The institution may provide a table indicating those publications, which received awards in the events/conferences organized by other institutes. A tabulated list of all other student publications may be included in the appendix.)

Year Event/ College Description Students Achievements

2012 DHISHNA 2012

Robo Soccer

Jowin Jose Thayil

Second Place

Rahul Mohan

90


Julin Joseph

Jithin Raju

Thomas N Rarichan

Robin Tom

Manu Paul

Toms George

Abin Thomas

Praveen Mathew

NAKSHATRA2012

Circuit Debugging

Bittu Sebastian First Place

Silpha Robin

Paper Presentation

Tony Thomas

First Place

Robin Mathews

Akhil Antony

Vinod Joshy K

Melvin Mathew

TECH FEST 2012

Robo War

Nijo Thomas

First Place Rakesh Krishnan R

ASTRAL 2012 Robowar

Sam P Joseph

First Place

Sebin Sebastian

Manu Manual

Toby James

Micah George

VIDYUT2012 Dragster-Robo Race

Joby Joy Second Place

91


2013

NAKSHATRA, ST GITS

Robowar

Abel Aby Kuriakose

First Place

Alen Thomas Varghese

Denson K Shaji

Circuit Debugging

Ben John

First Place Circuit Debugging

Mathew M John

Paper Presentation

Arun Thomas

Second Place Paper Presentation

Silviya Benny

TECHTOP 2013

Innovative Project

Abhilash Anandan

Participation (Final Round)

Dennis John

Ajith Mathew Thoomkuzhy

Geet Rose Jose

2014

GEC, WAYANAD

Techfest of KSCSTE

Abhilash Anandan

Third Place


INFOCOM NCSM

Young Innovators Award

Geet Rose John Second Place

Dennis John

NAKSHATRA, ST GITS

Circuit Debugging

Mathew M John

First Pinky Mary Sunny

NAVIGATOR, Paper Nimisha Mohan Third

92


MARIAN KUTTIKANAM

Presentation P

FOTIOS, CAARMEL

Angry Bots - Robo War

Praveen Mathew First

Project Presentation

Arun Thomas First

Chindu Varghese

Project Competition

Jose Louis First

SFERICS; ST GITS

Ram N Rom Akhil Benny First

MECHNIUS 2014; ST GITS

Mind Mapping

Charles Antony First

Machine Design

Abel Aby Kuriakose First

Akhil P Kumar

Pitstop Denson K Shaji First

TECHTOP 2014

National Innovation Competition

Abhilash Anandan

First Consolation Prize Techtop

Ajith Mathew

Geet Rose Jose

Dennis John

Sreedev K

HORIZON; ST GITS

Project Competition

Hena Prince

Third Lia Ann Varghese

Philip Chetallan

Second Mathew M John

Philip T

93


Nedumpuram

Roshiny Thomas

Sandeep Babu

First

Nithin Peter

Sidhu M Raju

Sreejith Harikumar

Suryakeerthi V

Tomin George

2015

INFOCOM,KOLKATA


Abhilash Anandan

First


Dennis John

Sreedev K

Geet Rose Jose

LUMIERE COE KIDANGUR

Paper Presentation

Alen Thomas Varghese First

Denson K Shaji


Jacob Shibu

First Jerin Varghese

Ritchie Johnson

SWASTIKA, MBC


Jaison Joy First

TORQUE MANGALAM

Robowar Melwin Mathew First

ADVAY Circuit Nithin Peter First

94


TOCH Debugging

ASTHRA SJCE PALA


Philip Chethalan

First

Philip T Nedumburam

C Debugging

Mathew M John First

IIST TVM Aerotrics

Sandeep Babu Best Fabrication Award + Participation

Sidhu M Raju

Surya Keerthi V

EQUINOX LOURDES MATHA

Techno calypso

Sreejith Harikumar

First

95


5. Faculty Contributions (175)

List of Faculty Members: For the programme exclusively / Shared with other programmes

Qua

lific

atio

n, u

nive

rsity

, and

yea

r of

gr

adua

tion

Des

igna

tion

and

date

of j

oini

ng th

e in

stitu

tion

Dis

trib

utio

n of

teac

hing

lo

ad (%

)

No.

of

rese

arch

pub

licat

ions

in

jour

nals

and

conf

eren

ces

sinc

e jo

inin

gIP

Rs

R&

D a

nd c

onsu

ltanc

y w

ork

with

am

ount

Hol

ding

an

incu

batio

n un

it

Inte

ract

ion

with

out

side

wor

ld

Nam

e of

the

facu

lty m

embe

r

S UG

PG

Dr. James Jacob BE, PhD 3.3/4(CGPA)

Professor 14/2/2007

30,5 NA NA NA NA

Mr. Satheesh Kumar KG

M. Tech 8.93 CGPA

Dr.MGR Educational &

Research Institute, Chennai

Professor 09/06/2001

100 5, 3 NA NA NA NA

Dr. K Karunakaran Nair

Ph D, Calicut

University

Professor 01/06/2012


Ms. Therese Mahesh Yamuna

M. Tech 8.61/10 CGPA



Assist. Professor

03/04/2002


Mr. Geevarghese Titus

M. Tech. 8.65/10 CGPA



Assist. Professor

03/01/2005

100 10,1 NA NA NA NA

Ms. Darsana P M. Tech. 8.56 CGPA

M.G

Assist. Professor 14/6/2004

43 57 NA NA NA NA

96


University, Kottayam

Mr. Anu Abraham Mathew

M. Tech 7.59 CGPA

M.G University, Kottayam


100 NA NA NA NA

Ms. Indu Reena Varughese

M. Tech. 8.5 CGPA,

VIT university


100 NA NA NA NA

Mr. Jose J Edathala

M. Tech. 8 CGPA

VIT university


18 82 7,1 NA NA NA NA

Mr. Jaison C S M. Tech. 8.65 CGPA



Assist. Professor

08/07/2008

100 3 NA NA NA NA

Ms. Rosamma Sebastian

M. Tech. 3.1/5 CGPA

Kerala University

Assist. Professor

04/08/2008

100 NA NA NA NA

Ms. Ranjitha Rajan

M. Tech. 3.04/5 CGPA

Kerala University


100 NA NA NA NA

Ms. Jomy Susan Ipe

M. Tech. 8.64 CGPA,

CUSAT

Assist. Professor

07/07/2010


Mr. Binu C Pillai M. Tech. 7.2, CGPA

NIT Suratkal

Assist. Professor

12/07/2010

50 50 1 NA NA NA NA

Ms. Careena P M. E. 72% Anna

University, Coimbatore

Assist. Professor

11/01/2011

100 NA NA NA NA

Ms. Reeju Elisa Baby

M.E 8.05 CGPA

Anna University,

Tiruchirappalli


50 50 1 NA NA NA NA

Ms. Tessy Annie Varghese

M. Tech. 8.1 CGPA

Assist. Professor

18 82 NA NA NA NA

97


Karunya University, Coimbatore

1/7/2011

Mr.Agi Joseph George

M.E 7.6 CGPA

Anna University,

Tiruchirappalli


100 2 NA NA NA NA

Mr. Binu Mathew M.E 7.8 CGPA

Anna University,

Chennai


56 44 NA NA NA NA

Mr. Ajai Mathew M.E 7.4 CGPA

Anna University,

Tiruchirappalli


75 25 6,2 NA NA NA NA

Ms. Ria Maria George

M.E 8.97 CGPA

Anna University, Coimbatore


1 NA NA NA NA

Mr. Shinto Sebastian

M. Tech. 6.5 CGPA

VIT University

Assist. Professor

11/01/2010

56 44 1 NA NA NA NA

Mr. Abubeker K M

ME, 8.4 CGPA

SRM University

Kancheepuram

Assist. Professor

14/12/2009

75 25 3 NA NA NA NA

Ms. Praseeda B Nair

M. Tech. 7.88 CGPA M.G


Assist. Professor

04/09/2007

18 82 2 NA NA NA NA

Ms. Muth Sebastian

M. Tech. 6.3 CGPA



37 63 2 NA NA NA NA

Mr. Binoshi Samuel

M. Tech. 8 CGPA, CUSAT


100 NA NA NA NA

Ms Merene Joseph M. Tech. M.G

Assist. Professor

18 82 5, 3 NA NA NA NA

98



01/07/2013

Mr. Mathew George

M. Tech. 8.08 CGPA


Assist. Professor

01/07/2013

37 63 5, 5 NA NA NA NA

Mr. Midhun Joy M. Tech. 7.8 CGPA


Assist. Professor

01/07/2013


Mr. Devadathan S M. Tech. 7.8 CGPA


Assist. Professor

20/07/2015

1 NA NA NA NA

Ms. Divya R S M. Tech. 7.9 CGPA,

Amritha Vishwa

Vidhyapeetham Coimbatore

Assist. Professor

09/04/2007

2 NA NA NA NA

Mr. Sunish Kumar O S

M. Tech. 8.2 CGPA CUSAT

Assist. Professor

02/01/2007

3,2 NA NA NA NA

The table below depicts the total fractional workload of faculty, engaging the B Tech courses, odd and even semesters of the following year 2012-13, 2013-14, and 2014-15. The table above depicts one such table corresponding the present semester.

Duration 2014-2015 2013-2014 2012-2013

July -December 2178 2261 2423

January-June 2171 2479 2456

Fractional Workload 21.75 23.7 24.4

5.1. Student Teacher Ratio (STR) (20) STR is desired to be 15 or superior Assessment = 20 × 15/STR; subject to maximum assessment of 20

99


STR = (x + y + z)/N1 Where, x = Number of students in 2nd year of the programme

y = Number of students in 3rd year of the programme z = Number of students in 4th year of the programme

N1 = Total Number Faculty Members in the program (by considering fractional load)

Year x y Z x + y + z

N1 STR Assessment (Max. = 20)

CAYm2 121 125 127 373 25 14.92 20.11

CAYm1 121 121 125 367 24 15.29 19.62

CAY 102 120 121 343 22 15.59 19.24

Average assessment 19.66

For item nos. 5. 2 to 5. 8, the denominator term (N) is computed as follows: N = Maximum {N1, N2} N1 = Total number of faculty members in the programme (considering the fractional load) N2 = Number of faculty positions needed for student-teacher ratio of 15

Year N1 N2 N = Max. (N1, N2)

CAYm2 25 25 25

CAYm1 24 25 25

CAY 22 23 23

5.2. Faculty Cadre Ratio (20) Assessment = 20 × CRI

Where, CRI = Cadre ratio index = 2.25 × (2x + y)/N; Subject to max. CRI = 1.0 where, x = Number of professors in the programme y = Number of associate professors in the

Year x y N CRI Assessment

CAYm2 3 0 25 0.54 10.8

100


CAYm1 3 0 25 0.54 10.8

CAY 3 0 23 0.59 11.8

Average assessment 11.13 5.3. Faculty Qualifications (30)

Assess

4 × FQI where, Faculty qualification index (10x + 6y +2z0)/N2

such that, x + y +z0 ≤ N2; and z0 ≤ z where,

Number of faculty members with Ph D y Number of faculty members with ME/ M Tech Z Number of faculty members with B.E/B. Tech

Year x y z N FQI Assessment

CAYm2 2012-13 2 30 2 25 8.16 32.64

CAYm1 2013-14 2 30 0 25 8 32

CAY 2014-15 3 29 0 23 8.87 35.48


5.4. Faculty competencies in correlation to Programme Specific Criteria (15)

Name Of Faculty Qualifica

tion Area of specialization

Areas of Research Interest

Dr. James Jacob M Tech, Ph D

CAD VLSI, CAD Testing

Mr. Satheeshkumar KG

M. Tech. , PhD*

Network Communication & Security

Biomedical Image processing, VLSI

101



M Sc, PhD

Optics, RF Communication

Microwave Circuits, Optical Communication


M. Tech. PhD*


Image processing, Computer Networks, Signal Processing

Mr. Gee Varghese Titus

M. Tech. PhD*


Computer networks, Bio-signal Processing,

Ms. Darsana P M. Tech. PhD*

Communication Engineering

DSP, Multi-rate Signal Analysis

Mr. Anu Abraham Mathew M. Tech.

Communication Engineering

DSP

Ms. Indu Reena Varughese M. Tech.

Sensor System Sensor Design

Mr. Jose J Edathala M. Tech.

Sensor System Sensor Design

Mr. Jaison C S

M. Tech. Network Communication & Security

RF Communication


M. Tech. Opto- Electronics

Optical Communication

Ms. Ranjitha Rajan

M. Tech. Opto Electronics

Optical communication, Signal Processing

Ms. Jomy Susan Ipe

M. Tech. Digital Electronics

VLSI, Digital system Design

Mr. Binu Pillai C M. Tech. VLSI Design VLSI, Control System

Ms. Careena P M.E Communication Wireless

102


System communication

Ms. Reeju Baby Elisa

M.E VLSI Design VLSI

Ms. Tessy Varghese Annie

M.E Communication System

Communication

Mr. Agi Joseph George

M.E VLSI Design VLSI, Embedded system

Mr. Binu Mathew


Wireless Communication, MIMO

Mr. Ajai Mathew


Microprocessor and Microcontroller design, Embedded System



Antenna Design

Mr. Shinto Sebastian

M. Tech. Communication System

Communication, MIMO

Mr. Abubeker K M

M. Tech. Embedded System

Microprocessor and Microcontroller design, Embedded System

Ms. Praseeda B Nair

M. Tech. Communication Engineering

Communication, DSP

Ms. Muth Sebastian


Communication, DSP

Mr. Binoshi Samuel

M. Tech. Signal Processing

Signal Processing, Control System

Ms. Merene M. Tech. Communication Communication, DSP

103


Joseph Engineering

Mr. Mathew George


Communication, MIMO

Mr. Midhun Joy


Antenna Design

5.5. Faculty as participants/resource persons in faculty development/training activities (15) Participant/resource person in two week faculty development programme: 5 points Participant/resource person in one week faculty development programme: 3 Points

Name of the Faculty

(Max. 5 per faculty) CAYm2

2012-2013 CAYm1

2013-2014 CAY

2014-2015

Dr. James Jacob 5

Mr. Satheesh Kumar K G 5


Ms. Therese Mahesh Yamuna 3 5 3

Mr.Gee Varghese Titus 5

Ms. Darsana P 5 5 5

Mr. Anu Abraham Mathew

Ms. Indu Reena Varghese 5

Mr. Jose J Edathala 5 5

Mr. Jaison C S

Ms. Divya R S 5 5

Ms. Rosamma Sebastian 5 5

Ms. Ranjitha Rajan 3

Ms. Jomy Ipe Susan

Mr. Binu Pillai C 3 5 5

Ms. Careena P

104



Ms. Tessy Varghese Annie 5 5

Mr. Agi Joseph George 5 5

Mr. Binu Mathew 5 5

Mr. Ajai Mathew 5 5


Mr. Shinto Sebastian 5 5

Mr. Abubeker K M 5 5 5

Ms. Praseeda B Nair

Ms. Muth Sebastian 5

Mr. Binoshi Samuvel 5 5

Ms. Merene Joseph 5

Mr. Mathew George 3

Mr. Midhun Joy 3 3

Sum

46 66 74

N (Number of Faculty Positions Required for an STR

25 25 23

Assessment = 3 × Sum/N 5.52 7.92 9.65 Average Assessment 7.70

5.6. Faculty Retention (15)

Assess

3 × RPI/N where

Retention point

Points assigned to all faculty

b

Where points assigned to a faculty member = 1 point for each year of experience at the institute but not exceeding 5.

Item CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY

Number of faculty members with experience of less than l year (x0) 1 3 0

Number of faculty member s w i t h 1 to 2 years of experience (x1) 8 1 3

105


Number of faculty members with 2 to 3 years of experience (x2) 8 8 1

Number of faculty members with 3 to 4 years of experience (x3) 5 5 8

Number of faculty m e m b e r s with 4 to 5 years of experience (x4) 8 3 4

Number of faculty m e m b e r s with more than 5 years of experience (x5)

4 11 15

N 25 25 23

RPI = x1 + 2x2 + 3x3 + 4x4 + 5x5 91 99 120

RPI/N 3.64 3.96 5.22

Assessment 10.92 11.88 15.66


5.7. Faculty Research Publications (FRP) (20) Assessment of FRP = 4 × (Sum of the research publication points scored by each faculty member)/N

The research papers considered are those ( i ) which can be located on t h e internet and/or are included in hard-copy volumes/proceedings, published by reputed publishers, and ( i ) w h e t h e r the faculty member’s affiliation, in the published papers/books, is of the current institution. Include a list of all such publications and IPRs along with details of DOI, publisher, month/year, etc. Name of the faculty

(Max. 5 per faculty)

CAYm2 2012-2013

CAYm1 2013-2014

CAY 2014-2015

Dr. James Jacob

Mr. Satheesh Kumar K G 3 5 Dr. K Karunakaran Nair

Ms. Therese Mahesh Yamuna 3 5

Mr. Gee Varghese Titus 3 5 5

Ms. Darsana P 3 5

Mr. Anu Abraham Mathew 3

Ms. Indu Reena Varughese 3 5

Mr. Jose J Edathala 5 5 3

106


Mr. Jaison C S 3 5

Ms. Divya R S

Ms. Rosamma Sebastian 3 3

Ms. Ranjitha Rajan

Ms. Jomy Ipe Susan 3

Mr. Binu Pillai C 5 5

Ms. Careena P 3 3


Ms. Tessy Annie Varghese 3

Mr. Agi Joseph George

Mr. Binu Mathew 5 5

Mr. Ajai Mathew 3

Ms. Ria George Maria 3 3

Mr. Shinto Sebastian 3 5 5

Mr. Abubeker K M 5 5

Ms. Praseeda B Nair

Ms. Muth Sebastian 5

Mr. Binoshi Samuvel 3 3 5

Ms. Merene Joseph 5 3

Mr. Mathew George

Mr. Midhun Joy 3 Sum 26 61 79

N (Number of faculty positions required for an STR of 15 25 25 23

Assessment = 4 × Sum/N 4.16 9.76 13.73

Average assessment 9.22 List of Publication is added in the Appendix 2 5.8. Faculty Intellectual Property Rights (FIPR) (10) Assessment of FIPR = 2 × ( Sum of the FIPR points scored by each faculty member)/N

107


(Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum five FIPR points yea

FIPR includes awarded National/International Patents, Design, and Copyrights.)

Name of faculty m e m b e r (contributing to

FIPR points (max. 5 per faculty member)

CAYm2 2012-2013

CAYm12013-2014

CAY 2014-2015

2012-13 0 0 0

2013-14 0 0 0

2014-15 0 0 0

Sum 0 0 0

N 0 0 0

Assessment of FIPR = 2 × Sum/N

0 0 0

Average assessment 0

5.9. Funded R&D Projects and Consultancy (FRDC) Work (20) Assessment of R&D and Consultancy projects = 4 × (Sum of FRDC by each faculty member)//N (Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum 5 points, depending upon the amount.) A suggested scheme is given below, for a minimum amount of Rs. 1 lakh:

Five points for funding by national agency, Four points for funding by state agency/

private sector, Two points for funding by the sponsoring trust/society.

Departmental projects funded by DST-FIST, UGC, DBT, ICSSR etc and total grants received

Sl. No.

Project Year Amount Status Funded by

1 Intelligent Light Dimmer for Automobiles

2008 216000 Completed KSCTE

2 Driver’s Assistant 2009 100000 Completed DST 3 Green Hearth 2014 100000 Completed IEDC 4 Virtual –i

2014 50000 Completed CeDS

5 Blind Assistance technology

2014 50000 Completed CeDS

6 Blind Assistive Wearable 2014 10000 Fund IEI

108


Device Sanctioned 7 Intelligent Helmet 2014 20000 Fund

Sanctioned IEI

8 Intelligent Light Dimmer for automobiles

2007 10000 Completed Institution Constituted

9 Electronic Wheel Chair 2007 10000 Completed Institution Constituted

10 Solar Powered Irrigation 2008 Completed Institution Constituted

11 Smart Home 2008 10000 Completed Institution Constituted

12 Improved Head Light with a Path Follower Eye


13 Mobility Enhancement System For Visually Impaired People


14 Smart Aide For Cardiac Patient With Pedometer


15 Smart Adaptive Speed limiter


16 Direct generation of DC power

2011 Completed Institution Constituted

17 Navigator under water search equipment


18 Accident Response System 2012 10000 Completed Institution Constituted

19 Green Hearth 2013 10000 Completed Institution Constituted

20 Wireless Attendance 2013 10000 Completed Institution Constituted

21 Driver Assistance 2013 10000 Completed Institution Constituted

22 Sign Language Recognition using Gloves


23 Detection of Epilepsy Disease Using EEG Signals


24 Virtual I 2014 10000 Completed Institution Constituted

25 Mini Spy Drone 2015 10000 Completed Institution

109


Constituted 26 IPR - Seminar 2011 25000 Competed KSCSTE 27 FDP- Intelligent System

Design 2012 Competed AICTE

28 International Conference-AICERA 2013

2013 50000 Completed KSCSTE


2013 40000 Competed DRDO

30 Ekalavya – Basic Electronics

2012 Competed MHRD

31 Ekalavya – Control System 2014 Competed MHRD 32 Ekalavya – Analog Circuits 2013 Competed MHRD

Name of faculty member (contributing to FRDC)

FRDC points (Max. 5 per faculty

CAYm2 2012-2013

CAYm12013-2014

CAY 2014-2015

Dr. James Jacob 1*5=5

Mr. Satheesh Kumar K G 1*5+1*4=9(5) 1*2= 2

Mr. Gee Varghese Titus 1*5=5 1*2= 2 1*5= 5

Mr. Jaison Cs 1*2= 2

Mr. Binu Mathew

1*2=2 2*4=8 (5)

Mr. Binoshi Samuel 1*5=5

Mr. Binu C Pillai 1*5=5

Mr. Ajai Mathew

2*2= 4 1*2+1*5=7 (5)

Mr. Sunish Kumar O S 1*2= 2

Ms. Merene Joseph 1*5= 5

Sum 12 21 26 N 25 25 23 Assessment of FRDC = 4 × Sum/N 1.92 3.36 4.52


5.10. Faculty interaction with outside world (10) 110


Sl. No.

Seminars/Conferences/Workshops organized

Date Source of funding

1 IPR - Seminar 2010 KSCSTE


2013 DRDO


2013 KSCSTE

4 FDP- Intelligent System Design 2012 AICTE

Faculty as Resource persons

1 Current Research in Wireless and Optical Communications from

3 to 5-Dec-13

TEQIP Phase II sponsored program- College of Engineering, Kidagnoor

2 Information and Communication System Security

June 26-28, 2013.

TEQIP Phase II sponsored program, College of engineering Adoor

Faculty as Editorial members/ Programme /Technical/ Advisory Committee

Journal/Conference Faculty

1 International Journal for Transformation of Consciousness

K G Satheeshkumar, Binu Mathew

Faculty as Resource persons for development of semester-long course / teaching modules 1 M Tech Syllabus revision 2013 M G University

2 M Tech Syllabus Formation 2015 KTU

3 LabView Core1 & Core2 Training 2014 National Instruments, Bangalore

Name Of Faculty Member (Contributing To FIP)

FIP CAYm2

2012-2013 CAYm1

2013-2014 CAY

2014-2015 Dr. James Jacob

111


Mr. Satheesh Kumar KG 5 5



Mr. Gee Varghese Titus 5 5

Ms. Darsana P 5

Mr. Anu Mathew Abraham

Mrs. Indu Reena Varughese

Mr. Jose J Edathala

Mr. Jaison C S

Ms. Divya R S

Ms. Elsa George


Ms. Ranjitha Rajan

Ms. Jomy Ipe Susan

Mr. Binu Pillai C 5

Ms. Careena P

Ms. Reeju Baby Elisa

Ms. Tessy Varghese Annie

Mr. Agi George

Mr. Binu Mathew

Mr. Ajai Mathew

Ms. Ria George Maria

Mr..Shinto Sebastian

Mr. Abubeker K M 5

Mrs. Praseeda B Nair

Ms. Muth Sebastian

Mr. Binoshi Samuel 5

Mr. Sunish Kumar O S 5

Ms. Merene Joseph

112


Mr. Mathew George 5

Mr. Midhun Joy 5

Sum 0 45 10

25 25 23 Assessment O F FIP = 2 × Sum/N

0 3.6 0.87

Average Assessment 1.49

FIP = Faculty interaction points

Assessment = 2 × (Sum of FIP by each faculty member)/N

(Instruction: A faculty member gets maximum five interaction points, depending upon the type of institution or R&D laboratory or industry, as follows)

Five points for interaction with a reputed institution abroad, institution of eminence in India, national research laboratories.

Three points for interaction with institution/industry (not covered earlier).

Points to be awarded, for those activities, which result in joint efforts in publication of books/research paper, pursuing externally funded R&D / consultancy projects and/or development of semester-long course / teaching modules.

113


6. Facilities and Technical Support (125)(Description of classrooms, faculty rooms, seminar, and conference halls: (Entries in the following Table are sampler entries)

Room description

Usage Shared/ exclusive

Capacity Rooms equipped with PC, internet, book rack, meeting space, etc.

No. of classrooms

6 Exclusive 66

Multimedia Projector, Black board, Netbook.

No. of tutorial rooms

6 Exclusive 66

Multimedia Projector, Black board, Netbook.

No. of seminar rooms

3 Shared

250 90 600

No. of meeting rooms

2 Exclusive 20 24

No. of faculty rooms

7

Exclusive

1

PC, Printers, Book Rack

1 1 2 2 8 15

Room Description Usage Shared /

Exclusive Capacity

Rooms Equipped with

Class Room No DC402

Class Room For 2nd Year A Batch

Exclusive 65 Projector, Black Board, Chalk, Duster, Notice Board

Class Room No DC403

Class Room For 2nd Year B Batch


114


Class Room No DC407

Class Room For 3rd Year A Batch


Class Room No DC408

Class Room For 3rd Year B Batch


Class Room No DC410

Class Room For 4th Year A Batch


Class Room No DC411

Class Room For 4th Year B Batch


Tutorial Room - 6 nos.

Batch Tutorials Exclusive 65 Projector, Black Board, Chalk, Duster, Notice Board

Seminar Room no. R204, Alphonsa Hall, Auditorium

Students Project Presentations, Seminars, Guest Lectures

Shared 90/ 200/ 500

Projector, Laptop, Internet, Laser Pointer, White Board, White

Meeting room ,

Conference hall Staff meetings Shared 25

Projector, Laptop, Internet, Laser Pointer, White Board,

Faculty rooms -

7 nos.

Faculty room, counseling, discussion

Exclusive 30 PC, Laptop, Internet, Intercom, Printer, Scanner, Wi-Fi,

Dept. Library

DB 109 Library Exclusive 20

PC, Internet, Printer, Scanner, Book rack, Reading Tables

115


6.1. Classrooms in the department (30) 6.1.1. Adequate number of rooms for lectures (core/electives), seminars, tutorials, etc., for the programme (10)

Adequate number of class rooms is available for conducting lectures and tutorials. The class rooms are equipped with most modern LCD projectors which can be made useful for taking power point presentations and showing videos of interest. Conventional black boards are also provided in every class room. Classrooms are spacious enough to accommodate 60 students and are well furnished and ensure proper circulation of fresh air and light. State of the art seminar halls are available which are made use of for conducting lectures by eminent persons from industry and academia

6.1.2. Teaching aids, Multimedia projectors, etc. (15) In order to foster the integration of technologies in teaching and learning, the students and professors access to a wide variety of computers and multimedia equipment that reflect the resources available in department and college. The department has Lecture Halls equipped with modern teaching aids like Netbooks, Multimedia Projectors, Laser Pointers, Portable Addressing systems(to address a larger crowd) etc. for effective teaching-learning process. 6.1.3. Acoustics, classroom size, conditions of chairs/benches, air circulation, lighting, exits, ambience, and other such amenities/facilities (5) All class rooms are fully furnished with tables, benches and desks made of high quality timber. Class rooms are spacious enough to accommodate 60 to 70 students. Class rooms are well lit with windows opening to natural light and air. In addition sufficient number of tube lights and fans are provided. Curtains are also provided so as to minimize the effect of extreme sunlight during afternoons. All classrooms are provided with good ventilation. The acoustics of the classrooms is good. Students haven’t complained about this so far. 6.2. Faculty rooms in the department (20) 6.2.1. Availability of individual faculty rooms (5) There are individual cabins for faculty in addition to a separate room for H.O.D. The cabins are partitioned such that each faculty gets sufficient working space for himself/herself. Each faculty is provided with a personal computer in the form of desktop computers or Netbooks. Internet connectivity in the form of LAN or Wi-Fi is also provided.

116


6.2.2. Room equipped with white/black board, computer, internet, and other such amenities/facilities (10) All the faculty rooms are equipped with White board, Computer with internet facility and telephone with intercom facility. Entire campus is Wi-Fi enabled. 6.2.3. Usage of room for discussion/counseling with students (5)

Staff rooms are made student friendly. Students are always welcome to approach the faculty both for their academic as well as personal needs. Mentoring sessions are held regularly in the staffrooms where students can approach their respective mentors for guidance/counseling 6.3. Laboratories in the department to meet the Curriculum Requirements and the POs (60) Laboratories that are provided in the department are

1. Electronics Circuit Lab 2. Integrated Circuits Lab 3. Advanced Communication Lab 4. Project Lab 5. Systems Lab 6. Mini project/Hardware Lab 7. Communication Lab for PG

6.3.1. Adequate, well-equipped laboratories to meet the curriculum

requirements and the POs (20)

Laboratory description in

the curriculum

Exclusive use /

shared

Space, number

of students

Number of experiments

Quality of instruments

Lab manuals

Circuit Lab Exclusive 86 m2 11 Good Yes

Integrated Circuit Lab

Exclusive 86 m2 11 Good Yes

Project Lab Exclusive 117 m2 11 Good Yes

Advanced Communication Lab

Exclusive 77 m2 11 Good Yes

117


System Lab Exclusive 126 m2 11 Good Yes

Mini project Lab Exclusive 117 m2 11 Good Yes

Lab View Lab Exclusive 77 m2 11 Good Yes

Computing facility

People Exclusive use / shared

Number of Equipment

Quality of instruments

Laboratory manuals

Computer Students Exclusive 90 Good Yes

Computer Faculty Exclusive 35 Good Yes

Printer Faculty Exclusive 5 Good Yes

Scanner Faculty Exclusive 4 Good Yes

Experiment List of various Labs S3- EC 010 307 Analog Circuits I Lab

1. Characteristics of Diodes and Zener diodes 2. Characteristics of Transistors (CE&CB) 3. Characteristics of MOSFET 4. Frequency responses of RC low and high pass filters -.RC integrating and

differentiating circuits 5. Rectifiers-half wave, full wave, bridge with and without filter-ripple factor

and regulation 6. Clipping &Clamping circuits 7. Zener regulator with and without emitter follower 8. RC coupled CE amplifier-Frequency response characteristics 9. MOSFET Amplifier (CS) Frequency response characteristics 10. Feedback amplifiers (Current series, Voltage series)-gain and frequency

response. 11. Power amplifiers (Transformer less) class B and class AB Introduction to SPICE 1. Models of resistor, capacitor, inductor, energy sources (VCVS, CCVS,

118


Sinusoidal source, pulse, etc.) and transformer. 2. Models of DIODE, BJT, FET, MOSFET, etc. 3. Simulation of following circuits using spice (Schematic entry of circuits

using standard packages). 4. Analysis- (transient, AC, DC, etc.): 5. Potential divider. 6. Integrator & Differentiator (I/P PULSE) – Frequency response of RC

circuits. 7. Diode Characteristics. 8. BJT Characteristics. 9. FET Characteristics. 10. MOS characteristics. 11. Full wave rectifiers (Transient analysis) including filter circuits. 12. Voltage Regulators. 13. Sweep Circuits. 14. RC Coupled amplifiers - Transient analysis and Frequency response. 15. FET & MOSFET amplifiers.

S4- EC 010 407 Analog Circuits II Lab

1. Differential Amplifiers (Using BJT and MOSFETs)-Measurement of CMRR

2. Cascade amplifiers - Frequency response 3. Cascode amplifiers (Using BJT and MOSFETs) - Frequency response 4. Familiarization of operational amplifiers - inverting and non-inverting

amplifiers, frequency response adder, integrated, comparator and voltage level detector

5. Measurement of OP-AMP parameters 6. Difference amplifier and Instrumentation amplifier 7. Astable, Monostable and Schmitt trigger circuits using OP-AMPs 8. Triangular and square wave generators using OP-AMPs 9. Wienbridge oscillator using OP-Amplifier with amplitude stabilization and

amplitude control, RC phase shift oscillator 10. Study of 555 and Astable, Monostable Multi-vibrator using 555 11. Active second order filters using OP-AMP (LPF,HPF,BPF and BSF) 12. A/D converters – Counter-ramp and flash type 13. D/A converters - Ladder circuit

S4- EC010 408 Analog Communication Lab

1. Amplitude Modulator-measurement of modulation index 2. Amplitude demodulator 3. Study of PLL and VCO IC's

119


4. Frequency modulator using VCO 5. Frequency demodulator 6. DSB-SC demodulator 7. DSB-SC modulator 8. Tuned amplifier 9. Mixer 10. AGC 11. Study of 8038 12. Spectral analysis of AM and FM 13. Multiplexing using Analog multiplexer IC's

S5-EC010507 Digital Electronics lab

1. Study of logic gates ;truth table verification of OR, AND, NOT, XOR, NAND and NOR Gates

2. Implementation of the given Boolean function using logic gates in both SOP and POS forms

3. Design and realization of half, full adder or sub tractor using basic gates and universal gates

4. Flip Flops- truth table verification of JK Master slave FF,T and D FF 5. Asynchronous counter- realization of 4 bit up counter and mod-N counters 6. Synchronous counter- realization of 4 bit up counter and mod-N counters 7. Shift registers-study of shift right, SIPO, SIFO. PIPO,PISO and shift left

operations 8. Ring counter and Johnson counter 9. Design examples using multiplexer and de multiplexer 10. LED Display-Use of BCD to 7 segment decoder/driver chip to drive LED

Display 11. Static and dynamic characteristic of NAND gate (Both TTL and MOS)

S7-EC 010 607 Microprocessor and Microcontroller lab Programming experiments using 8086 (MASM) 1. Sum of N Numbers. 2. Display message on screen using code and data segment. 3. Sorting, factorial of a number 4. Addition /Subtraction of 32 bit numbers. 5. Concatenation of two strings. 6. Square, Square root, & Fibonacci series. Programming experiments using 8051 simulator (KEIL). 7. Addition and subtraction. 8. Multiplication and division.

120


9. Sorting, Factorial of a number. 10. Multiplication by shift and add method. 11. Matrix addition. 12. Square, Square root, & Fibonacci series. Interface experiments using Trainer kit / Direct down loading the programs from Personal computer. 13. ADC / DAC interface. 14. Stepper motor interface. 15. Display (LED, Seven segments, LCD) interface. 16. Frequency measurement. 17. Wave form generation. 18. Relay interface. S6-EC010608 Mini Project Lab 1. 555 applications 2. Light activated alarm circuit 3. Speed control of electric fan using TRIAC 4. Illumination control circuits 5. Touch control circuits 6. Sound operated circuits 7. Relay driver circuit using driver IC 8. Interfacing using Opto- coupler 9. Schematic capture software (ORCAD or similar) familiarization. 10. PCB design software (ORCAD Layout or similar) familiarization.

S7 EC 010 707 -Advanced Communication Lab 1. Delta Modulation & Demodulation. 2. Sigma delta modulation. 3. PCM (using Op-amp and DAC). 4. BASK (using analog switch) and demodulator. 5. BPSK (using analog switch). 6. BFSK (using analog switch). 7. Error checking and correcting codes. 8. 4 Channel digital multiplexing (using PRBS signal and digital multiplexer). 9. Microwave experiments ( Experiments based on subject EC010 703) MATLAB or LAB View Experiments 1. Mean Square Error estimation of a signals. 2. Huffman coding and decoding.

121


3. Implementation of LMS algorithm. 4. Time delay estimation using correlation function. 5. Comparison of effect in a dispersive channel for BPSK, QPSK and MSK. 6. Study of eye diagram of PAM transmission system. 7. Generation of QAM signal and constellation graph. 8. DTMF encoder/decoder using Simulink. 9. Phase shift method of SSB generation using Simulink. 10. Post Detection SNR estimation in Additive white Gaussian environment using

Simulink. S7-EC 010 708 Signal Processing Lab

1. Generation of Waveforms (Continuous and Discrete) 2. Verification of Sampling Theorem. 3. Time and Frequency Response of LTI systems. 4. Implement Linear Convolution of two sequences. 5. Implement Circular convolution of two sequences. 6. To find the DFT and IDFT for the given input sequence. To find the DCT and

IDCT for the given input sequence. 7. To find FFT and IFFT for the given input sequence. 8. FIR and IIR filter design using Filter Design Toolbox. 9. FIR Filter Design (Window method). 10. IIR Filter Design (Butterworth and Chebychev). 11. Mini Project based on digital signal processing or control systems or

communication applications.

S8-EC 010 806 VLSI and Embedded Systems Lab Verilog

1. Implementations of a) Multiplexer b) Demultiplexer c) Full adder & Full subtractor d) Decoder

2. Using data flow style of modelling. 3. Using Structural modelling implement

a) 4:1 multiplexer using 2:1 multiplexer. b) Four bit full adder using one bit full adder. c) 4 bit counters.

4. Using behavioral modelling implement a) D Flip Flop b) J K Flip Flop

5. Using switch level modelling implement 122


a) One bit Full adder b) Multiplexer – 2 channel c) CMOS AND gate d) CMOS OR gate

6. Verilog implementation of Moore and Mealy FSM. Embedded Lab (PIC)

1. Four bit binary counter using LEDs. 2. Interfacing 7 segment LED and a character LCD. 3. Timers and counters. 4. Analog to digital convertor. 5. DC motor control using. 6. Understanding interrupts. 7. Asynchronous Serial Communication.

CS010 508: Hardware and Microprocessors Lab Phase I- 8085

1. Arithmetic operation on a 8 bit a. Addition of two 8 bit numbers with carry b. Subtraction of two 8 bit numbers with borrow

2. 3 .Multiplication of two 8bit numbers 3. Division of two 8bit numbers 4. Bit data transfer 5. Data transfer 6. Square of a number 7. Factorial of a number 8. 08 bit array manipulations -01 9. Array sorting in ascending order 10. Array sort in descending order 11. Largest number from an array 12. Smallest number from an array 13. 08 bit array manipulation -02 14. Sum of ‘N’ number 15. Data search

Phase II - 8086(MASM)

1. 8bit Arithmetic Operation 2. 16 Bit Arithmetic Operation

123


3. Bit Manipulation 4. String Manipulation -01 5. String Manipulation -02 6. Array Manipulation

6.3.2. Availability of computing facilities in the Department (15) Computing facility with sufficient number of computers with high speed internet connectivity are available for students’ use. All the computing facility of the department is connected to the Institute 100Mbps Network on optical fibre. UPS power is made available to the entire department. The computer consists of Intel i5, i3, Pentium 4 or AMD Phenon processors. Licensed software such as Matlab, LabView, EdwinXp, AWR etc are provided. All Microsoft products with MSDNAA, which is the Microsoft Academic Alliance programme and consists of a bundle of Microsoft Software for academic purposes. Development environments like MS Visual Studio, MS Visual Studio .NET, Visual Prolog, MS Office developer, etc. are available. Matlab with various toolbox like Communication, Image Acquisition, Filter Design, Signal Processing, MATLAB Compiler, Simulink Signal Processing Blockset, Communications Blockset, Video and Image Processing Blockset, etc. Labview Academic edition(35 Genuine User License), Acquisition Module (NI USB 6211), Data MyRIO Module. The Microwave Office® design suite for design of all types of RF and microwave circuits, from integrated microwave assemblies to monolithic microwave integrated circuits (MMICs). 6.3.3. Availability of laboratories with technical support within and beyond working hours (15) All labs are assisted by competent technical staff with thorough knowledge of various experiments and procedures. Students are encouraged to make maximum use of labs for conducting their project works during and beyond the class hours. Technical staff are available beyond working hours to help students. Please see Table 6.4.1 for a list of technical staff and their qualification/experience. 6.3.4. Equipment to run experiments and their maintenance, number of students per experimental setup, size of the laboratories, overall ambience, etc. (10) All labs are well lit and have continuous power supply which ensures unhindered working of machines. Around 3-4 students work on a single

124


experimental setup at a time. The department hardware laboratory is equipped with educational tools to promote interest and better understanding of computer hardware and peripherals among the students. 8085/86 Microprocessor Trainer kits and 8033 Micro-controller kits etc., are used to provide hands-on experience to students in basic hardware, Embedded System Development Software and tools, Universal Trainer kits, and other similar hardware items are provisioned to inculcate interest and familiarize the students with various software developmental models and test them. Please see section 6.3.1 for details of laboratory facilities. The labs are equipped with adequate number of equipments and necessary software. Few hardware equipments are

1. CRO 2. DSO 3. Spectrum Analyzer 4. Function Generator 5. Dual/Variable Power supply 6. Digital Trainer kits 7. 8085 kits 8. 8081 kits 9. CPLD 10. Antenna Trainer kit 11. Optical kit 12. Microwave bench, for the related experiments.

We also have a well furnish Systems lab, with original OS, and other related softwares like

1. Matlab 2. Labview 3. EdwinXp 4. AWR Microwave Office

`

6.4. Technical Manpower Support in the Department (15)

6.4.1. Availability of adequate and qualified technical supporting staff for programme- specific laboratories (10) Qualified technical staff is available for all labs as is evidenced form the following Table

125


Name of the

technical staff

Designation

Exclusive /

shared work

Date of joining

Qualification Other technical

skills gained

Responsibility

At Joining

Susamma Dominic

Lab Instructor

CSE/IT Lab

03-02-2003

ITI Electronics

Circuits lab/Store

Jilimol K.C Lab Instructor

CSE/IT Lab

18-09-2006

Diploma in Electronics

Circuits lab

Aneesh Thankachan

Lab Instructor

CSE/IT Lab

04-09-2007

ITI Electronics

Projects lab

Shefeena Karim

Lab Instructor

CSE/IT Lab

14-07-2008


IC lab

Rajesh.M.G

Lab Instructor

CSE Lab 09-07-2008


Microcontroller

Systems lab

Jomon Joseph

Lab Instructor

CSE Lab 01-12-2008


Projects lab

Manoj A.V Lab Instructor

CSE/IT Lab

01-07-2009

ITI Electronics

Adc lab

Sreejith C.S Lab Instructor

CSE/IT Lab

02-08-2010


Adc lab

Jobish .D Lab Instructor

M. Tech. Lab

02-02-2012

B.Tech in ECE

PCB Design

Systems lab

6.4.2. Incentives, skill upgrade, and professional advancement (5) All technical staff is encouraged to attend skill enhancement programmes organized by the institute as well as other institutes. Higher studies

1. Jobish D is pursuing Higher education( M Tech) Staff Development Programmes and Workshops attended by the Technical staff

a. SDP on Analog Circuits, Ekalavya Programme of MHRD. b. IIRS (ISRO) 3 Month Outreach Programme on “Remote Sensing,

Geographical Information System & Global Navigation Satellite System”. 126


7. Academic Support Units and Teaching-Learning Process(75)

Students’ Admission

Admission intake (for information only) (Instruction: The intake of students during the last three years against the sanctioned capacity may be reported here.)

Item CAY CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3 Sanctioned intake strength in the institute (N)

780 780 720 600 Number of students admitted on merit b a s i s( )

594 562 540 512

Number of students admitted onmanagement quota/otherwise (N2) 122 122 100 3

Total number of students admitted in the institute (N1 + N2) 716 684 640 515

Admission quality (for information only) Divide the total admitted ranks (or percentage marks) into five or a few more meaningful ranges (Instruction: The admission quality of the students in terms of their ranks in the entrance examination may be presented here.)

Rank range CAY CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3 More than 80 percentile 1 3 1 2

50--80 percentile 6 3 9 3

30--50 percentile 30 11 61 5

20--30 percentile 69 44 112 4

10--20 percentile 215 200 231 45

0--10 percentile 273 302 126 453

Admitted outside rank list 122 122 100 3

Tabular data for estimating student-teacher ratio and faculty qualification for first year common courses

127


List of faculty members teaching first year courses: (Instruction: The institution may list the faculty members engaged in first year teaching along with other relevant data here.)

Name of faculty member

Qualification Designation Date of joining the institution

Department with which associated

Distribution of teaching load ( % )

1st year UG PG Abin Manoj Ph. D Assoc. Prof. 26-01-2005 DBS 100.00 0.00 0.00 Shinto Sebastian M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 01-11-2010 ECE 60.00 40.00 0.00 Aju S Nair M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 06-02-2014 EEE 25.00 20.00 65.00 Nobin Thomas M. Sc, MPhil Asst. Prof. 07-01-2013 DBS 61.54 38.46 0.00 Neenu K Mathew M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 06-03-2014 CE 35.20 64.70 0.00 Linu Tess Antony M.Sc. B. Ed Asst. Prof. 07-02-2008 DBS 30.95 69.05 0.00 Joy Cyriac M.Sc. Professor 10-01-2004 DBS 100.00 0.00 0.00 Thomaskutty Stephen M.Sc. Asst. Prof. 01-11-2010 DBS 30.68 53.70 15.63 Jibin C Jacob M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 28-01-2008 ME 31.25 68.75 0.00 Ashwin Chandy Alex M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-09-2013 ME 33.33 66.66 0.00 Abu Mani M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-01-2013 ME 33.33 66.66 0.00 Mathew K.J. M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 29/12-2010 AUE 33.33 76.67 0.00 Jacob Philip Ph. D Professor 14-07-2014 DBS 100.00 0.00 0.00 Reeju Elisa Baby M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 28-06-2011 ECE 50.00 50.00 0.00 Manu Harilal M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 18-06-2014 MT 25.00 75.00 0.00

Sini Rose Devasia M Sc., MPhil, B. Ed Asst. Prof. 07-02-2012 DBS 30.68 53.69 15.63

Sharon Jacob M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 08-01-2014 CE 44.60 55.40 0.00 Francis.K M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-01-2013 ME 25.00 37.50 37.50 Deepthi I Gopinath M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 24-07-2014 CE 48.80 51.21 0.00 Priya Philip M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 24-07-2014 CE 48.80 51.21 0.00 Deepak John Peter M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 22-07-2013 CE 31.25 68.75 0.00 Jose Joseph M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-04-2013 CE 26.92 5023.08 0.00 George Mohan M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-04-2013 CE 31.30 68.75 0.00 Minnu M M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 16-07-2014 CE 48.82 51.21 0.00 Jeena B Edayadiyil M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 20-08-2013 CE 42.55 57.46 0.00 Linu Theresa Jose M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-01-2013 CE 31.30 37.40 31.30 Maria Michael M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 08-01-2014 CE 33.30 40.00 26.70 Vipin Vijayan M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 08-01-2014 ME 62.50 37.50 0.00 Rony Thomas Murickan M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 15-07-2013 ME 31.25 68.75 0.00 George M Varghese M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-01-2014 CE 10.53 52.63 36.84 Tessy Annie M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-01-2011 ECE 23.08 76.92 0.00

128


Varghese

Subin P George MS Asst. Prof. 12-09-2013 ECE 20.00 0.00 80.00 Richu Zachariah M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-01-2014 ME 63.33 10.00 26.67 Merene Joseph M. TECH. Asst. Prof. 07-01-2013 ECE 21.54 78.46 0.00 Mathew George M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-01-2013 ECE 38.08 61.92 0.00 Midhu Das B. M. Tech Asst. Prof. 16-06-2014 EEE 30.95 56.55 12.50 Jinson Paul M.E Asst. Prof. 07-02-2014 AUE 29.32 4239.07 0.00 Shany Jophin M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-07-2014 CSE 25.50 65.50 9.00

Rino Laly Jose MSc, B.Ed., NET Asst. Prof. 22-08-2012 DBS 57.00 43.00 0.00

Margret Sherin Joseph M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-02-2012 CE 31.30 68.75 0.00 Anjana P. M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 01-01-2015 CE 43.75 0.00 0.00 Nimmy Chacko M.Sc Asst. Prof. 07-04-2011 DBS 29.17 55.21 15.63 Jose J Edathala M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 16-08-2007 ECE 25.00 62.50 12.50 Anitta Jose M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-07-2015 CE 48.82 51.21 0.00 Dona Sebastian M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-01-2013 EEE 40.00 60.00 0.00 Ajosh Abraham M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 28-12-2009 ME 21.88 78.13 0.00

Deepamole S M Sc., MPhil. B. Ed Asst. Prof. 20-07-2009 DBS 32.50 62.50 5.00

Rakesh Reghunath M Tech Asst. Prof. 15-12-2008 ME 12.50 50.00 37.50 Reynold Jose M. Tech Asst. Prof. 16/08/2007 AUE 9.38 91.13 0.00 Binu Thomas M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-04-2005 ME 62.50 37.50 0.00 Toms Philip M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 28-08-2006 ME 68.75 0 31.25 Amal Sajikumar M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 01-01-2015 ME 17.64 82.00 0.00 Bini Koshy Varghese M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 08-01-2013 ME 17.64 47.05 35.29 Yelana Thomas MA B. Ed Asst. Prof. 14-8-2008 HUM 6.25 81.25 6.25 Meby Mathew ME Asst. Prof. 07-08-2013 ME 40.63 43.75 15.63 Dr Sebastian Narively MA Ph. D HOD 26-11-2006 HUM 100.00 0.00 0.00 M N Muraleedharan BSc. Engg. Asst. Prof. 31-12-2007 AUE 70.00 30.00 0.00 Mathew J Joseph M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-02-2012 ME 62.50 37.50 0.00

Lisa Rani Alex

M. Sc., M. Phil B. Ed Asst. Prof. 07-04-2007 DBS 53.57 9.38 37.05

V.I.Cherian M.E. Professor 01-08-2006 EEE 29.00 0.00 71.00 Neenu Rose Antony M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 22-06-2009 EEE 26.67 73 0.00 Shamini James MBA Asst. Prof. 07-04-2011 HUM 6.25 62.50 31.25 Jasmine Mathew MSc Asst. Prof. 07-06-2010 DBS 32.50 67.50 0.00 K P Sundareswaran M Tech Professor 10-01-2002 ME 17.00 83.00 0.00 Jency Sara Kurian M Tech Asst. Prof. 12-01-2014 CE 26.67 73.33 0.00 Joffie Jacob M Tech Asst. Prof. 15-12-2008 EEE 28.00 28.00 44.00 Dr. Sajith Kurian Ph. D Assoc. Prof. 15-07-14 DBS 100.00 0.00 0.00

129


Anumod D M M Tech Asst. Prof. 07-03-2014 EEE 13.77 79.03 14.20

Rose Jacob M. Sc., M. Phil Asst. Prof. 08-08-2012 DBS 100.00 0.00 0.00

Jose Dominic Joseph

MTM, BSc, B. Ed Asst. Prof. 07-04-2013 HUM 6.25 81.25 12.50

Sherin Thampi ME Asst. Prof. 07-01-2014 ME 50.00 50.00 0.00 Tom Sunny M. Tech Asst. Prof. 15-1-2014 ME 50.00 50.00 0.00

Sangeeta S M.A. , B.Ed. , SET Asst. Prof. 07-04-2013 HUM 5.72 91.50 2.78

Rohitha Joseph M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-01-2014 CE 53.84 46.16 0.00 Saju Sebastian ME Asst. Prof. 01-01-2015 ME 31.25 68.75 0.00 Vishnu Prasad M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-02-2014 AUE 50.00 50.00 0

7.1. Academic Support Units (35) 7.1.1. Assessment of First Year Student Teacher Ratio (FYSTR) (10) Data for first year courses to calculate the FYSTR:

Year Number of students (approved intake

strength)

Number of faculty members

(considering fractional load)

FYSTR Assessment = (10 × 5)/FYSTR (Max. is 10)

CAYm2 690 27.45 25.14 5.97 CAYm1 780 30.78 25.34 5.92

CAY 780 30.27 25.77 5.82 Average 5.90

7.1.2. Assessment of Faculty Qualification Teaching First Year Common Courses (15) Assessment of qualification = 3 × (5x + 3 y + 2z0)/N, where x + y + z0 ≤ N and z0 ≤ Z

X = Number of faculty members with PhD Y = Number of faculty members with ME/M. Tech/NET-

Z N

= =

Number of faculty members with BE/B. Tech/MSc/MCA/MA Number of faculty members needed for FYSTR of 25

Year x y z N Assessment of faculty qualification

CAYm2 2012-13 3 34 24 27.6 9.65 CAYm1 2013-14 4 48 18 31.2 9.77

CAY 2014-15 4 64 9 31.2 9.77

Average assessment of faculty qualification 9.73

130


7.1.3. Basic science/engineering laboratories (adequacy of space, number of students per batch, quality and availability of measuring instruments, laboratory manuals, list of experiments) (8) (Instruction: The institution needs to mention the details for the basic science/engineering laboratories for the first year courses. The descriptors as listed here are only suggestive in nature, not exhaustive. )

Laboratory Description

Space Sq. mtr

No. of Students

Software used Type of Experiments

Quality of Experiments

Laboratory Manual

Foundry 44 20 Nil Preparation of sand

mould Medium Available

Smithy 143 20 Nil Making square and hexagonal prisms. Medium Available

Carpentry 47 20 Nil Plaining, Cross halved

joined Medium Available

Fitting 143 20 Nil Filing, making rectangle,

making step joint. Medium Available.

Surveying 73.5 22 Nil

Chain surveying, Compass surveying, Levelling, Study of

instruments like theodolite, plane table, total station and other

minor instruments. Medium Available

Plumbing 73.5 22 Nil

Threading, Jointing, Sanitary fittings, Pipe

fittings Medium Available

Masonry 30 45 Nil English bond, Flemish

Bond, Arch setting Medium Available Electrical Workshop

114 45 Nil 1. Wiring of 1 lamp controlled by a switch, 2. Wiring of two lamps and a 3-pin plug socket

controlled by 3 switches, 3. Stair case wiring, 4. Hospital wiring, 5. Godown wiring, 6. Tunnel wiring,

7. Wiring of distribution board using MCB &

ELCB, 8. Study of measuring earth resistance and insulation resistance

using megger, 9. Wiring of fluorescent

tube, 10. Soldering practice,

High Available

131


11. Study of compact fluorescent lamp,

12.Home wiring training system,

13.Electrical safety training system

7.1.4. Language laboratory (2) (Instruction: The institution may provide the details of the language laboratory. The descriptors listed here are sugge s t i v e in natur e, not exhaustive.)

Language laboratory

Space, number

of students

Software

used

Type of

experiments

Quality of

instruments

Guidance

A maximum of 66 students can be accommodated.

Orel Software

Students are trained on their Reading, Listening, Speaking and Writing skills

Good Two faculty members are involved in helping students use the lab .Apart from the guidance given in the subject there are two lab instructors to take care of the technical aspect of the lab.

7.2. Teaching – Learning Process (40) 7.2.1. Tutorial classes to address student questions: size of tutorial classes, hours per subject given in timetable (5) (Instruction: The institution may report the details of the tutorial classes that are being conducted on various subjects and state the impact of such tutorial classes here.) Provision of tutorial classes in timetable: YES Tutorial sheets provided: YES Tutorial classes taken by faculty / teaching assistants / senior students /others: Faculty Number of tutorial classes per subject per week: One

132


Number of students per tutorial class: 20 to 30 Number of subjects with tutorials: 1st year.....9..... 2nd year....6....... 3rd year.....6..... 4th year.......5....... These tutorials help students secure better marks in the examinations, internal as well as university examinations. Moreover tutorials help the students to gain confidence in their studies 7.2.2. Mentoring system to help at individual levels (5) (Instruction: The institution may report the details of the mentoring system that has been developed for the students for various purposes and also state the efficacy of such system here.) Type of mentoring: Professional guidance / career advancement / course work specific / laboratory specific / total development Mentoring is provided for total development of the students. Mentoring is provided after analyzing the problems, if any, faced by each student. Mentoring helps students to get over their difficulties with their studies (course work as well as laboratories). All students are periodically counselled by three full-time counsellors. Career guidance is also given to the students.

Number of Faculty mentors: 152

Number of students per mentor: 20 or less

Frequency of meeting: Minimum twice in a Semester

Each student has to fill up and maintain a Student diary with details of parents/guardian, addresses, contact numbers and an academic history of student marks in all public examinations and class tests in the Engineering courses. Any personal difficulties of the student will also be discussed and the student will be directed to professional counselors, if required. The parents shall always be informed regarding the progress as well as problems, if any, of the students. Mentor shall also keep a track of the academic journal prepared by the student detailing what he/she has learnt in every period. Students’ participation in arts and sports items and his personality and character will also be graded by the mentor which can be viewed by the HOD and Principal. Corrective advice is given, if necessary.

Three full time counsellors are available in the college. The students are at liberty to approach any of them for help and guidance.

133


It is found that the mentoring system in the College is very effective for the development of the students.

7.2.3. Feedback analysis and reward / corrective measures taken, if any (5) (Instruction: The institution needs to design an effective feedback quest ionnaire. It needs to justify that the feedback mechanism developed by the institution really helps to evaluate teaching, and finally, contributes to the quality of teaching). Feedback collected for all courses: YES

Specify the feedback collection process: The students of each class are guided to the Central Computing Facility as per a pre- planned schedule. The students are given 14 questions concerning the faculty who are dealing with theory papers and 9 questions for faculty and staff dealing with Laboratories or workshops. The questionnaire is designed to enable them to give their opinion as Excellent, Very Good, Satisfactory or Poor. Using a computer program the score of each faculty is computed and shall be forwarded to the Principal. The students are also allowed to write whatever comments they want to make about the teachers which will be finally checked by Principal and HOD and forwarded to the faculty concerned.

Percentage of students who participated: More than 90 percent.

Specify the feedback analysis process: The feedback collected from students are first analyzed at the level of HOD and then at the level of faculty appraisal committee, headed by the Principal. The contents of the feedback will be shared with each faculty member individually. The feedback system works as an eye opener for the faculty.

Basis of reward/corrective measures, if any: Best faculty award is given based on students feedback, HOD’s evaluation, the faculty’s self-appraisal report and the marks given by Faculty appraisal committee, headed by Principal. The increments and promotions are also bear some effect on these scores. Those with very poor marks and with bad comments from many students will be asked to show- cause why they should be allowed to continue in this College.

Number of corrective actions taken in the last three years: 3 faculty members were warned during last three years. The warning led to improvements in their performance and quality of teaching.

7.2.4. Scope for self-learning (5) (Instruction: The institution needs to specify the scope for self- learning / learning beyond syllabus and creation of facilities for self-learning / learning beyond syllabus.)

134


In tune with AJCE’s vision of being a transformational leader in education, conscious efforts are taken in the academic and allied activities of the college to nurture critical thinking, self-learning, creativity and scientific temper among students.

The college believes that self-learning and learning beyond syllabus have a great scope in the development of the career of an engineer. Everything in engineering cannot be taught in the class room or laboratories. The explosion in knowledge related to applied science and engineering during the last century has been so much that four years is too short a period even to cover one branch of engineering. This fact calls for the relevance for self-learning for young engineers. What an institution should do is to provide adequate facilities for self-learning to students so that they get motivated to learn more and more and ultimately become life-long learners and innovators.

Motivation for self-learning should be provided in the classrooms. A teacher has a great role to play in this. Discussing subject beyond the syllabus, providing exposure to exciting developments in science and technology around the globe, attempting solutions to problems in daily life etc. are the ways to motivate students for self-learning. They should also be motivated to do things themselves so that they gain confidence to try anything with their own hands. An intuition should provide ample opportunities and facilities for these to students. Amal Jyothi College of Engineering has been doing just this, as outlined below.

7.2.5. Generation of self-learning facilities, and availability of materials for learning beyond syllabus (5) (Instruction: The institution needs to specify the facilities for self- learning / learning beyond syllabus.) Amal Jyothi College of Engineering (AJCE) has provided the following facilities to students for their self-learning and learning beyond syllabus

Infrastructure:

1. 24/7 internet access with Wi-Fi connectivity 2. Smart classrooms with audiovisual aids 3. AES Software, Language lab, Computer Labs etc.

Learning resources:

1. Committed faculty who motivate students in the process of their learning 2. Reputed Journals from IEEE, ACM, Springer, Wiley etc. 3. Online Databases and Digital Video 4. Licensed Soft wares

The institution supports teachers to make learning efficient. The college provides a central library with all latest books and journals which the faculty can utilize effectively and provide

135


comprehensive latest information to students. Students are encouraged to use the library independently to enhance their skills and knowledge. Apart from this college provides seminar halls where the students can participate in group discussions, debates, seminars etc. The institution and faculty members support and encourage every student to make use of Internet, computers and latest technologies available to upgrade themselves in their respective field of studies. Student projects: Every student in AJCE does three projects during their course. Each student is assigned a Micro project during third semester, a Mini project during fifth semester and a Main project during seventh and eighth semesters. The students have the freedom to select projects of their choice in consultation with teachers. Execution of these projects by themselves goes a long way in developing independent thinking, organizing various elements of work in the project and finding solutions to problems they face. These projects inculcate creativity and innovative mind among students. AJCE thinks that execution of these projects will help to transform students in to life-long learners and innovators. Promotion of research among Students: The institution has taken keen interest to promote research culture among students. The steps taken in this regard at the college level are listed below:

1. Constitution of a Research Committee to mentor and monitor research among students and to inculcate a scientific and research environment in the college 2. Research project for all students are carried out in the campus itself to make them more research oriented. 3. Training programs at different levels are organized to introduce upcoming technologies 4. Seed money provided by the college for selected student research projects under a scheme called Innovation Ideas Unleashed (I2U) (About a dozen I2 U projects are supported every year). This project competition among students began in 2011. 5. Encourage research paper presentations in National and International Seminars 6. Personal mentoring and guidance by the research supervisor throughout the research Process. 7. Scope for publishing eligible research results in the College Research journal, Amal Jyothi Technical Report.

These activities initiated by the college for promotion of research motivate students to think independently and go for self-learning and to learn their subjects of interest beyond syllabus

136


7.2.6. Career Guidance, Training, Placement, and Entrepreneurship Cell (5) (Instruction: The institution may specify the facility and management to facilitate career guidance including counselling for higher studies, industry interaction for training/ internship/ placement, entrepreneurship cell and incubation facility and impact of such systems.) Career guidance and placement of students

The college has a placement cell with 3 full time staff members, including a full time placement officer, to provide career guidance and placement training to students. The placement cell organizes on-campus and off-campus recruitments and pre-placement training programs in Aptitude test, Group Discussions, Interviews and presentation skills in collaboration with the Department of Humanities and other core departments. Mock interviews and GDs are conducted on a regular basis so as to equip final and pre-final students to face the challenges of recruitment scenario. Close on the heels of placement drives, the Placement Cell makes an evaluation of the performance of the students. This objective appraisal enables the college to identify strengths and weakness of the candidates and select strategies for improvement. Besides, there are intensive supportive measures for low performing candidates.

Career Counseling

Career guidance and motivational lectures by Alumni, External guests and faculty are organized frequently

Organizing coaching classes for competitive exams

The departments organize coaching classes for GATE examination. The placement cell organizes seminars on Higher Studies and conduct aptitude training.

Foundation Course for Civil Services is offered for interested students by Amal Jyothi Institute for Civil Services. Many books and periodicals are available in the library for the students to prepare for these examinations.

Skill Developments (Spoken English, Computer literacy etc.)

Communicative English has been incorporated into the curriculum. The Language Lab with a capacity of 66 consoles has been set up to compliment classroom teaching.

In addition to these, different departments conduct following add-on courses in their areas of specialization.

Department Add-on Courses

AUE AutoCAD, Pro-E

CE Revit architecture, Auto Cad, Primavera P3, STAAD Pro

137


CSE & CA JAVA, PHP, Android, NS2, LATEX

ECE Matlab, Embedded Lab (PIC and 89C51), Lab View, Placement opportunities, Aptitude training

EEE CAD Training, MATLAB training

IT Android, PHP, Java

ME AUTOCAD, CATIA, ANSYS, PRO-E, ABAQUS TRAINING

A Question bank, containing close to 100000 questions, has been prepared by the faculty for the benefit of students. The students can access the question bank and practice answering them

Job-oriented skill development center, sponsored by Volvo-Eicher

In a first-of-its kind venture for an engineering college in Kerala, AJCE has signed up a MoU with the globally-renowned Volvo- Eicher Commercial Vehicles Ltd (VECVL) to establish a job-oriented skill development center.

Accordingly, the Amal Jyothi-Eicher Center for Automobile Technology, sponsored by VECVL, has been established in the Amal Jyothi campus. This is the first heavy-duty automobile training center in Kerala run by an engineering college in association with a globally-reputed automobile manufacturer.

The skill development center will be a boon for the faculty and students to update themselves on the latest developments in automobile technology and to have a hands-on experience in best-of-its-class automobile technology in the world. It also offers a wonderful opportunity for scores of unemployed youth with class 10/12 education to get trained in automobile technology.

The Center will familiarize trainees in the most scientific way of repair, maintenance and overhauling of commercial vehicles. The college has earmarked a space of 900 m2 to the center for state-of-the-art classrooms, workshop and library.

VECVL will train the trainers and conduct regular follow-up programs to faculty to update them on developments in the field of automobile technology. It will also provide study materials and training equipment for the course.

The course will be a blend of theory and practical sessions for nine months and VECVL will provide a 3-month internship at their plant and dealerships.

Innovation and Entrepreneurship Development Center (IEDC)

The Innovation and Entrepreneurship Development Center (IEDC) is an initiative of National Science and Technology Entrepreneurship Development Board (NSTEDB) of the Department

138


of Science and Technology (DST), New Delhi. With an aim of develop institutional mechanism to create entrepreneurial culture in academic institutions to foster growth of innovation and entrepreneurship amongst the faculty and students.

Every year this center is providing financial support to number of students for developing innovative products. Up to one lakh rupees for each idea. Apart from this financial support we are providing the mentoring and Infrastructural support for these projects.

Also this center is arranging so many classes and camps to promote technology based innovation and entrepreneurship among the students.

Inspiration behind the starting IEDC:

1. Our long-term goal is to create an engineering city of three hundred acres in area, owned by the management out of which the present campus occupies fifty acres and to develop a technological center to uplift the rural community.

2. Many of our students have shown consistent interest to get more knowledge about entrepreneurship to be competent in the modern world.

3. Our students and teachers have been proving their talent in developing innovative products by winning several national level project contests and getting funds for product development from various research and development institutes around the nation.

4. There are no other centers in our district or neighboring districts for guidance in the field of entrepreneurship.

5. The scope of rural technology development is very high because our college is located in a rural setting with most people depending on traditional farming methods.

6. Our management and empowered faculty members are trying to provide technology based solutions to the problems faced by the agrarian rural community and these efforts have been streamlined through IEDC.

Activities of IEDC

1. Business skill development program Business Skill Development Programme (BSDP) is a training programme sponsored and supported by Ministry of Micro, Small Medium Enterprises (MSME), New Delhi. With an aim to encourage students to start self- employment ventures as Micro, Small or Medium enterprises which is instrumental for employment generation.

2. Product development In association with various Government agencies and by utilizing the technical resources of Amal Jyothi College of Engineering, we have developed a good number of new innovative socially useful products. A few of the examples are listed below:

1. Intelligent Light Dimmer: In this fast growing era a lot of accidents are reported due to the temporary blindness created due to the High beam of the headlight of the

139


vehicles coming in the opposite direction. Amal Jyothi has taken this nationally important problem as a challenge and developed an automatic light dimmer which will actuate without the help of human interference. This project was supported and sponsored by Government of Kerala.

2. Automated Rubber tapping machine: Kerala is a state having vast areas of rubber cultivation and all are facing huge labor shortage to tape the tree. To overcome this crises Amal Jyothi is developing an Automated Rubber tapping machine in association Rubber Research Institute of India (RRII)

3. Coconut Climbing Machine: Department of Industries and Commerce, Govt. of Kerala has organized a national wide competition for developing Coconut Climbing Machine, to avoid the acute labor shortage in this field. Form this competition eight ideas were selected for product development, out of this two projects are for Amal Jyothi College of Engineering. Those are 1. Mr John Jose Pattery, final year Mechanical Engineering. 2. Mr. Zacharias Mathew, Chief Technical officer.

4. Robo for Bore Well Rescue: A robot for rescuing children from tube well has developed by our students, this project is funded by Department of Science and Technology (DST), New Delhi, Govt. of India.

5. Pedal Powered Inverter: We developed an inverter which use mechanical power to charge the battery of the inverter, source of this mechanical power is pedaling of an exercises cycle; this project is funded by Department of Science and Technology (DST), New Delhi, Govt. of India.

6. Digital pre- paid energy meter: This is an energy meter which can charge like a pre- paid mobile and can control number of energy meters from one central station. This will help for energy conservation also. This project is funded by Department of Science and Technology (DST), New Delhi Govt. of India.

7. Driver’s Assistant: To make the drivers more alert about road sign boards our students have developed new equipment. Which is funded by Department of Science and Technology (DST), New Delhi, Govt. of India.

8. Internet Radio: With an aim of promoting internet communication our students has started one internet radio which will be converted in to a technical knowledge source within a short span of time. This programme is taking place in association with Department of Science and Technology (DST), New Delhi, Govt. of India.

Technology-Business Incubator (TBI), sponsored by DST

A Technology-Business Incubator (TBI) has been established AJCE with the support of DST in 2014-15, with the following objectives:

1. Creation of Technology based incubates on a continuous basis

140


2. Help to create value added jobs and services

3. Introduction of entrepreneurial culture among students.

4. Create effective networking for the development of technology based start-ups

5. Develop internationally accepted technologies

6. Promote students to come up with commercially viable curriculum projects

7. Create student entrepreneurs

8. Create awareness about Technology Incubation and Commercialization of R & D products and processes.

9. Promote small and medium industries. An overriding objective of the venture is to achieve a transformation of minds of students from being job-seekers to being entrepreneurs themselves, utilizing the theoretical and practical knowledge they gained in the college.

The TBI will initiate a stronger industry-academia-consumer linkage where ideas can flow to and fro through the three stakeholder groups so that everyone benefits. The industry will benefit from technological developments initiated by the TBI as well as qualified students who have an innovative mind to join their workforce. Academia will stand to gain from its constant interaction with industry, and consumers will gain from the innovations that are rolled out through the association.

The thrust areas identified for the functioning of TBI in AJCE are

1. Rural technology

2. Green Technology

3. Information Technology

4. Artificial Intelligence

Other entrepreneurial initiatives of AJCE

The college has identified entrepreneurship Development as the need of the hour in the context of growing opportunities for enterprises in India. Developing entrepreneurial traits in students is one of the graduate attributes. The following are some of the initiatives taken by AJCE, in addition to IEDC, in this direction.

It organizes special trainings like Business Skill Development Program (BSDP), Intellectual Property Rights Awareness, Entrepreneurship awareness Camps etc. in association with Techno Park, Trivandrum, Kerala State Council for Science, Technology and Environment (KSCSTE) and the Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSME), Govt. of Kerala. An IPR facilitation center supported by KSCSTE also functions in the college.

Two of the projects were shortlisted among the eight from Kerala and got funding of one lakh

141


each from the State Govt. for developing a coconut tree climbing machine.

Three student projects are approved for TePP funding for product development. A few patent applications have been submitted through the Patent Information Center, KSCSTE, Govt. of Kerala.

Projects that won top place in the all-India Innovation Hub project contest, organized jointly by National Council of Science Museums and ‘The Telegraph’ at Kolkata

Project Year Prize

Password Security System 2007 First Prize

Electronic Wheel Chair 2008 First Prize

Solar Power-based Computerized Irrigation System

2009 First Prize

Robot Bore well Rescue 2010 Second Prize

Cocobot – Coconut Plucking Robot 2011 Second Prize

E- diagnoser 2012 First Prize

Xerobot - A Multi-purpose Automation Robot

2013 Second Prize

Virtual-I 2014 First Prize

Automatic Lemonade Machine 2014 Second Prize

Projects that won positions in the all-India Tech Top project contest

Project Year Prize

Pepper Separator 2011 First Prize

Helioped 2011 Special Prize

Advanced cardamom drier

2013 Second prize

Virtual- I 2014 Special prize

Details of Amalites Entrepreneurs

Few of the alumni of AJCE who have initiated their own companies are listed below.

142


Name Dept Batch Entrepreneurship Initiatives

Sofia Anup ECE 2006 Wedding Platter

Nitin Prabhakar ECE 2007 Emvigo Technologies

Avinash Prabhakar ECE 2008 Emvigo Technologies

Syril Joseph ECE 2008 Zorus Technologies

Hashim Jamal ECE 2009 Dhuniya Al Jamali Group

Rogen Joseph ECE 2009 Engineers World

Mittu Andrews Tigi ECE 2010 Zhooyi Communications

Bansan Thomas George

ECE 2010 Synergen Consultants

Thomas Kiran ECE 2011 Marigold Group

Mithun Mathew EEE 2006- 2010 Developer of Fullforms.com

Sajin Babu EEE 2006-2010 Electrical CAD

Sruthi Merin Ittiyavirah EEE 2006 - 2010 Kanchi Signature Collections- online store

Archana R Nair EEE 2007 - 2011 Mayoora Jewels- Handmade Terracotta Jewellery

Arun George, Roshan E.E, Tigil thomas

CE 2008-2012 Construction Company

Sarath S CSE 2011 Filanza

Jobit Joseph CE 2006-2010 Construction Company

Shon Jacob CE 2010-2014 Construction materials business

7.2.7. Co-curricular and Extra-curricular Activities (5) (Instruction: The institution may specify the co-curricular and extra-curricular activities, e.g. NCC/NSS, cultural activities, etc.)

143


Promotion of Co-curricular and Extra-curricular Activities The College views extracurricular and co-curricular activities as integral to the holistic development of students. Opportunities are identified, created and opened to promote student participation in them. Financial support as well as training and development support are provided by the institution appropriately. The college helps the students in these activities in the following ways.

1. Additional academic support and flexibility in examination times are provided. 2. Students are informed of Special dietary requirements, provided with sports uniform,

necessary materials and other relevant information 3. Students organize three days National Techno Cultural fest Azure, Arts day, College

day, Onam and Christmas celebrations. 4. A program called Talent’ EVE is conducted on year wise basis every two weeks to

promote the talents of the students in campus. 5. All core departments have their own branch association. They organize seminars /

workshops / invited talks from industry/inter college and intra college technical and cultural fest. Student chapters of various professional societies such as IEEE, CSI etc. function in the college.

6. With a view to honing the technical and cultural skills and talents of students, and to promote their aptitude for research and extension, the college offers both technical as well as non-technical clubs.

7. Students are given duty leave to participate in technical and cultural activities organized by the university or any other college.

8. For those who win the competition have been awarded the grace marks along with the internal marks

National Service Scheme (NSS) The motto of NSS “Not Me, But You”, reflects the essence of democratic living and upholds the need for self-less service. NSS helps the students develop appreciation to other person’s points of view and also show consideration to ‘other living beings. The philosophy of the NSS is well reflected in this motto, which underlines on the belief that the welfare of an individual is ultimately dependent on the welfare of the society on the whole and therefore, the NSS volunteers shall strive for the well-being of the society.

M.G University has sanctioned one unit of NSS to our college. This is the first time that an NSS unit has been sanctioned by the MG University to a self-financing engineering college. The NSS unit of our college, with 200 volunteers, plays an active role in shaping our student humane and responsible citizens. The overall aim of NSS is personality development of students through community service. We conduct special camping programme of seven days duration in adopted places and it provides unique opportunities to students for group living,

144


collective experience sharing, sharing responsibilities, addressing various developmental issues of regional and national importance and close interaction with the community around.

Activities undertaken by the NSS unit of AJCE are listed below.

1. Road reconstruction 2. Yoga class 3. Class on self confidence 4. Cultural fest 5. Class on internal marks 6. Class on personality development 7. Debate ‘Love marriage or arranged marriage’ 8. Blood group identification camp 9. Class for school students 10. Trekking 11. Class on energy conservation 12. X’ Mas carol 13. Camp fire 14. Training on paper carry bag preparation 15. Visit to orphanage ‘Baby Sadhan’ 16. Indoor games

Red Ribbon Club (RRC)

Red Ribbon Club Programme (RRCP) is a comprehensive promotional and preventive intervention to enhance voluntary blood donation as well as mainstream HIV and AIDS prevention, care and support and treatment impact, mitigation, stigma reduction, among the youth in educational institutions. It will also prepare and promote youth peer educators within and outside the campuses. An active RRC is functioning in Amal Jyothi College of engineering.

The activities of RRC includes 1. Blood donation 2. Blood group identification camp 3. HIV awareness programs

Nature Club

A nature club is a group of young people, who spread conservation awareness in the society. Since a club represents the collective will of its members, it can generate conservation awareness in most effective manner. A Nature Club functions in our college, which does everything possible (like organizing seminars) to spread awareness about conservation of nature.

145


Amal Jyothi Driving Academy

Road safety is a key concern for both Government and people on Indian roads. Safe driving today requires a higher level of confidence, competence and maturity, given the poor traffic planning, increasing number of vehicles, and lack of professionalism in driving and untrained drivers on road. In a bid to address these issues, Department of Automobile Engineering of Amal Jyothi, has launched Amal Jyothi Driving Academy, an initiative for promoting safe driving under the guidance and full support of Motor Vehicles Department. This Academy not just imparts better driving skills but also tries to inculcate safe driving culture through special theoretical sessions for behavioral training and road sense. The academy offers driving lessons to students with two vehicles available with it. The motto of the Academy is “Smile while you drive”. A brief outline of co-curricular and extra-curricular activities for the past four years is given below. 2014 -15 All departments engage in activities like

• Industrial visits • Invited lectures • Department Association Activities • Publication of department magazines / digests • Career guidance talks • Industry experts talks • Workshops • Gate / Placement Trainings etc.

A good number of students had appeared in technical festivals and project contests at state and national levels. 5 projects from Amal Jyothi have been selected for Tech Top Competition held in Trivandrum. Team from Amal Jyothi secured first prize in Shristi – National Level Technical Project Contest in Saint Gits College, Kottayam, Kerala. Close to 10 teams were finalists. 2 teams from Amal Jyothi secured the first and second prizes at Infocom, Kolkatta Amal Jyothi hosted Azure, a national level techno-cultural festival during 25-27 September. Dining Etiquette Sessions were conducted for students. Over a Cup of Tea – An initiative of the Management Development Centre, noted industrialists and technocrats were brought in to address students to motivate them Under the Fig Tree – A mini motivational / moral sessions led by the faculty of Amal Jyothi addressing the students. NSS camps – Students attend the internally arranged camps and state and national camps

146


Community Service – Students as part of curriculum specifications engage in community services College magazine is getting ready for publication Amal Jyothi hosted Azure, a national level techno-cultural festival from September 25, 26 and 27 Onam – 5th September 2014 saw the conduct of Onam Celebrations. Christmas Celebrations – The first year students hosted the Christmas Celebrations on 19th December 2014. Talent EVE – 22nd August 2014 witnessed the conduct of Talent Eve – a biweekly programme conceptualized to promote the talents of the students. Run Kerala Run - 20th January, Amal Jyothi joined the rest of Kerala in celebrating the organization of National Games in the state by conducting a 1 km marathon around the campus premises Arts Day Celebrations ‘Aarohan 2K15’ was organized on 28th February which also saw playback singer Najeem Arshad as the Chief Guest at the closing ceremony. Alumni Induction Programme for graduating students on 20th May 2015 Be Smart Don’t Start – Anti Addiction campaign was organized by the Jesus Youth in the campus on 01, April 2015 Regular sports events in games and sports are conducted along the semester focusing on Shuttle Badminton, Basketball, football, cricket and athletics 2013-14 All departments engage in

• Industrial visits • Invited lectures • Department Association Activities • Publication of department magazines / digests • Career guidance talks • Industry expert talks • Workshops • Gate / Placement Trainings etc.

NSS camps – Students attend the internally arranged camps and state and national camps Be Smart Don’t Start – Anti Addiction campaign was organized by the Jesus Youth in campus on April 1 2014 Community Service – Students as part of curriculum specifications engage in community services Amal Jyothi hosted ‘Azure’, a national level techno-cultural festival from August 12, 13 & 14 Amal Jyothi hosted ‘Arena’, all Kerala Basketball tournament on 3-6 March 2014 Onam – 13th September 2013 saw the conduct of Onam Celebrations.

147


Christmas Celebrations – The first year students hosted the Christmas Celebrations ‘Cake 13’ on 13th December 2014. Talent EVE – 17-01-2014 & 31-01-2014 witnessed the conduct of Talent Eve – a biweekly programme conceptualized to promote the talents of the students. Arts Day Celebrations on 4 & 5 March 2014, El-Arte provided a platform for students to explore their talents and discover the artistic masteries. The event was inaugurated by Shri Ajay Kumar aka Guinness Pakru. Alumni Induction Programme & Common farewell for graduating students on 26/04/2014 Regular sports events in games and sports are conducted along the semester focusing on Shuttle Badminton, Basketball, football, cricket and athletics

2012-13 All departments engage in

• Industrial visits • Invited lectures • Department Association Activities • Publication of department magazines / digests • Career guidance talks • Industry experts talks • Workshops • Gate / Placement Trainings etc.

A good number of students appeared in technical festivals and project contests at state and national levels The Onam celebration was conducted on 24th August 2012. Fresher’s Day welcoming first years to campus was conducted on 11th October. Arts Club Inauguration was held on 11th October and the guests for the day were Shri V T Balram and Ratheesh Vega Christmas Celebrations by the first years were held on 21-12-2012 Arena 2K13 fell on the dates 27th Feb to 2nd March and was inaugurated by Ms. Geethu Anna Jose, former captain of Indian Woman’s Basketball Team Arts Day ‘Rang De’ was held on 15 and 16 March 2013 Department Fests: All departments conducted their department fests on 16th April 2013 to make it a unique day of conglomeration of talents. Regular sports events in games and sports are conducted along the semester focusing on Shuttle Badminton, Basketball, football, cricket and athletics College Magazine ‘Page 33’ was published. 2011-12 All departments engaged in

• Industrial visits • Invited lectures

148


• Department Association Activities • Publication of department magazines / digests • Career guidance talks • Industry experts talks • Workshops • Gate / Placement Trainings etc.

A good number of students had appeared in technical festivals and project contests at state and national levels The Onam celebration was conducted on 2nd September 2011. Christmas Celebrations by the first years were held on 23-12-2011 Arts Day and College day were held on 16th and 17th January, 2012 with the Art’s day inauguration getting done by Ms. Sarayu (cine artist). College day inaugurated by Dr. J. Prasad, Hon. Vice Chancellor, Sri Sankaracharya University, Kalady. Arena and Azure: The year witness the prime events getting organized simultaneously from 26th to 28th January with Arena getting inaugurated by Mr. George Marness, Former International Player and Azure getting inaugurated by the Chief guests Shri. Shibu Baby John (Minister for Labour and food Supplies) and Shri. Sarath (Music Director). Annual Sports Meet was conducted along the dates 29th to 31st March 2012 College Magazine ‘Page 33’ was published. 7.2.8. Games and Sports, facilities, and qualified sports instructors (5) (Instruction: The institution may specify the facilities available and the usage of the same in brief.) Sports and Games is an integral part of Amal Jyothi's total education program. Amal Jyothi has been maintaining high standards in almost all games among engineering colleges in Kerala. We always have thrived hard to excel in the field of sports and games. Amal Jyothi College holds a very proud tradition of encouraging athletes and sports personnel in different fields. It has achieved the invincible track record in Sports and Games in M.G University. AJCE bagged the M.G university Shuttle badminton Women championship for four years continuously from 2003-04 to 2006-07. The Department is of Physical Education gives systematic training and coaching for players in various games throughout the year. In order to have competitive experience and exposures, Amal Jyothi teams participate in all the Inter Collegiate Sports and Games Tournaments. With a rich tradition in Basketball from its inception the college organizes ARENA, an All Kerala Intercollegiate tournament in Basketball [men & women] regularly since 2007.

Facilities for sports and games

The college has established a Physical Education Department under a Director, who is responsible for organizing various sports and games activities. The college has ample

149


facilities for all major games, indoor and combative activities etc. It also has a very well furnished health club with excellent facilities for developing a fine and athletic body. The Health Club is open to students throughout the year.

Activities of Physical Education Department includes admission under sports quota through selection trials and Interview with certificate verification. It conducts coaching camp for each game during mornings and evenings for a minimum period of two months before any competition. The department fields Volleyball, Basketball, Football, Table Tennis (M & W), Badminton (M & W), and Cricket, Chess, and Wrestling (M) teams at University, Intercollegiate and State level competitions. Department seeks assistance from Kerala Sports Council and M.G. University regarding assignment of coaches for each game. Regular training is going on throughout the year for major games like Volleyball, Basketball, Football, Table Tennis, Badminton and Cricket. Department provides sports equipments, kit, TA and DA to the players participating in University and other inter-collegiate tournaments. Department not only look after the welfare and sports development of student, but also monitor their academic progress and moral. It also helps sports men and women to avail grace marks from University, scholarships from Sports Council, University, SAI and other funding agencies.

Conduct of Annual Sports Meet and Inter-Departmental Games competitions is another important activity of Physical Education Department.

The faculty of Physical education department provides necessary supervision and assistance to students and staff in all their sports related activities. The department also organizes matches between staff and students in Volleyball, Table Tennis, Basketball and Badminton.

The following facilities are available in the College for sports and games.

1. 400 Meter Track (Under Construction) 2. Athletics [200 meters Track with six lanes]. 3. All equipment for field events like shot put, javelin throw, discuss throw and long

jump pit. 4. Cricket net practicing facility and cricket kit. 5. Mini Football court 6. Basketball courts (3 numbers) with gallery 7. Volleyball court 8. Indoor Badminton court and two Table Tennis Boards for boys and girls 9. Chess board and chessmen 10. Four Badminton Courts 11. Weight lifting set 12. Power lifting set 13. Physical fitness center with 14 fitness system set.

The College hires the services of qualified coaches for different games. The college has a panel of coaches from where the Physical Education Department makes a selection of proper

150


coaches as and when necessary. All coaches in the panel have reputation at University and State levels.

Student Achievements in Co-curricular, Extracurricular and cultural Activities

The details of major student achievements in co- curricular, extracurricular and cultural activities at different levels: University / State / Zonal / National / International for the past couple of years is listed below.

2013-2014

Achievements at National/Inter University Level

1. Dennis John (ECE) received Young Innovators Award in Infocom NCSM 2. Abhilash Anandan (ECE) and team reached final round of Tech Top 2013 3. Sarath V Joy (S5 ME), selected to the MG University Table Tennis team. 4. Aswin Tom (S3 CSE), selected to the MG University Table Tennis team. 5. Rahul Binu Mathew (S1 S2 ME) selected to the MG University Table Tennis team. 6. Vishnu Surendran (S1S2 ME), represented MG University in the south Zone inter

University Chess Championship held at SRM University Chennai. Achievements at State Level

1. Abel Aby Kuriakose and team has won First for Best Choreography at St. GITs 2. Mathew M John has won first prize in Circuit Debugging at SaintGits 3. Arun Thomas and team has won first prize for Project Competitions at Carmel

College 4. Ajay P Joji and Bony M Jose has won second prize for Concept PPT at St. GITS 5. Denson K Shaji and team has won first prize at Robowar in SaintGits 6. Deepak Thomas won second prize in Asthra 2014 Arts fest at St. Joseph's Engineering

College, Pala 7. Nithin Biju won second prize in Asthra 2014 Arts fest at St. Joseph’s Engineering

College, Pala. 8. Harikrishna S. P won first prize in Cricket at St. Joseph’s Engineering College, Pala

(PACE 14) 9. Asha Mary Raju won first prize in the Technical Quiz Contest at Musaliar college of

Engineering 10. Jerin Babu won first prize in the Technical Quiz Contest at Musaliar college of

Engineering 11. Amal Jyothi bagged the Overall Championship in the ‘PACE 14’ All Kerala Inter

Collegiate Sports fest organized by St. Josephs college of Engineering, Pala 12. Amal Jyothi Volleyball team secured the First position in the ‘PACE 14’ All Kerala

Inter Collegiate Sports fest organized by St. Josephs college of Engineering, Pala 13. Amal Jyothi Cricket team secured the First position in the ‘PACE 14’ All Kerala

Inter Collegiate Sports fest organized by St. Josephs college of Engineering, Pala

151


14. Amal Jyothi Volleyball team secured the First position in the “MBC Trophy 14”, All Kerala Inter Collegiate Volleyball tournament organized by Mar Baselious college of Engineering, Peerumedu

15. Amal Jyothi Volleyball team secured the First position in the “SMASH 14”, All Kerala Inter Collegiate Volleyball tournament organized by IHRD college of Engineering, Kalluppara

16. Amal Jyothi Volleyball team secured the First position in the ‘ASPIRE 2014’ All Kerala Inter Collegiate Volleyball tournament organized by Amal Jyothi college of Engineering.

17. Amal Jyothi Basketball team secured the Second position in the ‘ARENA 2014’ All Kerala Inter Collegiate Basketball tournament organized by Amal Jyothi college of Engineering.

18. Amal Jyothi Table Tennis team secured the Second position in the All Kerala Inter Collegiate Invitational Table Tennis Championship organized by St. Alberts College, Ernakulam.

Achievements at University Level

1. Winners of MG University Table Tennis Tournament 2. Runners Up of MG University Chess Tournament 3. Achievements at Zonal Level 4. Fourth position in MGU South Zone Cricket 5. Winner of MGU South Zone Chess 6. Winner of MGU South Zone Table Tennis 7. Third position in MGU South Zone Basketball

2012-2013 Achievements at National/Inter University Level

1. Sarath V Joy (S3 ME) selected to MG University Table Tennis team and participated in the All India Inter University Championship held at Kannur University.

2. Achievements at State Level 3. Amal Jyothi Basketball team secured the Second position in the ‘ARENA 2013’ All

Kerala Inter Collegiate Basketball tournament organized by Amal Jyothi college of Engineering

4. Amal Jyothi Chess team secured the First position in the All Kerala Inter Collegiate Chess tournament organized by Saint Gits college of Engineering

5. Amal Jyothi Basketball team secured the second position in the ‘Rajagiri Trophy2012’ All Kerala Inter Collegiate Basketball tournament organized by Rajagiri College of Engineering, Ernakulam

6. Overall Champions in ‘PACE 2013’ Organized by SJCET, Pala 7. Football Champions in ‘PACE 2013’

152


8. Cricket Champions in ‘PACE 2013’ 9. Basketball Champions in ‘PACE 2013’ 10. Volleyball Runner Up in ‘PACE 2013’ 11. Badminton Champions in ‘PACE 2013’

Achievements at University Level

1. Neenu Jose secured "A Grade" in MG university festival 2. Joel P Jacob participated in Mechanical Quiz Competition and won first place held at

Musaliar College of Engineering 3. Joel P Jacob participated in ROBOWARS and got first place in Musaliar college of

Engineering 4. Tojo K Jose participated in MG University youth festival in Daffmutt Competition

and won second place 5. Ajith A participated in duet singing at M A College of Engineering conducted in

connection with Sanskriti-2013; he was awarded Second prize for the same 6. Divine George Ninan Participated in MACHINE MAYAA- Robo war competition at

Govt. Engineering College Painavu, and got First prize 7. Second position in M.G University Chess Tournament 8. Second position in M.G. University Table Tennis Tournament 9. Fourth position in M.G. University Inter Zone Basket Ball Tournament

Achievements at Zonal Level

1. Winner of MGU South Zone Chess tournament 2. Winner of MGU South Zone Table Tennis Tournament 3. Third position in South Zone Basketball tournament 4. Fourth position in South Zone Cricket tournament

153


8. Governance, Institutional support and Financial Resources (75) 8.1. Campus Infrastructure and Facility (10) 8.1.1. Maintenance of academic infrastructure and facilities (4) (Instruction: Specify distinct features) Amal Jyothi College of Engineering (AJCE), Kanjirappally is spread over an area of nearly 70 acres, with built up area around 1.5 Lakh sq. mtrs. a) Facilities for Curricular and Co-curricular Activities Class rooms AJCE has over 80 class rooms spread over 6Blocks: Resource block, Central Complex, Divisional Blocks A, B and C and Research square. All class rooms are ergonomically designed to reinforce a student-centered style of instruction. The spacious, airy and well-furnished class rooms provide the right atmosphere for developing proper study habits and extending the attention span to the full session. All the UG classrooms have a capacity to accommodate 70 students. All class rooms have ceiling mount LCD projectors, Notice Boards, Lecture Stand, Uninterrupted Power Supply from a centralized UPS, wooden tables, Centralized Public Announcement System, black board, PAS system and wooden benches. Technology enabled learning spaces Wi-Fi campus The College campus and student hostels have 24x7 Wi-Fi connectivity Knowledge Center The Knowledge Centre of AJCE is meant to equip students and staff to go beyond the limits of class room learning. This imposing edifice of 5000 sq. mtr. Comprise of five floors, three of which are dedicated for the Central Library. The Knowledge Centre affords technology resources and academic support to students and staff for research activities, training sessions, CAD laboratory, Language lab, Internet browsing, Software development etc. The rental section occupies the ground floor of the Central Library. The first and second floors house the reference section and reading rooms for UG and PG students, respectively.

A Central Computing Facility, established on the third floor of the Knowledge Center, is divided into 5 labs and seminar halls. 250 workstations are provided for the net savvy. Internet @100 mbps is provided through dedicated OFC cable.

The top floor of the Knowledge Center accommodates a multi-purpose Auditorium, seating 800, employing cutting edge audio-visual, videoconferencing and distance-learning facilities for various purposes.

154


Conference Halls AJCE has state-of-the-art conference halls, set up in the Resource Block, Central Complex, Divisional Blocks, Knowledge Centre and the Guest House, with following capacities.

1. Resource Block: 25 seats, air conditioned 2. Central Complex: 200 seats, air conditioned 3. Guest House: 15 seats and 50 seats, both air conditioned 4. Knowledge Centre: 50 seats, air conditioned 5. Divisional Block C: 120 seats, air conditioned 6. Divisional Block A: 70 seats, air conditioned 7. Divisional Block B: 120 seats, air conditioned 8. Research Square: 120 seats, air conditioned

Auditoria There are 4 auditoriums on the campus with the following capacities

1. Resource Block: 750 seats 2. Knowledge Centre: 800 seats 3. Divisional Block C: 1200 seats + gallery 4. Open air theatre: 2000 seats + gallery

These are equipped with Dolby woofer sound system, stage curtains, accessories etc. Laboratories

1. Auto Chassis Lab 2. Reconditioning Lab 3. Heat engines lab 4. Fuels and lubricants lab 5. Auto electrical and electronics lab 6. Survey lab 7. Materials testing lab 8. Geotechnical engineering lab 9. Concrete Laboratory 10. CAD Lab 11. Transportation Engineering Lab 12. Environmental engineering lab 13. Project Lab 14. Advanced Systems Lab 15. Programming Lab 16. Network Lab 17. M. Tech. Lab 18. DBMS Lab 19. Internet &Multimedia Lab 20. Programming Lab

155


21. Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines Lab 22. Heat Transfer Lab 23. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory 24. Machine tool Laboratory 25. Advanced Machine tool Laboratory 26. Heat Engines Laboratory 27. Metrology & Mechanical Measurements Laboratory 28. Computer Labs MCA 29. Computer Labs IT 30. Electronics Labs ECE 31. Electrical Labs EEE 32. Electronics Labs EEE 33. Metallurgy Labs 34. Chemical Engg Labs

b) Facilities for Extra–Curricular Activities Facilities for Athletics Facilities for outdoor games Facilities for indoor games Gymnasium Health Club ‘A Healthy mind in a Healthy body’ – so goes the adage. The Health Club houses an ultra-modern gymnasium, 2000 square feet in plinth area, catering to the needs of the fitness enthusiasts. Staff and students are free to use the gymnasium after class hours under the tutelage of professional trainers. State-of-the-art equipment available include bench press, peck deck, bicep curl, lateral pulley and body twister machines.

Chapels

For a short withdrawal from the busy working life, far from the madding crowd’s ignoble strife, for a moment of quiet reflection and prayer, there are chapels with a serene space of elegant design, both at the College and at the two campus hostels.

Maintenance of academic infrastructure and facilities

An excellent system is in place at AJCE for the maintenance of its infrastructure facilities. The management pays very serious attention to the maintenance of the campus and the buildings. The college maintains a beautiful campus with wide internal roads and lawns.

Green litter-free campus: AJCE maintains a green campus with trees and plants all around. The campus is litter free with dust bins provided at several locations. The staff and students are in tune with the attitude of the management and take good care of the campus.

156


Plastic free campus: AJCE is proud to maintain a plastic free campus. Plastic waste is put in dust bins which are cleared every day.

The management also takes good care of the buildings in the campus, with periodic painting and maintenance.

8.1.2. Hostel (boys and girls), transportation facility, and canteen (2) One of the attractions of AJCE is the excellent hostel facility. The two campus hostels, Santhom for gents and Amala for ladies, are taken care of by dedicated Catholic Priests and Sisters. There is land telephone access to all rooms. However mobile phones are not permitted for students in the college or hostels. Affectionate discipline, tasty food at moderate rates and neat rooms with modern sanitation and professional laundry services are the hallmarks of the Amal Jyothi hostels.

A long skywalk, nearly 0.5 km in length, takes girls from academic blocks to their hostel directly. Another sky walk connects the third floor of Block C to fourth floor of boys’ hostel. These skywalks save time for students, especially during lunch time.

Hostels No. of rooms No. of students Hostel for Boys: 600 1200

Hostel for Girls: 600 1200

A few teachers are also provided single room accommodation in the hostels.

Since AJCE is envisaged as a residential institution with hostel facility provided to most of the students, the college does not ply its buses regularly to bring in and take away students. Moreover, the public transport facility is very good in the region. So the college does not provide regular transport facility for students or staff. However, the college has two buses which ply to Kanjirappally town in the mornings and evenings to bring in and take out staff and students.

The college has an excellent canteen where needed students and staff can take food and beverages. The canteen provides breakfast, lunch and dinner at defined timings. The canteen possess modern food preparation facilities and is maintained very clean and tidy. The college possesses a centralized kitchen where food is prepared for nearly 3000 inmates of the campus. This central kitchen possesses all modern gadgets and amenities to prepare and cook food

157


8.1.3. Electricity, power backup, telecom facility, drinking water, and security (4) (Instruction: Specify the details of installed capacity, quality, availability, etc.) Electric power Power availed from KESB Ltd at HT level (HT Service Connection.) Contract Demand : 350 kVA Recorded maximum demand : 290 k VA KSEB substation functioning in the campus Power back up Backup Power sources : DG Sets (1) 380kVA (2) 160 kVA (3) 82.5 kVA Solar Photovoltaic Power plant : 100kVA All the systems are performing well Backup power sources are working on AMF Panel (Auto Mains Failure Panel) Hence duration of power interruption on failure of the KSEB Ltd supply is only 30 seconds. Telecom facility Telephones of two service providers are available-BSNL and Reliance. Intercom facility is available at all work stations and all senior faculty members All the hostel rooms have telephone facility. Drinking water Purified clean drinking water is available at several locations in the campus. Purified (UV irradiated and filtered) drinking water is collected in SS tanks provided with taps and tumbler. The facility is provided in hostels as well. Security Security is available on a 24x7 basis in the campus. Two security officers are posted at the two main gates of the college and are available all the time. Security is provided in hostels also. The security arrangements make the campus very safe for students and staff, particularly for women. Due to these arrangements no untoward incident of any kind has occurred in the campus during the past 15 years of existence of the institution.

158


8.2. Organization, Governance, and Transparency (10) 8.2.1. Governing body, administrative setup, and functions of various bodies (2) (Instruction: List the governing, senate, and all other academic and administrative bodies; their memberships, functions, and responsibilities; frequency of the meetings; and attendance therein, in a tabular form. A few sample minutes of the meetings and action-taken reports should be annexed.) Amal Jyothi College of Engineering (AJCE) is governed by the Educational Trust under the Catholic Diocese of Kanjirappally, Kottayam, Kerala with the Bishop of Kanjirappally Diocese as the Patron. Major decisions on the functioning of the college are taken by the Governing Body whose members are Patron, Vicar General, Finance Officer, Vicar of the Kanjirappally Cathedral, a Chartered Accountant, Manager and Principal of the college and other eminent personalities, nominated by the Bishop. College activities and policy decisions regarding academic matters are taken by the Academic Council of the college. Members of the Academic Council are Principal (Chairman), Dean (Academic), Dean (Research), Dean (Administration), Heads of all Departments and Senior Professors. Academic council meets every alternate Wednesday afternoons. Manager of the college, who is a priest, is the representative of the patron and is responsible for financial and resource planning. 8.2.2. Defined rules, procedures, recruitment, and promotional policies, etc. (2) (Instruction: List the published rules, policies, and procedures; year of publications; and state the extent of awareness among the employees/students. Also comment on its availability on t h e internet, etc.) Service rules, policies and procedures for the institution are in place and documented. They are made known to all newly recruited staff members through an induction program. It is modified as and when the need arises. Important information are informed through circulars and during staff meetings. Circulars are sent to all staff members through e-mails. Various guidelines and procedures are shared among all staff members for information as a Google document.

8.2.3. Decentralization in working, including delegation of financial power and grievance redressal system (3) (Instruction: List the names of the faculty members who are administrators/decision makers for various responsibilities. Specify the mechanism and composition of grievance redressal system, including faculty association, staff-union, if any.) A well decentralized pattern of working is followed at AJCE. Though the Principal is the academic head of the institution, many of his powers are delegated to Heads of Departments

159


and other officers for efficient functioning. There are three deans below the Principal who are in charge of various activities as listed below. The Heads of Departments are in charge of their departments. The delegation of power among various officers is as given below.

1. Dean (Academic) – Academic matters, faculty appraisal, faculty recruitment, verification of work registers, follow up of academic progress, course files, monograms, student discipline, minutes of Academic Council, recommendation of leave etc.

2. Dean (Research) – Professional Clubs, Research projects, project contests, correspondence with funding agencies, technical consultancy, business computing etc.

3. Dean (Administration) – Formulation of rules, policies and procedures, salary, pay revision, circulars, staff recruitment, pay fixation, resource planning, purchase and payments, new courses, mandatory disclosure, compliance report, issue of certificates, stock verification, website up- dation, student diary, student journal etc.

4. HOD, AU – In charge of Department of Automobile Engineering, Eicher ATC, CNC Training, Driving Academy

5. HOD, CA - In charge of Department of Computer Applications, Academic Enterprise solutions, hostel warden, admissions, career enhancement cell

6. HOD, CE - In charge of Department of Civil Engineering Secretary, Amal Jyothi Educational and Charitable Society

7. HOD, CH - In charge of Department of Chemical Engineering 8. HOD, CSE – In charge of Department of Computer Science & Engineering, Student

Admissions, College Brochure, Ekalavya e-Outreach program 9. HOD, ECE – In charge of Department of Electronics and Communication

Engineering, Alumni Association, IQAC 10. HOD, EEE- In charge of Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering,

Amalites Digest 11. HOD, IT - In charge of Department of Information Technology 12. HOD, ME - In charge of Department of Mechanical Engineering, Master Mind project

contest 13. HOD, MT - In charge of Department of Metallurgy, BRNS project, KEMPPI welding

training center 14. HOD, BS - In charge of Department of Basic Sciences (Mathematics, Physics and

Chemistry) 15. HOD, Humanities- In charge of Department of Humanities, College publications, Soft

Skill Development 16. Dr. Abin Manoj- First Year Coordinator, Exam cell and Staff Secretary 17. Prof. Sherin Sam Jose - Coordinator, IEDC, TBI, Science Excursion 18. Placement officer – Placement, Soft Skill Development, Public Relations 19. Dr. Jacob Philip - Research Guide, NAAC/NBA accreditation coordinator, Projects

coordination 20. Dr. Job Kurian - TBI, Student training 21. Dr .K. Karunakaran Nair - Coordinator (PG Programs), PTA

160


22. Mr. Joe Scaria - Management development centre, Orientation programs for staff and students.

Departments are provided with ‘Department Fund’ and ‘Petty Cash a/c’ which can be utilized for student welfare, facility maintenance and minor purchases. Grievances can be directed to the Staff Secretary who will bring it to the notice of the Academic council wherein it is discussed and suitable solutions arrived at. Complaints regarding infrastructure can be registered through an online complaint register, job orders are issued by Dean (Admin) to maintenance / construction staff. Suggestion box is kept outside the office of the Principal, in which staff and students can deposit their grievances / suggestions.

8.2.4. Transparency and availability of correct/unambiguous information (3) (Instruction: Availability and dissemination of information through the internet. Provision of information in accordance with the Right to Information Act, 2005).

The college maintains transparency in all its operation and working. Information such as Internal marks scored by students, Shortage of attendance, if any, Availability of scholarships, Opportunities for students etc. are promptly displayed on Notice Boards. At the end of every semester faculty has to give an individual Semester work report, which helps faculty to evaluate their own performance during the period of the report. Criteria for student scholarships, faculty awards etc. are informed well in advance so that equal opportunity is given to all individuals concerned. At the beginning of every academic year the college brings out a calendar, which contain all the information, including Mobile numbers of all faculty members, required by a student to carry out his/her studies in the college. Information about every activity in the college are sent to all staff and students through e-mail. Other publications such as Amalites Digest are also there to disseminate information about the college. All the required information about the college are made available, as per directions of AICTE, in the college website: www.amaljyothi.ac.in. Information sought under RTI act is promptly furnished by the Principal/Manager. 8.3. Budget Allocation, Utilization, and Public Accounting (10) Summary of current financial year’s budget and actual expenditure incurred (for the institution exclusively) of the three previous financial years.

161

http://www.amaljyothi.ac.in/


*All amount in Lakhs of Rupees

Item Budgeted in CFY (2014-

15)

Expenses in CFY (till

31.12.2014)

Expenses in CFYm1 (2013-14)

Expenses in CFYm2 (2012-13)

Infrastructural built-up

1000 631.14 2129.66 1542.40

Library 39.23 37.49 28.18 25.36

Laboratory equipment 210.77 117.36 194.33 146.28

Laboratory consumables 6.00 7.68 4.98 4.79

Teaching and non-teaching staff salary

1200.00 860.69 1046.88 847.45

R&D 9.00 6.43 9.31 8.47

Training and Travel 12.00 2.93 2.44 1.90

Other, specify 240.35 131.85 387.99 254.92

Total 2717.35 1795.57 3803.77 2831.57

(Instruction: The preceding list of items is not exhaustive. One may add other relevant items, if applicable.) 8.3.1. Adequacy of budget allocation (4) (Instruction: In this section, the institution needs to justify that the budget allocated over the years was adequate.) Budget requirements under ‘recurring’ and ‘non-recurring’ heads are collected from every departments and sections before the commencement of the financial year. Allocations are made as per the availability of funds. Spending is monitored by the accounts section. Supplementary allocations are made in special cases. The institution carefully monitors the expenses so that the necessities are met without affecting the smooth working of the institution. The management has been very efficiently doing this over the past several years that the institution never had any serious budget crunch that affected the functioning of the college.

8.3.2. Utilization of allocated funds (5) (Instruction: Here the institution needs to state how the budget was utilized during the last three years.) Funds are allocated by the Manager of the College. Department Heads / Section-in-charges are intimated of the extent of funds allocated against their budget proposals.

162


Major works like construction, up-gradation of existing infrastructure, procurement and maintenance of common utilities, house-keeping, procurement of furniture etc. are controlled directly by the Manager. Actions for procurement of lab equipment, up-gradation of existing lab facilities, purchase of consumables etc. are initiated from the respective departments and the funds are released on a case by case basis from the accounts office of the college on approval by the Manager. During the last three years, the budget was utilized to meet expenses such as staff salary, infrastructure development, purchase of equipment, expenses towards consumables and contingencies, travel etc. Every year almost 75% of the budget is spent on staff salary, 10% on infrastructure development, about 8% on purchase of equipment, about 5 % on library development and the rest 2% on other expenses. This has been the general pattern of utilization of budget for the last 5 years.

8.3.3. Availability of the audited statements on the institute’s website (1) As of now, the audited statements of accounts of the college are not made available on the college website. However, this can be done with the permission of the Governing body and the Manager of the college. 8.4. Programme Specific Budget Allocation, Utilization (10)

Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure incurred in CFYm1 and CFYm2 (for this programme exclusively in the department):

Items

Bud

gete

d in

CFY

20

14-1

5 A

ctua

l exp

ense

s in

CFY

(t

ill

2014

-15)

B

udge

ted

in

CFY

m1

2013

-14

Act

ual E

xpen

ses i

n C

FYm

1

201

3-14

Bud

gete

d in

C

FYm

2 20

12-1

3

Act

ual E

xpen

ses i

n C

FYm

2

2012

-13

Bud

gete

d in

C

FYm

3 20

11-1

2

Act

ual E

xpen

ses i

n C

FYm

3

2011

-12

Laboratory equipment 12.54 5.44 1.00 1.80 10.00 5.39 10.00 5.55

Software NIL NIL 14.00 16.21 1.00 NIL 5.00 4.72 Laboratory consumable 1.00

NIL 1.00 0.66 0.75 0.54 .75 0.35

Maintenance and spares 0.05 NIL 0.70 NIL 0.35 NIL 0.25 0.25

Training and Travel 0.08 0.05 0.16 0.06 0.08 0.06 0.07 0.05

Miscellaneous expenses for academic activities 1.50 0.95 0.80 0.70 1.50 0.60 1.00 0.25

Total 15.17 17.66 19.43 13.68 6.59 17.07 11.17

163


8.4.1. Adequacy of budget allocation (5) Budget requirements under ‘recurring’ and ‘non-recurring’ of the departments are given to the management before the commencement of the financial year. Allocations are made as per the availability of funds, of the management. Spending is monitored by the accounts section. The Department carefully monitors the expenses so that the necessities are met without exceeding the allocated budget. 8.4.2. Utilization of allocated funds (5) Funds are allocated by the Manager of the College. Department Heads / Section-in-charges are intimated of the extent of funds allocated against their budget proposals. Major works like construction, up-gradation of existing infrastructure, procurement and maintenance of common utilities, house-keeping, procurement of furniture etc. are controlled directly by the Manager. Actions for procurement of lab equipment, up-gradation of existing lab facilities, purchase of consumables etc. are initiated from the respective departments and the funds are released on a case by case basis from the accounts office of the college on approval by the Manager. During the last three years, the budget was utilized to meet expenses such as infrastructure development, purchase of equipment, expenses towards consumables and contingencies, travel etc.

8.5. Library (20) 8.5.1. Library space and ambience, timings and usage, availability of a qualified librarian and other staff, library automation, online access, networking, etc. (5) (Instruction: Provide information on the following items.). Carpet area of library (in m2) : 2973 Sq. m

Reading space (in m2) : 744 Sq. m.

Number of seats in reading space : 110

Number of users (issue book) per day: 150

Number of users (reading space) per day: 17

Timings: Working days: 8.00 AM to 8.00 PM

Weekend: Saturday: 8.00 AM to 5.00 PM, Sunday: 10.00 AM to 4.00 PM

Vacation: 8.00 AM to 8.00 PM

164


Number of library staff: 7 Number of library staff with a degree in Library Management: 6 Computerization for search, indexing, issue/return records: YES

Bar coding used: YES

Library services on Intranet: YES INDEST or other similar membership archives: YES 8.5.2. Titles and volumes per title (4) (As on 20th February 2015) Number of titles: 12837 Number of volumes: 31277 (Central Library)

8.5.3. Scholarly journal subscription (3)

Details CFY CFYm1 CFYm2 CFYm3 Science As soft copy As hard copy 6 10 9 8 Engg. and Tech. As soft copy 716 676 676 620 As hard copy 133 116 109 90 Pharmacy As soft copy As hard copy Architecture As soft copy As hard copy Hotel Management

As soft copy

As hard copy

Number of new

titles added Number of new editions added

Number of new volumes added

CFYm2 (2012-13) 802 404 1254

CFYm1 (2013-14) 493 520 979

CFY (2014-15) 753 322 1039

165


8.5.4. Digital Library (3) Availability of digital library content: YES If available, mention number of courses, number of e- books, etc.

Sly # Digital Contents # of Items 1 NPTEL Video Lectures 3397 2 Project Reports 46 3 Seminar Reports 108

4 STTP/Conference Proceedings 128

5 University Question Papers 2387

Availability of an exclusive server: YES

Availability over Intranet/Internet: YES

Availability of exclusive space/room: YES

Number of users per day: 30 8.5.5. Library expenditure on books, magazines/journals, and miscellaneous content (5)

Year Expenditure Comments,if any

Book Magazines/journals (for hard copy subscription)

Magazines/journals (for soft copy subscription)

Misc. Contents

CFYm2 866256 322783 1589707 372772 Building, Extension Works etc. not included

CFYm1 1310225 338184 1700860 20416 CFY 1071602 311860 3169596 472213

8.6. Internet (5) (Instruction: The institute may report the availability of internet in the campus and its quality of service.) Name of the Internet provider: Reliance and BSNL Available bandwidth: Access speed: Reliance100 Mbps / BSNL 10 MBPS Availability of internet in an exclusive lab: Exclusive Internet Lab with 200 systems Availability in most computing labs: 17 Department labs with Internet facility. Availability in departments and other units: Staff rooms are equipped with wired internet and Corridors and lobbies are equipped with Wi-Fi connectivity. Availability in faculty rooms: 1:1 computers are made available for faculty

166


Institute’s own e-mail facility to faculty/students: Yes (@amaljyothi.ac.in for faculty and @ajce.in for students) Security/privacy to e-mail/internet users: Cyberoam 2500 ING 24hrs Wi-Fi internet is available inside the college campus. Internet is available in Hostels from 4.00am to 7.15pm. 8.7. Safety Norms and Checks (5) 8.7.1. Checks for wiring and electrical installations for leakage and earthling (1) The following procedures are in place for the safe functioning of electrical installations in the college.

1. Reviews/Inspections are arranged periodically. 2. All electrical equipment and components, are inspected and approved by competent

authority 3. Insist to observe codes, standards, and regulations. 4. Ground fault circuit interrupters are provided. 5. Formal training and awareness programs are arranged. 6. Working space around electrical equipment are maintained properly. 7. Means for identification of disconnection are provided. 8. Labeling of source, feeders and load are provided. 9. Work instructions and supervision are provided. 10. Electrical Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) such as rubber gloves, safety shoes,

hats etc. are provided. 8.7.2. Fire-fighting measurements: (Instruction: Effective safety arrangements with emergency/multiple exits and ventilation/ exhausts in auditoriums and large classrooms/laboratories, fire-fighting equipment and training, availability of water, and other such facilities.) (1) Effective safety measures such as multiple exits and ventilation are provided in all class rooms, laboratories and auditoria Firefighting equipment such as fire buckets, carbon dioxide cylinders, foams etc. are provided. Technical personnel in laboratories are made aware of the use these equipment. Availability of water, in case of emergency, is ensured. 8.7.3. Safety of civil structure (1) The following measures have been taken for the safety of civil structures.

1. Civil structure are constructed with adequate design features to bear all natural 167


calamities 2. Proper and periodical preventive maintenance are arranged. 3. Adequate water draining facility is provided. 4. Leak proofing and weather proofing measures are taken periodically. 5. Adequate lightning protection devices are installed. 6. Fire hydrants and fire extinguishers are provided in high rise buildings.

8.7.4. Handling of hazardous chemicals and other such activities (2) (Instruction: The institution may provide evidence that it is taking enough measures for the safety of the civil structures, fire, electrical installations, wiring, and safety of handling and disposal of hazardous substances. Moreover, the institution needs to show the effectiveness of the measures that it has developed to accomplish these tasks.) The following safety precautions and measures have been taken for the safe handling of hazardous chemicals, and for other activities requiring such measures.

1. While working in chemical laboratory always more than one person will be engaged. 2. Provided required personal protective equipment. Eye protection is very important

and provided 3. Labelling of all containers with chemical contents. 4. Awareness given to all concerned to keep hands and face clean whenever they leave

the lab. 5. Instructions given to avoid direct contact with any chemical and always wear a

laboratory coat. 6. Keep chemicals off hands of laboratory personnel, face and clothing, including shoes. 7. Never smell, intentionally inhale or taste a chemical. 8. Smoking, drinking, eating and application of cosmetics is forbidden in areas where

hazardous chemicals are used or stored. 9. Always use chemicals with adequate ventilation or in a chemical fume hood. Refer to

the MSDS and the Standard Operating Procedure to determine what type of ventilation is needed.

10. Use hazardous chemicals only as directed and for their intended purpose. 11. Inspect equipment or apparatus for damage before adding a hazardous chemical. Do

not use damaged equipment. 12. Never use mouth suction to fill a pipette. Use a pipette bulb or other pipette-filling

devices. 13. Electrically ground containers using approved methods before transferring or

dispensing a flammable liquid from a large container.

168


8.7 . Counseling and Emergency Medical Care and First - aid (5)

(Instruction: The institution needs to report the availability of the facilities discussed here.) Availability of counselling facility (1) Counselling facility is available for students at the following three levels Academic Counseling: Each faculty member is entrusted with 20 students to keep track of their progress and performance. Class committee meetings are conducted frequently to know the problems of students Personal Counseling: There are three professional counsellors in the College. Students are free to approach these councilors for help and support. Also the students can contact their respective faculty mentor for guidance on any issue affecting them. Career Counseling: Career guidance and motivational programs by Alumni, External guest and faculty are organized often. Career and placement cell of the college under the guidance of a Placement officer offers career counseling. Psycho-social Counseling: Psycho- social counseling is provided through various programmes like retreat, social service etc. In order to equip the mentors for effective mentoring, AJCE has organized a Mentorship Training Programme. Training was imparted to mentors by experts from outside. Arrangement for emergency medical care (2) Necessary medical facilities for emergency medical care are available. A 30 bedded hospital (Holy Cross Hospital, Koovappally) is available very adjacent to the campus. Full time doctors (2), nursing staff (4), pharmacist, X-ray technician, lab technician and clerical staff man the facility. A modern hospital (Mary Queens Mission Hospital, 26th mile, Kanjirapally) with all modern facilities like MRI and CT scan is just 4 km away. It has most of the specialized departments manned with about 20 doctors and supporting staff. Vehicle service is available 24hours at this hospital. This hospital is equipped with Ambulance service. Vehicles are available in the college to transport anybody to any of these nearby hospitals Availability of first-aid unit (2) First-aid units are made available in the central building (Resource block) as well as in individual departments.

169


9. Continuous Improvement (100)This criterion essentially evaluates the improvement of the different indices that have been discussed already in earlier criteria. From 9.1 to 9.5 the assessment calculation can be done as follows. a, b and c are the values of variables, which correspond to either LYGm2, LYGm1 and LYG or CAYm2, CAYm1 and CAY respectively, after scaled down each of them to a maximum value of 1. For 9.1 and 9.2 the assessment can be made as, Assessment = (b-a) + (c-b) + (a +b +c) x (5/3)

9.1. Improvement in Success Index of Students (5)

From 4. 1

a, b and c are the success indices which correspond to LYGm2, LYGm1 and LYG respectively.

Items LYG (c)

LYGm1 (b)

LYGm2 (a)

Assessment

Success index 0.68 0.76 0.84 3.64

9.2. Improvement in Academic Performance Index of Students (5)

From 4. 2

a, b and c are calculated respectively for LYGm2, LYGm1 and LYG by dividing the API values, obtained from the criterion 4.2, by 10. The maximum value of a, b, and c should not exceed one.

Items LYG (c)

LYGm1 (b)

LYGm2 (a)

Assessment

API 0.743 0.742 0.759

3.724

For 9.3 to 9.5 the assessment can be made as, Assessment = (b-a) + (c-b) + (a + b+ c) x (10/3)

170


9.3. Improvement in Student Teacher Ratio (10) From 5. 1 a, b and c are calculated respectively for CAYm2, CAYm1 and CAY by dividing the STR values, obtained from the criterion 5.1, by 15. The maximum value of a, b, and c should not exceed one.

Items CAY (c)

CAYm1 (b)

CAYm2 (a)

Assessment

STR 1 1 0.99 9.98 9.4. Enhancement of Faculty Qualification Index (10) From 5. 3 a, b and c are calculated respectively for CAYm2, CAYm1 and CAY by dividing the FQI values, obtained from the criterion 5.3, by 10. The maximum value of a, b, and c should not exceed one.

Items CAY (c)

CAYm1 (b)

CAYm2 (a)

Assessment

FQI 0.847 0.8 0.816 8.241 9.5. Improvement in Faculty Research Publications, R&D Work and Consultancy Work (20) From 5.7 a, b and c are calculated respectively for CAYm2, CAYm1 and CAY by dividing the FRP values, obtained from the criterion 5.7, by 20. The maximum value of a, b, and c should not exceed one.

Items CAY (c)

CAYm1 (b)

CAYm2 (a)

Assessment

FRP 0.687 0.488 0.208 5.09 From 5.9 a, b and c are calculated respectively for CAYm2, CAYm1 and CAY by dividing the FRDC values, obtained from the criterion 5.9, by 20. The maximum value of a, b, and c should not

171


exceed one.

Items CAY (c)

CAYm1 (b)

CAYm2 (a)

Assessment

FRDC 0.23 0.17 0.096 1.79 9.6 Continuing Education (10) In this criterion, the institution needs to specify the contributory efforts made by the faculty members by developing course/laboratory modules, conducting short-term courses/workshops, etc., for continuing education during the last three years.

Mod

ule

desc

riptio

n

Any

oth

er c

ontri

buto

ry

inst

itute

/ind

ustry

Dev

elop

ed/

or

gani

zed

by

Dur

atio

n

Res

ourc

e pe

rson

s

Targ

et a

udie

nce

Usa

ge a

nd c

itatio

n, e

tc.

Analog Electronics

MHRD IIT Karagpur

2 weeks Binu C Pillai, IIT Professors

Faculty Members

Control System

MHRD IIT Karagpur

2 weeks Binu C Pillai, IIT Professors

Faculty Members

SDP on Intelligent System

AICTE HOD, Geevarghese Titus

2 Weeks

National Level

Faculty Members

P Spice Training

Praseeda B Nair, Jomy Susan Ipe

5 days Binu C Pillai

S4 Students

Hands on Traing In Lab View

National Instrum-ents

NI 5 days NI

Faculty and Interested Students

172


Hands On Training In AWR AWR HOD 5 days AWR

Faculty and Interested students

Summer School on Electronics

HOD, Binu Mathew, Indu Reena

5 days

Binu C pillai, Karunakaran Nair

School Students

Basic Electronic Workshop And Micro

HOD, Binu Mathew

5 days Alumini

S3 and S5 students of ECE, ME, IT, CSE

Photonics Workshop

Indu Reena Varughese, Binu C PIllai

5 days S5 Students

AICERA 2013 International Conference

DRDO, KSCSTE

HOD, Geevarghese Titus, Binu Mathew

3 days

National and International

Research Scholars , Faculty and

ICQMQC 2015

HOD, Binu Mathew, Geevarghese Titus

3 days

National and International

Research Scholars , Faculty and

Assessment = 9.7 New Facility Created (20) Specify new facilities created during the last three years for strengthening the curriculum and/or meeting the PO s. Various new facilities which has been hitherto unavailable to the students have been created for strengthening the curriculum and/or meeting the P.Os. The important ones have been listed below • Industrial training: Students are encouraged to undergo industrial training during their semester break in some industry of their choice. Also a report has to be submitted at the end of industrial training. Industrial training provides an insight to students about what is happening in the real world and also supplements their class room knowledge. Industrial training also helps students to get acquainted with the work culture in industry which will be

173


of immense help for them later when they join for jobs in industry after their course completion • Software training programmes: The advent of various software has made life of an engineer easy. So it is essential that students are taught the nuances of various software which would help them in giving better shape to their ideas as also give them an added advantage in their career prospects. With this in mind the department has taken a lead in teaching students software like C, MATLAB, AWR, LABVIEW, PSPICE etc. • Workshops: Different workshops related to the curriculum taught are arranged throughout academic year to enhance students’ knowledge in engineering subjects. Eminent personalities from industry as well as academia are invited to deliver lectures during these workshops. Students often find these sessions to be extremely useful which is evident from their involvement as well as their interaction with the resource persons • Participation in paper presentations and technical competitions at the national and international level: Students are encouraged to participate in paper presentations and technical competitions at the national and international levels. • Projects (in three levels): Students have to carry out a project at micro level (second year) where they chose their area of interest. Micro project mainly aims at familiarizing students with nuances of literature review and an exposure on how to apply their class room knowledge to research. Mini level projects (third year project) aims at exposing students to real world scenarios of the theory they have studied in class in their area of interest. Main level (final year) project aims at training them to find solutions to real world problems with their technical knowhow. The partaking of students in micro, mini and main project have been found to be very effective in their growth as engineers. • E Learning, Online Courses: Students are encouraged to use the vast repertoire of materials available online in the relevant areas. Students are actively instructed and encouraged to refer courses of their interest in NPTEL, MOOC’s etc. • Aptitude training: Aptitude Training is given to students during their 3rd and 4th year in order to make them capable of attending all the competitive exams, interviews conducted by industries etc.

174


9.8 Overall Improvement since last a c c r e d i t a t i o n , if any, otherwise, since the commencement of the programme (20)

Spec

ify th

e st

reng

ths/

w

eakn

ess

Impr

ovem

ent

brou

ght i

n

Con

trib

uted

by

Lis

t the

PO

(s),

whi

ch a

re

stre

ngth

ened

Com

men

ts, i

f any

S1. I

mpr

ovem

ents

of F

acul

ty q

ualit

y in

dex

a) All Faculties have their minimum qualification as M.Tech. b) Research tie-up with VIT University, Vellore and Chennai to promote Ph.D registration by faculty. c) Collaboration with foreign universities is also in the pipeline.

Man

agem

ent /

EC

E D

epar

tmen

t

2,10

Four faculties have registered for their PhD under different universities. Mr. Sunishkumar O S, faculty of the department has obtained full scholarship for PhD in Canada

S2.

Prom

otio

n of

rese

arch

a) Encouragement to faculty to publish research findings. b) Management rewards publications in select journals with monetary benefits. c) Students are directed to take seminar, based on reputed Journals/ Transactions. d) Micro project (third semester) other than the usual mini project(sixth semester) and main project(eight semester) was incorporated to increase students interest towards their core area.

Man

agem

ent /

EC

E

2,7,

9,10

It has been made mandatory for both B Tech and M Tech students to publish their research findings in National and International conferences or Journals.

175


S3. F

acul

ty im

prov

emen

t th

roug

h st

uden

t fee

dbac

k a) Confidential feedback taken from the student every semester, based on which they are encouraged to improve their performance. b) Regular Class Committee meetings are held under the supervision of the HoD.

Prin

cipa

l / S

tude

nts

9

Student evaluation based on course delivery forms 25 % of the score every semester

S4

. Lab

Up

grad

atio

ns &

C

ompu

teriz

atio

n in

aca

dem

ics a) Reporting of academic progress,

attendance monitoring, completion of assignments, etc. are being performed using systems, using customized software. b. Purchase of additional Software and hardware, as part of modernization of labs c. Library Management software

Man

agem

ent,

Facu

lty, S

tude

nts

2,7,

8

The uploading of course files is a relevant example, Personality and conduct score calculation are some examples

S5. I

nduc

tion

train

ing

for n

ew fa

culty

to

impr

ove

the

teac

hing

-lear

ning

pro

cess

a) New faculties are put through a series of Annual Induction training sessions. These are led by senior faculty and external resource persons. Thus the teaching-learning process places the students at an advantage. b) The teaching and non teaching faculties are given a morale boost by in cooperating motivational talks. M

anag

emen

t, Fa

culty

, Stu

dent

s

1,2,

7,9,

10

In the absence of a formal mode of pedagogical skill training to new faculty, new faculty are trained to provide generic instruction in class communication, lab interaction with students and content delivery

S6.

Prom

otio

n of

rese

arch

and

en

trepr

eneu

rshi

p ac

tiviti

es a

mon

g th

e st

uden

t com

mun

ities

a) Students are motivated to participate in technical project competitions, submit proposals to funding agencies for their projects. b) The college has established a Technology Incubator facility to facilitate entrepreneurship activities. c) Regular interaction with Alumni M

anag

emen

t, EC

E de

partm

ent

7,8,

9,10

We have generated few successful entrepreneurs

176


W

1. F

unde

d pr

ojec

ts Though funded projects are present, a lot of progress have yet to be made in this aspect, to be in par with other reputed institutes.

ECE

dep

artm

ent H

oD,

Facu

lty

a) Strenuous efforts have been made by way of several submissions to AICTE and other relevant funding agencies. b) New strategies are to be developed, to target the correct agencies for funding.

W2.

Indu

stry

par

tner

ship

Efforts have been initiated to obtain MOUs with core companies for student centric activities like industry exposure, internships, and placements

Indu

stry

, Man

agem

ent

and

facu

lty

MoU with some industries in the domain are given prime importance. Some of them include Nest, Jampot Photonics

W3.

Con

sulta

ncy

We have to make lot of effort in this direction. Fa

culty

Research activities are given apt importance, which can later converge to consultancy works.

W4.

Plac

emen

t in

core

Ele

ctro

nics

and

C

omm

unic

atio

n co

mpa

nies

a) Majority of the students are getting in majority companies like TCS, Infosys, CTS, Accenture, Satyam, Tech Mahindra. b) Dept. has initiated the training to graduates in the area. c) Dept. placement brochure has been prepared for the 2014 graduates

Facu

lty/S

tude

nts

a) The more finishing school programme are required to match the current industry requirements , and it have been due consideration. As an outcome can improve the placement. b) Though the response was lukewarm, it is expected that it will pick up in future.

177


Declaration

The head of the institution needs to make a declaration as per the format given below:

This Self- Assessment Report (SAR) is prepared for the current academic year (2014-15) and the current financial year (2014-15) on behalf of the institution.

I certify that the information provided in this SAR is extracted from the records, and to the best of my knowledge, is correct and complete.

I understand that any false statement/information of consequence may lead to rejection of the application for the accreditation for a period of two or more years. I also understand that the National Board of Accreditation (NBA) or its sub-committees will have the right to decide on the basis of the submitted SAR whether the institution should be considered for an accreditation visit.

If the information provided in the SAR is found to be wrong during the visit or subsequent to grant of accreditation, the NBA has t h e right to withdraw the grant of accreditation and no accreditation will be allowed for a period of next two years or more, and the fee will be forfeited.

I undertake that the institution shall co-operate the visiting accreditation team, shall provide all desired information during the visit and arrange for the meeting as required for accreditation as per the NBA’s provision.

I undertake that, the institution is well aware about the provisions in the NBA’s accreditation manual concerned for this application, rules, regulations and notifications in force as on date and the institute shall fully abide to them

Place: Kanjirappally, Kottayam Signature, Name, and Designation of the Date: 15/09/2015 Head of the Institution with seal

178

APPENDIX 1

Mahatma Gandhi University Revised Scheme For B Tech Syllabus Revision 2010 (Electronics & Communication

Engineering) Common for All Branches

SCHEME S1&S2

Code Subject Hours/week Marks End-sem

duration- hours

Credits L T P/D Inte- rnal

End- sem

EN010 101 Engineering Mathematics I 2 1 - 50 100 3 5 EN010 102 Engineering Physics 1 1 - 50 100 3 4 EN010 103 Engineering. Chemistry &

Environmental Studies 1 1 - 50 100 3 4

EN010 104 Engineering Mechanics 3 1 - 50 100 3 6 EN010 105 Engineering Graphics 1 3 - 50 100 3 6 EN010 106 Basic Civil Engineering 1 1 - 50 100 3 4 EN010 107 Basic Mechanical Engineering 1 1 - 50 100 3 4 EN010 108 Basic Electrical Engineering 1 1 - 50 100 3 4 EN010 109 Basic Electronics Engineering. &

Information Technology 2 1 - 50 100 3 5

EN010 110 Mechanical Workshop 0 - 3 50 - 3 1 EN010 111 Electrical and Civil Workshops - - 3 100 - 3 1

Total 13 11 6 30 44

3rd Semester

Code Subject Hours/week Marks End-sem

duration- hours


End- sem

EN010 301A Engineering Mathematics II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EN010 302 Economics and Communication

Skills 2 2 - 50 100 3 4

(3+1) EC010 303 Network Theory 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 304 Solid State Devices 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 305 Analog Circuits - I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 306 Computer Programming 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 307 Analog Circuits Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2 EC010 308 Programming Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2

Total 15 9 6 28

1

4th Semester

Code

Subject Hours/week Marks End-sem

duration- hours

Credits L T P/D Inte-

rnal End- sem

EN010 401 Engineering Mathematics III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EN010 402(ME) Principles of

Management(C,M,P,L,A,T) 3 1 - 50 100 3 4

EC010 403 Signals and Systems 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 404 Digital Electronics 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 405 Analog Communication 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 406 Analog Circuits -II 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 407 Analog Circuits -II Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2 EC010 408 Analog Communication Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2

Total 16 8 6 28

5th Semester

Code


duration- hours


rnal End- sem

EN010 501A Engineering Mathematics IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 502 Control Systems 2 2 50 100 3 4 EC010 503 Digital System Design 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 504(EE) Electrical Drives and Control 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 505 Applied Electromagnetic Theory 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 506 Microprocessors and Applications 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 507 Digital Electronics Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2 EC010 508(EE) Electrical Drives and Control Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2

Total 16 8 6 28

2

6th Semester

Code

Subject

Hours/week Marks End- sem

duration


rnal End- sem

EC010 601 Digital Communication Techniques

2 2 - 50 100 3 4

EC010 602 Digital Signal Processing 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 603 Radiation and Propagation 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 604 Computer Architecture and

Parallel Processing 3 1 - 50 100 3 4

EC010 605 Microcontrollers and Applications

3 1 - 50 100 3 4

EC010 606Lxx Elective I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 607 Microprocessor and

Microcontroller Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2

EC010 608 Mini Project Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2 Total 16 8 6 28

Elective I EC010 606L01 – Data Structures and Algorithms EC010 606L02 – Data Base Management Systems EC010 606L03 – High Speed Digital Design EC010 606L04 – Medical Electronics EC010 606L05 – Soft Computing Techniques EC010 606L06 – Television and Radar Engineering

7th Semester

Code

Subject


duration -hours


End- sem

EC010 701 VLSI Design 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 702 Information Theory and Coding 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 703 Microwave Engineering 2 1 - 50 100 3 3 EC010 704 Electronic Instrumentation 2 1 - 50 100 3 3 EC010 705 Embedded Systems 2 1 - 50 100 3 3 EC010 706Lxx Elective II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 707 Advanced Communication Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2 EC010 708 Signal Processing Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2 EC010 709 Seminar - - 2 50 - - 2 EC010 710 Project - - 1 50 - - 1

Total 12 9 9 28

3

Elective II EC010 706L01 – Optimization Techniques EC010 706L02 – Speech and Audio Processing EC010 706L03 – Digital Image Processing EC010 706L04 – Wavelets and Applications EC010 706L05 – Antenna Theory and Design EC010 706L06 – System Software

8th Semester

Code


duration- hours

Credit

s L T P/D Inte-

rnal End- sem

EC010 801 Wireless Communication 3 2 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 802 Communication Networks 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 803 Light Wave Communication 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 804Lxx Elective III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 805Gxx Elective IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EC010 806 VLSI and Embedded Systems Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2 EC010 807 Project - - 6 100 - - 4 EC010 808 Viva Voce - - - - 50 - 2

Total 11 10 9 28

Electives III

EC010 804L01 – Nano Electronics EC010 804L02 – Micro Electro Mechanical Systems EC010 804L03 – Secure Communication EC010 804L04 – Management Information Systems EC010 804L05 – Pattern Recognition EC010 804L06 – R F Circuits

Electives IV EC010 805G01 – Test Engineering EC010 805G02 – E-Learning EC010 805G03 – Mechatronics EC010 805G04 – Bio Informatics EC010 805G05 – Intellectual Property Rights EC010 805G06 – Professional Ethics

4

Mahatma Gandhi University Revised Scheme For B Tech Syllabus Revision 2010 (Electronics & Instrumentation

Engineering)

Common for All Branches SCHEME S1&S2

Code


duration- hours


rnal End- sem

EN010 101 Engineering Mathematics I 2 1 - 50 100 3 5 EN010 102 Engineering Physics 1 1 - 50 100 3 4 EN010 103 Engineering. Chemistry &

Environmental Studies 1 1 - 50 100 3 4

EN010 104 Engineering Mechanics 3 1 - 50 100 3 6 EN010 105 Engineering Graphics 1 3 - 50 100 3 6 EN010 106 Basic Civil Engineering 1 1 - 50 100 3 4 EN010 107 Basic Mechanical Engineering 1 1 - 50 100 3 4 EN010 108 Basic Electrical Engineering 1 1 - 50 100 3 4 EN010 109 Basic Electronics Engineering. &

Information Technology 2 1 - 50 100 3 5

EN010 110 Mechanical Workshop - - 3 50 - 3 1 EN010 111 Electrical and Civil Workshops - - 3 100 - 3 1

Total 13 11 6 30 44

3rd Semester

Code


duration- hours


rnal End- sem

EN010 301A Engineering Mathematics II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EN010 302 Economics and Communication

Skills 2 2 - 50 100 3 4

(3+1) EI010 303 Network Theory 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 304 Electronic Devices and Circuits I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 305 Basic Instrumentation 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 306 Computer Programming 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 307 Electronic circuits lab I - - 3 50 100 3 2 EI010 308 Programming Lab(C,C++,Matlab) - - 3 50 100 3 2

Total 15 9 6 28

5

4th Semester

Code


duration- hours


rnal End- sem

EN010 401 Engineering Mathematics III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EN010 402(ME) Principles of Management 3 1 - 50 100 3 4

EI010 403 Signals&Systems 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 404 Digital Electronics 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 405 Electronic instrumentation 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 406 Elecronic Devices and Circuits II 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 407 Electronic circuits Lab II - - 3 50 100 3 2 EI010 408 Basic Instrumentation Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2

Total 16 8 6 28

5th Semester

Code


duration- hours


rnal End- sem

EN010 501A Engineering Mathematics IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 502 Industrial electronics and

applications 3 1 50 100 3

4

EI010 503 Linear integrated circuits and applications

3 1 - 50 100 3 4

EI010 504 Transducer engineering 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 505 Control engineering I 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 506 Microprocessors and

Microcontrollers 3 1 - 50 100 3 4

EI010 507 Instrumentation lab I - - 3 50 100 3 2 EI010 508 Integrated circuits lab - - 3 50 100 3 2

Total 16 8 6 28

6

6th Semester

Code

Subject


duration


rnal End- sem

EI010 601 Process Control Instrumentation 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 602 Digital Signal Processing 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 603 Industrial instrumentation I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 604 Data acquisition and

communication 3 1 - 50 100 3 4

EI010 605 Control engineering II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 606Lxx Elective I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 607 Microprocessor and

Microcontroller Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2

EI010 608 Mini Project - - 3 50 100 3 2 Total 16 8 6 28

Elective I EI010 606L01 – Digital system design EI010 606L02 – Data Base Management Systems EI010 606L03 – Computer networks EI010 606L04 – micro controller based system design EI010 606L05 – Telimetry and remote control EI010 606L06 – Robotics and automation

7th Semester

Code

Subject


duration -hours


End- sem

EI010 701 Fibre Optics and Laser Instrumentation

2 2 - 50 100 3 4

EI010 702 Computerised Process Control 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 703 Biomedical Instrumentation 2 1 - 50 100 3 3 EI010 704 Analytical Instrumentation 2 1 - 50 100 3 3 EI010 705 Industrial Instrumentation II 2 1 - 50 100 3 3 EI010 706Lxx Elective II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 707 Instrumentation lab II - - 3 50 100 3 2 EI010 708 System simulation lab - - 3 50 100 3 2 EI010 709 Seminar - - 2 50 - - 2 EI010 710 Project - - 1 50 - - 1

Total 12 9 9 28

7

Elective II EI010 706L01 – Optimization Techniques EI010 706L02 – VLSI Technology EI010 706L03 – Digital Image Processing EI010 706L04 – Applied soft computing EI010 706L05 – Instrumentation in petrochemical industries EI010 706L06 – Reliability and safety engineering

8th Semester

Code


duration- hours

Credit

s L T P/D Inte-

rnal End- sem

EI010 801 Instrumentation System Design 3 2 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 802 Instrumentation in Process Industries 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 803 Advanced Instrumentation and

Applications 2 2 - 50 100 3 4

EI010 804Lxx Elective III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 805Gxx Elective IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4 EI010 806 Process control lab - - 3 50 100 3 2 EI010 807 Project - - 6 100 - - 4 EI010 808 Viva Voce - - - - 50 - 2

Total 11 10 9 28

Electives III

EI010 804L01 – Nano Electronics EI010 804L02 – Micro Electro Mechanical Systems EI010 804L03 –Biomedical signal processing EI010 804L04 –Real time embedded systems EI010 804L05 –Environmental monitoring instruments EI010 804L06 –Air craft instrumentation

Electives IV EI010 805G01 – Test Engineering EI010 805G02 – Total quality management EI010 805G03 –Human factors engineering EI010 805G04 – Bio Informatics EI010 805G05 – Intellectual Property Rights EI010 805G06 – Professional Ethics

8

M.G. University

First & Second

Semester

9

M.G. University EN010 101 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – I

Teaching Scheme Credits: 5

2 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week Objectives

• To impart mathematical background for studying engineering subjects. MODULE I (18 hours) - MATRIX

Elementary transformation – echelon form – rank using elementary transformation by

reducing in to echelon form – solution of linear homogeneous and non – homogeneous equations using elementary transformation. Linear dependence and independence of vectors – eigen values and eigen vectors – properties of eigen values and eigen vectors(proof not expected) – Linear transformation – Orthogonal transformation – Diagonalisation – Reduction of quadratic form into sum of squares using orthogonal transformation – Rank, index, signature of quadratic form – nature of quadratic form

MODULE 2 (18 hours) - PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION

Partial differentiation : chain rules – statement of Eulers theorem for homogeneous functions – Jacobian –Application of Taylors series for function of two variables – maxima and minima of function of two variables (proof of results not expected)

MODULE 3 (18 hours) - MULTIPLE INTEGRALS

Double integrals in cartesian and polar co-ordinates – change of order of integration- area using double integrals – change of variables using Jacobian – triple integrals in cartesian, cylindrical and spherical co-ordinates – volume using triple integrals – change of variables using Jacobian – simple problems.

MODULE 4 (18 hours) - ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

Linear differential equation with constant coefficients- complimentary function and particular integral – Finding particular integral using method of variation of parameters – Euler Cauchy equations- Legenders equations

MODULE 5 (18 hours) - LAPLACE TRANSFORMS

Laplace Transforms – shifting theorem –differentiation and integration of transform – Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals – inverse transform – application of convolution property – Laplace transform of unit step function – second shifting theorem(proof not expected) – Laplace transform of unit impulse function and periodic function – solution of linear differential equation with constant coefficients using Laplace Transform.

10

M.G. University

REFERENCES 1. Erwin Kreyszig ;Advanced Engineering Mathematics Wiley Eastern Ltd 2. Grewal B.S ;Higher Engineering Mathematics ,Khanna Publishers 3. N. P. Bali ;Engineering Mathematics ,Laxmi Publications Ltd 4. Goyal & Gupta ; Laplace and Fourier Transforms 5. Dr. M.K.Venkataraman ;Engineering Mathematics Vol. I,National Publishing Co. 6. Dr. M.K.Venkataraman Engineering Mathematics Vol. 2, National Publishing Co 7. T.Veerarajan ,Engineering Mathematics for first year, Mc Graw Hill 8. S.S.Sastry Engineering Mathematics Vol. I,Prentice Hall India 9. S.S.Sastry Engineering Mathematics Vol. 2, Prentice Hall India 10. B.V. Ramana Higher Engineering Mathematics, Mc Graw Hill

11

M.G. University

EN010 102 ENGINEERING PHYSICS Teaching Scheme Credits: 4 I hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week Objectives

• To provide students knowledge of physics of a problem and an overview of physical phenomena.

MODULE I (12 hours) LASERS AND HOLOGRAPHY

Lasers- Principle of laser- Absorption- Spontaneous emission- Stimulated emission- Characteristics of laser - Population inversion- Metastable states- Pumping- Pumping Methods- Pumping Schemes- 3 level and 4 level pumping- Optical resonator- Components of laser- Typical laser systems like Ruby laser- He-Ne laser- Semiconductor laser- Applications of laser-

Holography- Basic principle -Recording and reconstruction- comparison with ordinary photography-Applications of Hologram

MODULE II (12 hours) NANOTECHNOLOGY AND SUPERCONDUCTIVITY

Introduction to nanoscale science and technology- nanostructures-nanoring, nanorod, nanoparticle, nanoshells- Properties of nanoparticles- optical, electrical, magnetic, mechanical properties and quantum confinement- Classification of nanomaterials- C60, metallic nanocomposites and polymer nanocomposites- Applications of nanotechnology

B. Superconductivity- Introduction- Properties of super conductors- Zero electrical resistance- Critical temperature- Critical current- Critical magnetic field- Meissner effect- Isotope effect- Persistence of current- Flux quantization - Type I and Type II superconductors- BCS Theory (Qualitative study) – Josephson effect- D.C Josephson effect- A.C Joseph son effect- Applications of superconductors.

MODULE III (12 hours) CRYSTALLOGRAPHY AND MODERN ENGINEERING MATERIALS

A. Crystallography – Space lattice- Basis- Unit cell- Unit cell parameters- Crystal systems- Bravais lattices- Three cubic lattices-sc, bcc, and fcc- Number of atoms per unit cell- Co-ordination number- Atomic radius- Packing factor- Relation between density and crystal lattice constants- Lattice planes and Miller indices-Separation between lattice planes in sc- Bragg’s law- Bragg’s x-ray spectrometer- Crystal structure analysis.

Liquid crystals- Liquid crystals, display systems-merits and demerits- Metallic glasses- Types of metallic glasses (Metal-metalloid glasses, Metal-metal glasses) – Properties of metallic glasses (Structural, electrical, magnetic and chemical properties)

Shape memory alloys- Shape memory effect, pseudo elasticity

12

M.G. University

. MODULE IV (12 hours) ULTRASONICS

A. Ultrasonics- Production of ultrasonics- Magnetostriction method – Piezoelectric method- Properties of ultrasonics- Non destructive testing- Applications

B. Spectroscopy- Rayleigh scattering (Qualitative) - Raman effect – Quantum theory of Raman effect- Experimental study of Raman effect and Raman spectrum- Applications of Raman effect

C. Acoustics- Reverberation- Reverbaration time- Absorption of sound- Sabine’s formula(no derivation)- Factors affecting acoustics properties

MODULE V (12 hours) FIBRE OPTICS

Principle and propagation of light in optical fibre- Step index (Single Mode and Multi Mode fibre) and graded index fibre- N.A. and acceptance angle—Characteristics of optical fibres (Pulse dispersion, attenuation, V-number, Bandwidth-distance product) –

Applications of optical fibres- Fibre optic communication system (Block diagram)- Optical fibre sensors (any five) – Optical fibre bundle.

REFERENCES

1) A Text book of Engineering Physics – M.N.Avadhanulu and P.G.Kshirsagar S.Chand& Company Ltd.

2) Nanomaterials- A.K.Bandhopadyaya – New Age International Publishers 3) Engineering Physics – A. Marikani 4) Engineering materials –V Rajendran and Marikani-Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Limited 5) Engineering physics- Dr. M Arumugam - Anuradha Agencies 6) Nano ; The Essentials- T. Pradeep 7) Material Science-M Arumugham- Anuradha Agencies 8) Lasers and Non-Linear optics By B.B Laud- New Age International (P) Limited

13

M G University

EN010 103 Engineering Chemistry & Environmental Studies (Common to all branches)

Teaching scheme Credits:4 1hr lecture and 1hr tutorial per week (total 60 hrs) Objectives • To impart a scientific approach and to familiarize the applications of chemistry in the

field of technology • To create an awareness about the major environmental issues for a sustainable

development. Module 1 Electrochemical Energy Systems (13 hrs) Electrochemical cells - Galvanic cell - Daniel cell – EMF - determination by potentiometric method - Nernst equation – derivation- Single electrode potential-Types of electrodes- Metal/metal ion electrode, Metal/metal sparingly soluble salt electrode, Gas electrode and Oxidation/reduction electrode - Reference electrodes - Standard hydrogen electrode and Calomel electrode - Glass electrode – Determination of pH using these electrodes - Concentration cell – Electrolytic concentration cell without transfer - Derivation of EMF using Nernst equation for concentration cell - Cells and Batteries - Primary and secondary cells - Lead acid accumulator, Ni-Cd cell, Lithium–MnO2 cell and Rechargeable Lithium ion cell – Polarization – Overvoltage - Decomposition potential - Numerical problems based on Nernst equations and pH determination.

Module 2 Corrosion and Corrosion Control (10 hrs) Introduction - Types of corrosion – Chemical and Electrochemical corrosion – Chemical corrosion – Oxidation corrosion, By other gases and Liquid metal corrosion – Pilling- Bedworth rule - Electrochemical corrosion – Mechanism - absorption of O2 and evolution of H2 - Types of electrochemical corrosion- Galvanic corrosion, Concentration cell corrosion, Differential aeration corrosion, Pitting corrosion, Waterline corrosion and Stress corrosion - Factors influencing the rate of corrosion - Nature of the metal and Nature of the environment - Corrosion control methods – Selection of metal and proper design, Cathodic protection (Sacrificial anodic protection and Impressed current cathodic protection), Modifying the environment, corrosion inhibitors and Protective coating - Metallic coating – Anodic coating and cathodic coating - Hot dipping (Galvanizing and Tinning), Electroplating, Electroless plating, Metal spraying, Metal cladding Cementation- sheradizing - chromizing- calorizing and Vacuum metallization - Non-metallic coating - Anodization

Module 3 Engineering Materials (13 hrs) High polymers – Introduction - Degree of polymerization – Functionality – Tacticity - Types of polymerization (mechanisms not required) – Addition, Condensation and Copolymerization - Glass transition temperature-(Tg) Definition only, Compounding and moulding of plastics - Compression, Injection, Extrusion, Transfer and Blow moulding. Fiber Reinforced Plastics - Glass reinforced plastics (GRP) - Manufacturing methods - Hand lay up, Spray up and Filament winding - properties and uses. Conducting Polymers – Polyacetylene and Polyaniline - Applications (mechanism not required) Rubber - Natural rubber – Properties – Vulcanization - Synthetic rubber - Preparation, properties and uses of Polyurethane rubber, NBR and Silicone rubber.

14

M G University

Carbon Nanotubes - Single walled (SWCNT) and Multi walled (MWCNT) - Properties and uses.

Module 4 Environmental Pollution (12 hrs) Pollution - Types of pollution – a brief study of the various types of pollution - Air pollution - Sources and effects of major air pollutants – Gases - Oxides of carbon, nitrogen and sulphur – Hydrocarbons – Particulates -Control of air pollution - Different methods - Water pollution - Sources and effects of major pollutants - Inorganic pollutants- heavy metals cadmium , lead, mercury - Ammonia, Fertilizers and Sediments (silt) - Organic pollutants – Detergents, pesticides, food waste, - Radioactive materials - Thermal pollutants - Control of water pollution - General methods Eutrophication - Definition and harmful effects Desalination of water - Reverse osmosis and Electrodialysis

Module 5 Environmental Issues (12 hrs) An overview of the major environmental issues - Acid rain – Smog - Photochemical smog - Green house effect - Global warming and climate change - Ozone layer depletion – Deforestation - Causes and effects - Wet land depletion – Consequences, Biodiversity – importance and threats, Soil erosion - Causes and effects, Solid waste disposal -Methods of disposal - Composting, Landfill, and Incineration, E-Waste disposal - Methods of disposal – recycle( recovery) and reuse Renewable energy sources - Solar cells – Importance - Photo voltaic cell - a brief introduction Bio fuels - Bio diesel and Power alcohol.

Note: This course should be handled and examination scripts should be evaluated by the faculty members of Chemistry

Text Books

1. A text book of Engineering Chemistry - Shashi Chawla, Dhanpat Rai and Co. 2. A text book of Engineering Chemistry - Jain & Jain 15th edition . 3. A text book of Engineering Chemistry – S. S. Dhara. 4. Modern Engineering Chemistry – Dr. Kochu Baby Manjooran. S.

References

1. Chemistry - John E. McMurry and Robert C. Fay, Pearson Education. 2. Polymer science –V. R. Gowariker, New Age International Ltd. 3. A text book of polymer - M. S. Bhatnagar Vol I, II,& III, S. Chand publications. 4. Nano materials – B. Viswanathan, Narosa publications. 5. Nano science & Technology – V. S. Muralidharan and A. Subramania, Ane Books

Pvt. Ltd. 6. Nanotechnology - Er. Rakesh Rathi, S. Chand & Company Ltd. 7. Environmental Studies - Benny Joseph (2nd edition), Tata Mc Graw Hill companies. 8. Environmental Chemistry - Dr. B. K. Sharma, Goel publishers. 9. Environmental Chemistry – A. K. De, New age International Ltd. 10. Industrial Chemistry – B. K. Sharma, Goel publishers. 11. Engineering Chemistry – O. G. Palanna, Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.

15

M.G. University

EN010 104 ENGINEERING MECHANICS (Common to all branches)

Teaching Scheme Credits: 6 3 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week

Objective:

• To develop analytical skills to formulate and solve engineering problems. Module I ( 23 hrs) Introduction to Mechanics – Basic Dimensions and Units – Idealization of Mechanics – Rigid Body – Continuum – Point force – Particle – Vector and Scalar quantities. Principles of Statics – Force Systems – Coplanar, Collinear, Concurrent and Parallel – Free body diagrams – Resolution of forces – Moment of a Force – Varignon’s Theorem – Couple – Resolution of a force into force couple system – Conditions of static equilibrium of Rigid bodies – Solutions of problems using scalar approach Force Systems in Space – Introduction to Vector approach – Elements of Vector algebra – Position vector – Moment of a Force about a Point and Axis – Resultant of Forces – Equilibrium of forces in space using vector approach

Module II (23 hrs) Principle of Virtual work – Elementary treatment only – application of virtual work in beams, ladders Centroid of Lines, Areas and Volumes – Pappus Guldinus Theorems Moment of Inertia of laminas – Transfer theorems – radius of Gyration – problems Centre of Gravity – Mass moment of Inertia of circular and rectangular plates – solid rectangular prisms – Cylinders – Cones

Module III (23 hrs) Friction – Laws of friction – Contact friction problems – ladder friction – Wedge friction – Screw friction. Introduction to Structural Mechanics – Types of Supports, loads, frames – Static Indeterminacy – Support reactions of beams – Analysis of perfect trusses by method of joints, method of sections.

Module IV (28hrs) Kinematics – Rectilinear motion of a particle under Variable Acceleration Relative Velocity - problems Circular motion with Uniform and Variable Acceleration – Relations between Angular and Rectilinear motion – Normal and Tangential accelerations Combined motion of Rotation and Translation – Instantaneous centre of zero velocity – Wheels rolling without slipping Introduction to Mechanical Vibrations – Free vibrations – Simple Harmonic motion

Module IV (23 hrs) Kinetics of particles – Newton’s laws of Motion of Translation – D’Alembert’s Principle – Motion of connected bodies – Work Energy Principle – Principle of Momentum and Impulse – Collision of Elastic bodies Newton’s laws of Rotational motion – Angular Impulse and Torque – Conservation of Angular Momentum – Centrifugal and Centripetal forces – Applications – Work done and Power by Torque and Couple.

16

M.G. University References:

1. Engineering Mechanics – S. Timoshenko, D.H. Young – Mc Graw Hill International

Edition 2. Engineering Mechanics – Statics and Dynamics – Irving H Shames, G Krishna

Mohana Rao – Pearson Edutcation 3. S. Rajasekararn & G.Sankarasubramanian, Engineering Mechanics, Vikas Publishing

Co. 4. Engineering Mechanics – Prof.J.Benjamin 5. Engineering Mechanics – G.S. Sawheney PHI Learning Pvt.Ltd, New Delhi 6. Engineering Mechanics – K. L. Kumar, Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi

17

M.G. University

EN010 105: ENGINEERING GRAPHICS Teaching Scheme Credits: 6 I hour lecture and 3 hour drawing per week Objectives

• To provide students of all branches of engineering with fundamental knowledge of engineering drawing

• To impart drawing skills to students MODULE 1 (24 hours) Introduction to Engineering Graphics: Drawing instruments and their uses-familiarization with current BIS code of practice for general engineering drawing. Scales-Plain scales-Diagonal Scales-Forward and Backward Vernier Scales. Conic Sections:-Construction of conics when eccentricity and distance from directrix are given .Construction of ellipse (1) given major axis and foci (2) given major axis and minor axis (3)given a pair of conjugate diameters (4) by the four centre method. Construction of parabola given the axis and base. Construction of hyperbola-(1) given the asymptotes and a point on the curve. (2) Given ordinate, abscissa and transverse axis. Construction of rectangular hyperbola. Construction of tangents and normals at points on these curves. Miscellaneous curves:-Cycloids, Inferior and superior Trochoids-Epicycloid- Hypocycloid-Involute of circle and plain figures-Archimedian Spiral and Logarithmic Spiral- Tangents and normals at points on these curves.

MODULE 2 (24 hours) Orthographic projections of points and lines:-Projections of points in different quadrants- Projections of straight lines parallel to one plane and inclined to the other plane-straight lines inclined to both the planes-true length and inclination of lines with reference planes using line rotation and plane rotation methods – Traces of lines. Orthographic projections of planes-Polygonal surfaces and circular lamina.

MODULE 3 (24 hours) Orthographic projections of solids:-Projections of prisms , cones ,cylinders ,pyramids ,tetrahedron ,octahedron and spheres with axis parallel to one plane and parallel or perpendicular to the other plane-the above solids with their axes parallel to one plane and inclined to the other plane –axis inclined to both the reference planes-use change of position method OR auxiliary method. Sections of solids:-Sections of prisms ,cones , cylinders ,pyramids ,tetrahedron and octahedron with axis parallel to one plane and parallel or perpendicular or inclined to the other plane with section planes perpendicular to one plane and parallel , perpendicular or inclined to the other plane –True shapes of sections.

MODULE 4 (24 hours) Developments of surfaces of (1)simple solids like prisms ,pyramids , cylinder and cone (2) sectioned regular solids (3)above solids with circular or square holes with their axes intersecting at right angles.-Developments of funnels and pipe elbows. Isometric Projections:-Isometric Scales-Isometric views and projections of plane figures,simple&truncated solids such as prisms, pyramids, cylinder, cone, sphere, hemisphere and their combinations with axis parallel to one the planes and parallel or perpendicular to the other plane.

18

M.G. University MODULE 5 (24 hours) Perspective projections:-Perspective projections of prisms,pyramids,cylinder and cone with axis parallel to one plane and parallel or perpendicular or inclined to the other plane by visual ray method OR vanishing point method Intersection of surfaces:-Intersection of prism in prism &cylinder in cylinder-Axis at right angles only.

REFERENCES 1. Engineering Graphics-Unique Methods easy solutions-K.N Anilkumar 2. Engineering Graphics-P I Varghese. 3. Engineering Drawing-N D Bhatt 4. Engineering Graphics-P S Gill 5. Engineering Graphics-T S Jeyapoovan.

19

M.G. University

EN010 106: BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING (Common to all branches)

Teaching scheme: Credits: 4 1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week

Objective: To familiarize all engineering students with the basic concepts of civil engineering so that they can perform better in this great profession “Engineering”.

Module 1 (12 hours) Introduction to civil engineering : various fields of civil engineering- Engineering materials: Cement – Bogues compounds, manufacture of Portland cement-wet and dry process, grades of cement, types of cement and its uses – steel– types of steel for reinforcement bars ,structural steel sections,built-up sections,light gauge sections. Aggregates: Fine aggregate:- pitsand, riversand, M- sand--Coarse aggregate: natural and artificial , requirements of good aggregates. Timber: varieties found in Kerala – seasoning and preservation. Bricks: classification, requirements, tests on bricks.

Module 2 (12 hours) Cement mortar- preparation and its uses– concrete –ingredients, grades of concrete – water cement ratio, workability, curing, ready mix concrete. Roofs - roofing materials -A. C, aluminium, GI, fibre, tile, reinforced concrete (brief description only)- reinforcement details of a one way slab, two way slab and simply supported beams.

Module 3 (12 hours) Building Components: Foundation: Bearing capacity and settlement - definitions only- footings- isolated footing , combined footing - rafts, piles and well foundation , machine foundation (Brief description only). Superstructure: Walls - brick masonry – types of bonds , English bond for one brick - stone masonry-Random Rubble masonry.

Module 4 (12 hours) Surveying: Classification –principles of surveying- chain triangulation- instruments used, field work – bearing of survey lines –WCB and reduced bearing -Leveling: field work - reduction of levels - height of instrument method.

Introduction to total station- basic principles of remote sensing, GPS and GIS. Module 5 (12 hours) Site plan preparation for buildings (Sketch only) – Kerala Municipal Building Rules (1999)-general provisions regarding site and building requirements – coverage and floor area ratio – basic concepts of “intelligent buildings” and “green buildings”- disposal of domestic waste water through septic tank and soak pit. Classification of roads- basics of traffic engineering – road markings , signs, signals and islands, road safety-accidents, causes and remedies– (brief description only)

20

M.G. University Internal Continuous Assessment (Maximum Marks-50)

60% - Tests (minimum 2) 20% - Assignments (minimum 2) such as home work, problem solving, group

discussions, quiz, literature survey, seminar, term-project, software exercises, etc. 20% - Regularity in the class

References

1. Jha and Sinha, Construction and foundation Engineering, Khanna Publishers 2. Punmia B. C., Surveying Vol –I, Laxmi Publications 3. Rangwala, Building Materials, Charotar Book stall 4. K. Khanna ,C. E. G. Justo., Highway Engineering, Khanna Publishers 5. Nevile., Properties of Concrete, Mc Graw Hill 6. B C Punmia.,Basic Civil Engineering, Khanna Publishers 7. Kerala Municipal Building Rules – 1999

21

M G University

EN010 107 BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (Common to all branches)

Teaching scheme Credits- 4

1hour lecture and1hour tutorial per week

Objective

To impart basic knowledge in mechanical engineering

Module 1(12 hours)

Thermodynamics: Basic concepts and definitions, Gas laws, specific heat –Universal gas constant- Isothermal, adiabatic and polytrophic processes, work done, heat transferred, internal energy and entropy - Cycles: Carnot, Otto and Diesel- Air standard efficiency. Basic laws of heat transfer (Fourier’s law of heat conduction, Newton’s law of cooling Steffen Boltzmann’s law)

Module 2 (12 hours)

I.C. Engines: Classification of I.C Engines, Different parts of I.C engines, Working of two stroke and four stroke engines-petrol and diesel engines-air intake system, exhaust system, fuel supply system, ignition system, lubrication system, cooling system and engine starting system-Performance of I.C. engines, advantage of MPFI and CRDI over conventional system. Refrigeration: Unit of refrigeration, COP, Block diagram and general descriptions of air refrigeration system, vapour compression and vapour absorption systems- Required properties of a refrigerant, important refrigerants– Domestic refrigerator- Ice plant. Air conditioning system: Concept of Air conditioning, psychometry, psychometric properties, psychometric chart, psychometric processes, human comfort– winter and summer air conditioning systems (general description), air conditioning application.

Module 3 (12 hours)

Power transmission elements: Belt Drive - velocity ratio of belt drive, length of belt, slip in belt- simple problems– Power transmitted– Ratio of tensions– Centrifugal tension Initial tension– Rope drive, chain drive and gear drive-Types of gear trains (simple descriptions only)

Module 4 (12 hours)

Power plants: General layout of hydraulic, diesel, thermal and nuclear power plants- nonconventional energy sources (general description only). Hydraulic turbines and pumps : Classifications of hydraulic turbines –types of hydraulic turbines –runaway speed, specific speed, draft tube, cavitations, selection of hydraulic turbines .Classification of pumps– positive displacement and rotodynamic pumps (description only)- applications Steam turbines: Classification of steam turbines, description of common types of steam turbines: Impulse and reaction, compounding methods.

Module 5 (12 hours)

Simple description of general purpose machines like lathe, shaping machines, drilling machines, grinding machines and milling machines, Basic concepts of CNC, DNC, CIM and CAD/CAM Manufacturing Processes: Moulding and casting, forging, rolling, welding- arc welding-gas welding (fundamentals and simple descriptions only)

22

M G University

Internal continues assessment ( Maximum Marks –50)

60% Test (minimum2) 20% Assignments (minimum 2) such as home work, quiz, seminar. 20% regulatory in class

Text book

1 P.L. Bellany, Thermal Engineering, Khnna Publishes 2 Benjamin J., Basic Mechanical Engineering, Pentx

Reference Books

1 R.C.Patal, Elements of heat engines, Acharya Publishers - 2 G.R Nagapal, Power plant engineering, Khnna publishes 3 P.K.Nag, Engineering Thermodynamics, McGraw Hill 4 Dr.P.R Modi &Dr.M.S. Seth, Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics including Hydraulic

Machines, Standard Book House

23

M.G. University

EN010 108: Basic Electrical Engineering (Common to all branches)

Teaching Scheme Credits: 4 I hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week

Objectives

• To provide students of all branches of engineering with an overview of all the fields of electrical engineering

• To prepare students for learning advanced topics in electrical engineering Module I (10 hours) Kirchhoff’s Laws – Formation of network equations by mesh current method – Matrix representation – Solution of network equations by matrix method – Star delta conversion. Magnetic circuits – mmf, field strength, flux density, reluctance, permeability – comparison of electric and magnetic circuits – force on current carrying conductor in magnetic filed.

Module II (12 hours) Electromagnetic Induction – Faraday’s laws – lenz’s law – statically and dynamically induced emf – self and mutual inductance – coupling coefficient. Alternating current fundamentals – generation of AC –frequency, period, average and r m s value, form factor, peak factor, phasor representation – j operator – power and power factor – solution of RLC series and parallel circuits.

Module III (13 hours) DC machine – principle of operation of DC generator – constructional details – e m f equation – types of generators. DC motor – principle of operation of DC motor – back emf – need for starter – losses and efficiency – types of motors – applications – simple problems. Transformer – principle of operation – e m f equation Constructional details of single phase and three phase transformer – losses and efficiency – application of power transformer, distribution transformer, current transformer and potential transformer.

Module IV (13 hours) Three phase system – generation of three phase voltage – star and delta system – relation between line and phase voltages and currents – phasor representation of three phase system - balanced delta connected system – three wire and four wire system – simple problems. Three phase power measurement – Single wattmeter, two wattmeter and three wattmeter methods. Induction motors – principle of operation of three phase induction motors – applications of cage and slip ring induction motor – single phase induction motors – capacitor start / run, shaded pole – universal motors - Applications. Synchronous generator (Alternator) – principles of operation and types.

Module V (12 hours) Generation of electric power – types of generation – hydroelectric, thermal and nuclear (Block schematic and layout only) - Non conventional energy sources – solar, wind, tidal, wave and geothermal. Transmission – need for high voltage transmission – Transmission voltage – Distribution – Underground versus overhead – Feeder – Distributor – Service mains – conductor materials – one line diagram of typical power system.

24

M.G. University Requirements of good lighting system – working principle of incandescent lamp, Fluorescent lamp and mercury vapour lamp-energy efficient lamps (CFL,LED lights) – need for energy management and power quality – home energy management.

Text Books

1. D.P. Kothari & I.J. Nagrath – Basic Electrical Engineering – Tata McGraw Hill 2. D.C. Kulshreshta – Basic Electrical Engineering - Tata McGraw Hill 3. Hughes – Electrical and Electronic Technology – Pearson Education

Reference Books

1. R.V. Srinivasa Murthy – Basic Electrical Engineering – Sunguine Technical 2. J.B.Gupta – Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering & Electronics – S.K.Kataria 3. V.K. Mehta, Rohit Mehta – Basic Electrical Engineering – S.Chand. 4. Bureau of Engineering Efficiency – Guide book for national certification examination for

energy managers and auditors. 5. Rajendra Prasad – Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering, Prentice Hall India. 6. Soni, Gupta, Bhatnagar & Chackrabarty – A text book on power system engineering –

Dhanapt Rai 7. Electrical Engineering Fundamentals – Vincent Del Toro, Pearson Education.

25

M.G. University

EN010 109: Basic Electronics Engineering and Information Technology (Common to all branches)

Teaching Scheme Credits: 5 2 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week

Objectives • To provide students of all branches of engineering with an overview of all the fields of electronics

engineering and information technology

MODULE 1 (18 hours): Basic Circuit Components: Diode: Germanium, Silicon, Zener, LEDs (working principle only). Forward and reverse characteristics. [2hr.] Rectifiers: Half wave, fullwave , Bridge circuits, DC Power supply: Capacitor filter, Zener regulator. [3hrs.] Transistors :Different configurations - CE characteristics-β and ∝, concept of Amplifiers: Common emitter RC coupled amplifier, Frequency response, Bandwidth.(No analysis required) Comparison of BJT,FET,MOSFET, IGBT. [2hr.]. Integrated circuits: Advantages, classification of Linear and Digital ICs. Basics of Op-amps, inverting and non-inverting amplifiers.Family of IC’s(Function diagram of 7400 & CD4011) [4hrs.] .Specifications of TTL and CMOS.[] –Comparison.

MODULE 2 (18 hours): Basic communication Engineering:Communication: Frequency bands: RF, VHF, UHF, x, ku, ka, c. Modulation – need for modulation, basic principles of amplitude, frequency and pulse modulation. [6hrs.]. Block schematic of AM transmitter , Super-hetrodyne receiver, FM receiver.-function of each block.[3hrs.] .Wireless communication: Satellite Communication-Earth station, transponder and receiver.Mobile Communication: GSM-BSC, Cell structure, frequency re-use, hands-of, establishing a call. MODULE 3 (18 hours):Basic instrumentation and Consumer electronics: Electronic instrumentation: Transducers: Basic principles of Strain guage, LVDT, Thermistor, Photodiode, Typical moving coil microphones and Loud speaker.Block diagram of Digital Multimeter .[8hrs].CONSUMER ELECTRONICS: Basic principles of TV –Interlaced Scanning-Block Diagram of PAL TV receiver(color).Basic principles of DTH, brief descriptions of MP3,multichannel audio 5.1,7.1.

MODULE 4 (18 hours):Introduction: Definition and Scope of IT-Digital Computer, Von Neumann Architecture-Basic Operational Concepts-CPU-single Bus and Multi Bus Organization, A typical Instruction set, Execution of Instructions. Memory and I/O-Main Memory, Virtual Memory-Cache memory-Secondary Memories-Printers, Plotters, Displays ,Key board, Mouse, OMR and OCR-Device Interface-I/O Processor-I/O Channel

MODULE 5 (18 hours) :Computer software-System Software and Application Software- Machine Language-Assembly Language-High Level Language-Language Translators- Operating System, Procedural Programming and Object Oriented Programming.Computer

26

M.G. University

Networks-Concepts of Networking-Network Topologies-WAN-LAN-MAN, Protocol- Internet-working concept, Internet Architecture, IP addresses, Routing, Domain Name System(Basic concepts only)

References

1.Basic Electronics – Devices, Circuits and IT fundamentals.Santiram Kal,PHI( Module 1to 5) 2. Basic Electronics: Bernad Grob, Mc Graw Hill Publication(Module 1) 3. Electronic Devices: Floyd, Pearson Education (Module 1) 4. Electronic Devices and Circuits: J.B. Gupta,S.K.Kataria & Sons (Module 1 , 2,3) 5. Digital Principles: Malvino & Leach, Mc Graw Hill Publication(Module 1) 6. Electronic Instrumentation: H.S Kalsi, Mc Graw Hill Publication(Module 2) 7. Communication Systems: Sanjay Sharma, S.K.Kataria & Sons (Module 2) 8. Satellite Comunication : Robert M.Gagliardi,CBS Publishers & Distributors.(Module 2) 9.Basic Radio and TV; S.P. Sharma,Tata McGrawhill(Module 2 &3) 10.Wireless Communication; T.S. Rappaport, Pearson(Module 3) 11.Computer Organization, Hamacher, Vranesic and Zaky, Mc Graw Hill (Module 4) 12.Systems Programming, JJ Donovan ,Mc Graw Hill (Module 5) 13.Computer Networks,Andrew.S Tanenbaum,Pearson Education(Module 5)

27

M G University

EN010 110: Mechanical Workshop (Common to all branches)

Teaching scheme Credits: 1 3 hours practical per week Objectives

• To provide students of all branches of engineering in house experience of basic mechanical instruments and activities

Carpentry Planing – cutting – chiselling, marking – sawing – cross and tee joints – dovetail joints – engineering application, Seasoning, Preservation – Plywood and ply boards.

Fitting Practice in chipping – filing – cutting – male and female joints.

Smithy Forging of square and hexagonal prism. Study of forging principles,

materials and operations.

Foundry Preparation of simple sand moulds – moulding sand characteristics, materials, gate, runner, riser, core, chaplets and casting defects.

Demonstration and study of machine tools – lathe, drilling, boring, slotting, shaping, milling and grinding machines, CNC machines and machining centers.

Demonstration and study of arc and gas welding techniques.

Note:

1. The minimum mark for a pass for EN010 110Mechanical workshop is 25 out of 50 in

internal assessments. 2. If the student fails in securing minimum mark for pass mentioned above will be

considered as failed in the respective workshop.

The candidate not satisfying the above mentioned condition may be given ‘U’ grade in the grade card. For the purpose of fixing grade, the marks are hypothetically escalated to 150. Other grades may be given as specified for other subjects.

The failed candidate has to attend the respective workshop classes in the subsequent semesters. The internal assessment will be made by repeating all workshop activities. The student has to register for EN010 110 Mechanical Workshop in the college by paying the fees prescribed by the college. HOD in charge of workshop will allot a staff member to monitor the activities and awarding the internal marks. The internal marks should be submitted to the university.

28

M G University

EN010 111: Electrical and Civil Workshops (Common to all branches)

Teaching scheme Credits: 1 3 hours practical per 2 weeks for each Objectives • To provide students of all branches of engineering in house experience of basic

electrical and civil instruments and activities

Electrical Workshop

1. Wiring and estimation of one lamp and one plug, Control of two lamps in series and in parallel.

2. Staircase wiring.

3. Godown wiring.

4. Insulation megger - earth megger , measurement of insulation resistance and earth

resistance .Study of volt meter, ammeter , watt meter and energy meter. 5. Working principle and wiring of Fluorescent , CFL and Mercury vapour lamp .

6. Study and wiring of distribution board including power plug using isolator, MCB and

ELCB – Estimation of a typical 1BHK house wiring system. 7. Familiarization , soldering, testing and observing the wave forms on a CRO of a HW and

FW Uncontrolled Rectifier (using diodes) with capacitor filter. 8. Observing the wave forms on a CRO of Experiment 7 without capacitor filter and find

the average and RMS value of the voltage waveform. 9. Visit your college substation and familiarize the supply system, Transformer, HT Panel

and Distribution etc. Civil Workshop

Masonry : English bond – Flemish bond – wall junction – one brick – one and a half brick – two brick and two and a half brick – Arch setting.

Plumbing: Study of water supply and sanitary fittings – water supply pipe fitting – tap

connections – sanitary fittings – urinal, wash basin – closet (European and Indian), Manholes.

Surveying: Study of surveying instruments – chain – compass – plane table – levelling –

minor instruments. Demonstration of Theodolite and Total Station. Familiarization of latest building materials : Flooring materials – Roofing materials –

Paneling boards.

29

M G University

Note:

1. The minimum mark for a pass for EN010 111 Electrical and Civil workshop is 50 out of 100 in internal assessments.

2. If the student fails in securing minimum mark for pass mentioned above will be considered as failed in the respective workshop.

The candidate not satisfying the above mentioned condition may be given ‘U’ grade in the grade card. For the purpose of fixing grade, the marks are hypothetically escalated to 150. Other grades may be given as specified for other subjects.

The failed candidate has to attend the respective workshop classes in the subsequent semesters. The internal assessment will be made by repeating all workshop activities. The student has to register for EN010 111 Electrical and Civil Workshop in the college by paying the fees prescribed by the college. HOD in charge of workshop will allot a staff member to monitor the activities and awarding the internal marks. The internal marks should be submitted to the university.

30

Third Semester

31

EN010301A ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II (Common to all branches except CS & IT)

Teaching scheme Credits: 4

2 hours lecture and 2 hour tutorial per week Objectives

• To apply standard methods and basic numerical techniques for solving problems and to know the importance of learning theories in Mathematics.

MODULE 1 Vector differential calculus ( 12 hours)

Scalar and vector fields – gradient-physical meaning- directional derivative-divergence an

curl - physical meaning-scalar potential conservative field- identities - simple problems MODULE 2 Vector integral calculus ( 12 hours)

Line integral - work done by a force along a path-surface and volume integral-application

of Greens theorem, Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem MODULE 3 Finite differences ( 12 hours)

Finite difference operators and - interpolation using Newtons forward and

backward formula – problems using Stirlings formula, Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula

MODULE 4 Difference Calculus ( 12 hours)

Numerical differentiation using Newtons forward and backward formula – Numerical

integration – Newton’s – cotes formula – Trapezoidal rule – Simpsons 1/3rd and 3/8th rule – Difference equations – solution of difference equation

MODULE 5 Z transforms ( 12 hours)

Definition of Z transforms – transform of polynomial function and trignometric

functions – shifting property , convolution property - inverse transformation – solution of 1st and 2nd

order difference equations with constant coifficients using Z transforms. Reference

1. Erwin Kreyszing – Advance Engg. Mathematics – Wiley Eastern Ltd. 2. B.S. Grewal – Higher Engg. Mathematics - Khanna Publishers 3. B.V. Ramana - Higher Engg. Mathematics – McGraw Hill 4. K Venkataraman- Numerical methods in science and Engg -National publishing co 5. S.S Sastry - Introductory methods of Numerical Analysis -PHI 6. T.Veerarajan and T.Ramachandran- Numerical Methods- McGraw Hill 7. Babu Ram – Engg. Mathematics -Pearson. 8. H.C.Taneja Advanced Engg. Mathematics Vol I – I.K.International

32

EN010 302 ECONOMICS AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS (Common to all branches)

Teaching scheme 2hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week Credits: 4(3+1) Objectives

• To impart a sound knowledge of the fundamentals of Economics. Module I (7 hours)

Economics

Reserve Bank of India-functions-credit control-quantitative and qualitative techniques Commercial banks-functions- Role of Small Industries Development Bank of India and National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development The stock market-functions-problems faced by the stock market in India-mutual funds

Module II (6 hours) Multinational corporations in India-impact of MNC’s in the Indian economy Globalisation-necessity-consequences Privatisation-reasons-disinvestment of public sector undertakings The information technology industry in India-future prospects Module III (6 hours) Direct and indirect taxes- impact and incidence- merits of direct and indirect taxes- progressive and regressive taxes-canons of taxation-functions of tax system- tax evasion-reasons for tax evasion in India-consequences-steps to control tax evasion Deficit financing-role-problems associated with deficit financing

Module IV (5 hours) National income-concepts-GNP, NNP, NI, PI and DPI-methods of estimating national income-difficulties in estimating national income Inflation-demand pull and cost push-effects of inflation-government measures to control inflation

Module V (6 hours) International trade-case for free trade-case for protectionism Balance of payments-causes of disequilibrium in India’s BOP-General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade-effect of TRIPS and TRIMS in the Indian economy-impact of WTO decisions on Indian industry

Text Books

1. Ruddar Datt, Indian Economy, S.Chand and Company Ltd. 2. K.K.Dewett, Modern Economic Theory, S.Chand and Company Ltd.

References 1. Paul Samuelson, Economics, Tata McGraw Hill 2. Terence Byres, The Indian Economy, Oxford University Press 3. S.K.Ray, The Indian economy, Prentice Hall of India 4. Campbell McConnel, Economics, Tata McGraw Hill

33

Communication Skills Objectives

• To improve Language Proficiency of the Engineering students • To enable them to express themselves fluently and appropriately in social

and professional contexts • To equip them with the components of different forms of writing

MODULE – 1 (15 hours) INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION Communication nature and process, Types of communication - Verbal and Non verbal, Communication Flow-Upward, Downward and Horizontal, Importance of communication skills in society, Listening skills, Reading comprehension, Presentation Techniques, Group Discussion, Interview skills, Soft skills

MODULE – II (15 hours) TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION Technical writing skills- Vocabulary enhancement-synonyms, Word Formation-suffix, affix, prefix, Business letters, Emails, Job Application, Curriculum Vitae, Report writing- Types of reports

Note: No university examination for communication skills. There will be internal

evaluation for 1 credit. REFERENCES

1. The functional aspects of communication skills, P.Prasad and Rajendra K. Sharma, S.K. Kataria and sons, 2007

2. Communication skills for Engineers and Scientists, Sangeeta Sharma and Binod Mishra, PHI Learning private limited, 2010

3. Professional Communication, Kumkum Bhardwaj, I.K. International (P) House limited, 2008

4. English for technical Communication, Aysha Viswamohan, Tata Mc Graw Publishing company limited, 2008

34

EC010 303 NETWORK THEORY

Teaching scheme Credits: 4 2 hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week

Objectives

• To study time domain, phasor and Laplace transform methods of linear circuit analysis

Module I (12 hrs)

Reference directions for two terminal elements - Kirchhoff’s Laws - Independent and Dependent Sources – Resistance Networks: Node and Mesh analysis of resistance networks containing both voltage and current independent and dependent sources – Source Transformations – Superposition, Thevenin, Norton and Maximum Power Transfer Theorems applied to resistance networks

Module II (12 hrs)

Capacitors and Inductors – Current-voltage relationships – Step and Impulse functions – Waveshapes for Capacitor and Inductor – Series and Parallel combinations – Coupled coils – Mutual Inductance – First order Circuits: Excitation by initial conditions – Zero input response – Excitation by sources – Zero state response – Step and impulse response of RL and RC circuits - Excitation by sources and initial conditions – Complete response with switched dc sources

Module III (12 hrs)

Sinusoidal Steady State Analysis: Review of complex numbers – Rectangular and Polar forms – Phasors and the sinusoidal steady state response - Phasor relationships for R, L and C – Impedance and Admittance – Node and Mesh analysis, Superposition, Source transformation, Thevenin and Norton’s theorems applied to Phasor circuits – Sinusoidal Steady State power – Average Power – Maximum power transfer theorem – Phasor analysis of Magnetically coupled circuits

Module IV (12 hrs)

Laplace Transform: Definition of Unilateral Laplace Transform- Properties –Laplace Transform of common time functions – Inverse Laplace Transform by Partial Fraction Expansion – Initial value and Final value theorems –Solution of network differential equations - Transformation of a circuit into s- domain – Transformed equivalent of resistance, capacitance, inductance and mutual inductance – Impedance and Admittance in the transform domain – Node and Mesh analysis of the transformed circuit - Network theorems applied to the transformed circuit – Network Functions: Driving point and Transfer functions - Poles and zeros

Module V (12 hrs)

Frequency Response: Network functions in the sinusoidal steady state with s = jω – Magnitude and Phase response - Magnitude and Phase response of First order Low pass and High pass RC

35

circuits –- Bode Plots – First order and Second order factors. Two port networks: Characterization in terms of Impedance, Admittance, Hybrid and Transmission parameters – Interrelationships among parameter sets - Reciprocity theorem – Interconnection of two port networks- series, parallel and cascade.

References

1. W H. Hayt, Kemmerly and S M Durbin, Engineering Circuit Analysis, Tata Mc.Graw Hill 2. DeCarlo, Lin, Linear Circuit Analysis, OUP 3. B Carlson, Circuits, Ceneage Learning 4. M E. Van Valkenburg, Network Analysis, Prentice Hall of India. 5. L P .Huelsman, Basic Circuit Theory, Prentice Hall of India. 6. Robert L.Boylestad , Introductory Circuit Analysis , 12th e/d ,Prentice Hall of India. 7. C A Desoer & E S Kuh, Basic Circuit Theory, Tata Mc.Graw Hill 8. F F Kuo, Network Analysis and Synthesis, WileyInterscience.

36

EC 010 304 SOLID STATE DEVICES

Teaching Scheme 3 lecturer hours and 1 tutorial hour Credit :4

Objectives

• To provide students with a sound understanding of existing electronic devices, so that their studies of electronic circuits and systems will be meaningful.

• To develop the basic tools with which students can later learn about newly developed devices and applications.

Module I (13 hours)

Bonding forces in solids – Energy Bands – Metals, semiconductors and insulators – Direct and indirect Semiconductors – Variation of Energy Bands with alloy composition – Charge carriers in semiconductors – Electrons and holes – Effective mass – Intrinsic and extrinsic materials.

Charge concentrations – Fermi level – Electrons and hole concentrations at equilibrium – Temperature dependence of carrier concentrations – Compensation and space charge neutrality.

Drift of carriers in electric and magnetic fields – Drift and resistance – Effects of temperature on doping and mobility – High-field effects – Hall effect.

Module II (13 hours)

Excess carriers in semiconductors – Carrier lifetime – Direct and indirect recombination – Steady state carrier generation – Quasi Fermi levels.

Diffusion of carriers – Diffusion process – Diffusion coefficient – Einstein relation – Continuity equation – Steady state carrier injection – Diffusion length.

P-N junctions – Equilibrium conditions – Contact potential – Equilibrium Fermi levels – Space charge at a junction – Forward and reverse biased conditions – Steady state conditions – Qualitative description of current flow at a junction – Carrier injection – Diode equation – Majority and minority currents through a p-n junction – V-I characteristics of a p-n junction diode.

Module III (12 hours)

Reverse breakdown in p-n junctions – Zener and avalanche mechanisms – Breakdown diodes.

Time variation of stored charge in p-n junctions – Reverse recovery transient – Switching diodes – Capacitance of p-n junctions – Varactor diodes.

Metal-semiconductor junctions – Schottky barriers – Rectifying and ohmic contacts.

Optoelectronic devices – Optical Absorption – Solar Cells – Photo detectors – Photoluminescence and electroluminescence – Light emitting diodes – Laser diodes.

Module IV (12 hours)

Bipolar Junction Transistor – Bipolar Transistor action – Basic principle of operation – Simplified current relations – Modes of operation – Majority and minority current components – Emitter injection efficiency – Base transport factor – Current transfer ratio – Current amplification factor – Amplification and switching – Base width modulation – Avalanche Breakdown – Base resistance and emitter crowding

Field Effect Transistor – Basic JFET operation – pinch off and saturation – Transconductance and amplification factor – V-I characteristics – Transfer characteristics

Basic principles of high frequency transistors – Schottky transistors; Phototransistors

37

Module V (10 hours)

Ideal MOS capacitor – Energy band structure in depletion, accumulation and inversion modes, C-V characteristics – Threshold voltage.

MOSFETs – Enhancement and depletion MOSFETs – Current-voltage relationship – Transconductance – Control of threshold voltage – Basic principles of CMOS.

Tunnel diodes – pnpn diodes – Introduction to SCR and IGBT.

Reference Books

1. B. G. Streetman, S. K. Banerjee, Solid State Electronic Devices, 6th ed., PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.

2. D. A. Neamen, Semiconductor Physics and Devices, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.

3. M. S. Tyagi, Introduction to Semiconductor Materials and Devices, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2008.

4. J. Millman, C. C. Halkias, S. Jit, Electronic Devices and Circuits, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.

5. M. K. Achuthan, K. N. Bhat, Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.

6. V. Suresh Babu, Solid State Devices and Technology, 3rd ed., Pearson Education, 2010.

38

EC010 305: ANALOG CIRCUITS – I Teaching Scheme : Credits : 4 3 lecture hours and 1 tutorial hour

0bjectives:

• To understand applications of diodes and transistors • To understand working of MOSFET • To provide an insight into the working, analysis and design of basic analog circuits

using BJT and MOSFET

Module I (10)

RC Circuits: Response of high pass and low pass RC circuits to sine wave, step, pulse and square wave inputs, Tilt, Rise time. Differentiator, Integrator. Small signal diode model for low and high frequencies, clipping and clamping circuits.

Analysis of half wave, full wave and bridge rectifiers. Analysis of L, C, LC & π filters. Zener voltage regulator, transistor series (with feedback) and shunt voltage regulators, short circuit and fold back protection.

Module II (14)

DC analysis of BJTs - BJT as amplifier. Small signal equivalent circuits (Low frequency π and h models only). Transistor Biasing circuits, Stability factors, Thermal runaway. Small signal analysis of CE, CB, CC configurations using approximate hybrid π model (gain, input and output impedance)

Module III (12)

MOSFET I-V relation, load lines, small signal parameters, small signal equivalent circuits, body effect. Biasing of MOSFETs amplifiers. Analysis of single stage discrete MOSFET amplifiers – small signal voltage and current gain, input and output impedance of Basic Common Source amplifier, Common Source amplifier with and without source bypass capacitor, Source follower amplifier, Common Gate amplifier.

Module IV (12)

High frequency equivalent circuits of BJTs, MOSFETs, Miller effect, short circuit current gain, s-domain analysis, amplifier transfer function. Analysis of high frequency response of CE, CB, CC and CS, CG, CD amplifiers.

Module V (12)

Power amplifiers: Class A, B, AB and C circuits - efficiency and distortion. Biasing of class AB circuits. Transformer less power amplifiers.

Feed back amplifiers - Properties of negative feed back. The four basic feed back topologies- Series-shunt, series-series, shunt-shunt, shunt-series. Analysis and design of discrete circuits in each feedback topology - Voltage, Current, Trans conductance and Trans resistance amplifiers, loop gain, input and output impedance. Stability of feedback circuits.

References:

1. Sedra and Smith: Microelectronic Circuits, 4/e, Oxford University Press 1998. 2. B. Razavi , “Fundamentals of Microelectronics”, Wiley 3. Donald A Neamen. : Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design, 3/e, Tata Mc.Graw Hill. 4. Millman and Halkias: Integrated Electronics, Tata Mc.Graw Hill, 2004.

39

5. Spencer & Ghausi: Introduction to Electronic Circuit Design, Pearson Education, 2003. 6. Roger T. Howe, Charles G. Sodini: Microelectronics: An Integrated Approach, Pearson

Education, 1997. 7. R E Boylstead and L Nashelsky: Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, 9/e, Pearson

Education

40

EC010 306 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING

Teaching Scheme

3 lecture hours and 1ntutorial hour 4 credits

Objectives • To develop the programming skill using C

Module 1 (12 hrs) Problem solving with digital Computer - Steps in Computer programming - Features of a good program, Algorithms – Flowchart. Introduction to C: C fundamentals - The character set - identifiers and keywords - Data types - constants - variables and arrays - declarations - expressions - statements - symbolic constants- arithmetic operators - Relational and Logical operators - The conditional operator - Library functions - Data input and output - getchar – putchar, scanf, printf - gets and puts functions - interactive programming.

Module 2 (12 hrs) Control Statements: While - do while - for - nested loops -if else switch- break - continue - The comma operator - go to statement, Functions - a brief overview - defining a function - accessing a function - passing arguments to a function - specifying argument - data types - function prototypes - Recursion.

Module 3 (12 hrs) Program structure: storage classes - Automatic variables - external variables - multi file programs. Arrays: defining an array - processing an array - passing arrays in a function – multi dimensional arrays - array and strings. Structures and unions: defining a structure - processing a structure - user defined data types - passing structure to a function – self referential structures - unions.

Module 4 (12hrs) Pointers: Fundamentals - pointer declaration - passing pointers to a function - pointers and one dimensional arrays - operations on pointers - pointers and multi dimensional arrays – passing functions to other functions.

Module 5 (12 hrs) Data files: Opening and closing of a data file - creating a data file - processing a data file, low level programming - register variables – bit wise operation - bit fields - enumeration - command line parameters - macros - the C pre-processor.

References

1. Byron Gottfried, Programming with C, Schaum’s Outlines ,Tata Mc.Graw Hill. 2. Kernighan & Ritchie , “The C programming language:”, Prentice Hall of India.. 3. Venkateshmurthy , “Programming Techniques through C”:, Pearson Education.

41

4. Al Kelley, Ira Pohl , “A book on C” , Pearson Education. 5. Balaguruswamy , “Programming in C” , Tata Mc Graw Hill. 6. Ashok N Kanthane , “Programming with ANSI and Turbo C”, Pearson Education. 7. Stephen C. Kochan , “Programming in C” , CBS publishers.

42

Teaching Schemes

EC010 307 ANALOG CIRCUITS LAB

3 hours practical per week Credits: 2 Objectives

• To provide experience on design, testing, and analysis of few basic electronic circuits using BJT and MOSFET.

• To provide experience on electronic circuit simulation software like SPICE .

1. Characteristics of Diodes & Zener diodes. 2. Characteristics of Transistors (CE & CB). 3. Characteristics of MOSFET. 4. Frequency responses of RC Low pass and high pass filters. RC Integrating and Differentiating

circuits. 5. Rectifiers-half wave, full wave, Bridge with and without filter- ripple factor and

regulation. 6. Clipping and clamping circuits. 7. Zener Regulator with & without emitter follower. 8. RC Coupled CE amplifier - frequency response characteristics. 9. MOSFET amplifier (CS) - frequency response characteristics. 10. Feedback amplifiers (current series, voltage series) - Gain and frequency response 11. Power amplifiers (transformer less), Class B and Class AB.

Introduction to SPICE

Models of resistor, capacitor, inductor, energy sources (VCVS, CCVS, Sinusoidal source, pulse, etc) and transformer. Models of DIODE, BJT, FET, MOSFET, etc.. Simulation of following circuits using spice (Schematic entry of circuits using standard packages). Analysis- (transient, AC, DC, etc.): 1. Potential divider. 2. Integrator & Differentiator (I/P PULSE) – Frequency response of RC circuits. 3. Diode Characteristics. 4. BJT Characteristics. 5. FET Characteristics. 6. MOS characteristics. 7. Full wave rectifiers (Transient analysis) including filter circuits. 8. Voltage Regulators. 9. Sweep Circuits. 10. RC Coupled amplifiers - Transient analysis and Frequency response. 11. FET & MOSFET amplifiers.

43

EC010 308:PROGRAMMING LAB

Teaching scheme Credits: 2 3 hours practical per week

Objectives

• To familiarize with computer hardware, operating systems and commonly used software packages

• To learn computer programming and debugging

Part 1

1. Computer hardware familiarization. 2. Familiarization/installation of common operating systems and application software.

Part 2

Programming Experiments in C/C++: Programming experiments in C/C++ to cover control structures, functions, arrays, structures, pointers and files.

44

Fourth Semester

45

EN010401 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III

(Common to all branches)


2 hours lecture and 2 hour tutorial per week Objectives: Apply standard methods of mathematical &statistical analysis

MODULE 1 Fourier series ( 12 hours)

Dirichlet conditions – Fourier series with period 2 π and 2l – Half range sine and cosine series – Harmonic Analysis – r.m.s Value

MODULE 2 Fourier Transform ( 12 hours)

Statement of Fourier integral theorem – Fourier transforms – derivative of transforms- convolution theorem (no proof) – Parsevals identity

MODULE 3 Partial differential equations ( 12 hours)

Formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions – solution of Lagrange’s equation – Charpits method –solution of Homogeneous partical differential equations with constant coefficients

MODULE 4 Probability distribution ( 12 hours)

Concept of random variable , probability distribution – Bernoulli’s trial – Discrete distribution – Binomial distribution – its mean and variance- fitting of Binominal distribution – Poisson distribution as a limiting case of Binominal distribution – its mean and variance – fitting of Poisson distribution – continuous distribution- Uniform distribution – exponential distribution – its mean and variance – Normal distribution – Standard normal curve- its properties

MODULE 5 Testing of hypothesis ( 12 hours)

Populations and Samples – Hypothesis – level of significance – type I and type II error – Large samples tests – test of significance for single proportion, difference of proportion, single mean, difference of mean – chi –square test for variance- F test for equality of variances for small samples

References

1. Bali& Iyengar – A text books of Engg. Mathematics – Laxmi Publications Ltd. 2. M.K. Venkataraman – Engg. Mathematics vol II 3rd year part A & B – National Publishing

Co. 3. I.N. Sneddon – Elements of partial differential equations – Mc Graw Hill 4. B.V. Ramana – Higher Engg. Mathematics – Mc Graw Hill 5. Richard A Johnson – Miller Fread’s probability & Statistics for Engineers- Pearson/ PHI

46

6. T. Veerarajan – Engg. Mathematics – Mc Graw Hill 7. G. Haribaskaran – Probability, Queueing theory and reliability Engg. – Laxmi Publications 8. V. Sundarapandian - probability ,Statistics and Queueing theory – PHI 9. H.C.Taneja – Advanced Engg. Mathematics Vol II – I.K.International 10. A.K.Mukhopadhyay-Mathematical Methods For Engineers and Physicists-I.K.International

47

Mahatma Gandhi University

EN010 402(ME): PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (Common with EN010 502(ME))

Teaching scheme Credits: 4 3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week

Objectives

• To develop an understanding of different functional areas of management. • To understand the functions and duties an individual should perform in an

organisation.

Module I (12 hours) Management Concepts: Vision, Mission, Goals and Objectives of management-MBO- Scientific management- Functions of management- Planning- Organizing- Staffing- Directing- Motivating- Communicating- Coordinating- Controlling- Authority and Responsibility- Delegation- Span of control- Organizational structure- Line, Line and staff and Functional relationship.

Module II (12 hours) Personnel Management: Definition and concept- Objectives of personnel management- Manpower planning- Recruitment and Selection of manpower- Training and development of manpower- Labour welfare- Labour turnover- Quality circle- Industrial fatigue- Industrial disputes-Method of settling disputes- Trade unions.

Module III (12 hours) Production management: Objectives and scope of production management- Functions of production department- production management frame work- product life cycle-Types of production- Production procedure- Project planning with CPM and PERT- Basic concepts in network.

Module IV (12 hours) Financial Management: Objectives and Functions of Financial Management- Types of Capital- Factors affecting working capital- Methods of financing. Cost Management: Elements of cost- Components of cost- Selling Price of a product.

Module V (12 hours) Sales and Marketing Management: Sales management- Concept- Functions of sales department- Duties of sales engineer- Selling concept and Marketing concept- Marketing- Definition and principles of marketing- Marketing management and its functions- Sales forecasting- Pricing- Advertising- Sales promotion- Channels of distribution- Market research.

Text Books 1. Koontz and Weihrich, Essentials of Management, Tata McGraw Hill. 2. Mahajan M., Industrial Engineering and Production Management, Dhanpat Rai and Co. 3. Kemthose and Deepak, Industrial Engineering an Management, Prentice Hall of India.

Reference Books

1. Martand Telsang, Industrial Engineering and Production Management. 2. Khanna O.P., Industrial Engineering and Management, Dhanpat Rai and Co. 3. Philip Kotler, Marketing Management, Prentice Hall of India. 4. Sharma S. C. & Banga T. R., Industrial Organisation and Engineering Economics,

Khanna Publishers. 5. Prasanna Chandra, Financial Management, Tata McGraw Hill.

Syllabus - B.Tech. Mechanical Engineering

48

EC010 403 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS

Teaching scheme Credits: 4 2 hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week

Objectives

• To study the methods of analysis of continuous time and discrete time signals and systems to

serve as a foundation for further study on communication, signal processing and control

Module I (12 hrs)

Classification of signals: Continuous time and Discrete time, Even and Odd , Periodic and Non- periodic , Energy and Power – Basic operations on signals: Operations performed on the dependent variable , operations on the independent variable: Shifting , Scaling – Elementary Discrete time and Continuous time signals: Exponential , Sinusoidal , Step , Impulse , Ramp – Systems: Properties of Systems: Stability, Memory, Causality, Invertibility, Time invariance, Linearity – LTI Systems: Representation of Signals in terms of impulses – Impulse response – Convolution sum and Convolution integral – Cascade and Parallel interconnections – Memory, Invertibility, Causality and Stability of LTI systems – Step response of LTI systems – Systems described by differential and difference equations (solution by conventional methods not required)

Module II (12 hrs)

Fourier analysis for continuous time signals and systems: Representation of periodic signals: Continuous Time Fourier Series – convergence of Fourier series – Gibbs phenomenon – Representation of aperiodic signals: Continuous Time Fourier Transform – The Fourier Transform for periodic signals – Properties of Fourier representations – Frequency Response of systems characterized by linear constant coefficient differential equations

Module III (12 hrs)

Fourier analysis for discrete time signals and systems: : Representation of periodic signals: Discrete Time Fourier Series – Representation of aperiodic signals: Discrete Time Fourier Transform – The Fourier Transform for periodic signals – Properties of Fourier representations – Frequency Response of systems characterized by linear constant coefficient difference equations

Module IV (12 hrs)

Filtering: Frequency domain characteristics of ideal filters – Time domain characteristics of ideal LPF – Non-ideal filters – First and Second order filters described by differential and difference equations – Approximating functions: Butterworth, Chebyshev and elliptic filters (Magnitude response only) – Sampling: The sampling theorem – Reconstruction of a signal from its samples using interpolation – Aliasing

49

Module V (12 hrs)

Bilateral Laplace Transform – ROC – Inverse – Geometric evaluation of the Fourier transform from pole-zero plot – Analysis and characterization of LTI systems using Laplace Transform – The Z Transform – ROC – Inverse – Geometric evaluation of the Fourier Transform from pole-zero plot – Properties of Z transform - Analysis and characterization of LTI systems using Z-Transform

References:

1) A V Oppenheim, A S Willsky and S H Nawab, Signals and Systems, Prentice Hall of

India. 2) S Haykin, and B V Veen, Signals and Systems, Wiley 3) B P Lathi, Signal Processing and Linear Systems, OUP 4) E W Kamen, and B Heck, Fundamentals of Signals and Systems using the

web and Matlab, Pearson 5) Luis F Chaparro , Signals and Systems Using MATLAB, Elsevier 6) R E Ziemer, and W H Tranter, Signals and Systems, Pearson. 7) R A Gabel and R A Roberts, Signals and Linear Systems, Wiley

50


EC010 404: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS

Teaching scheme Credits: 4 3hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week.

Objectives • To Work with a variety of number systems and numeric representations, including signed and unsigned binary, hexadecimal, 2’s complement. • To introduce basic postulates of Boolean algebra and show the correlation between Boolean expression. • To introduce the methods for simplifying Boolean expressions. • To outline the formal procedures for the analysis and design of combinational circuits and sequential circuits.

Module I (12hours) Positional Number System: Binary, Octal, Decimal, Hexadecimal number system, Number base conversions, complements - signed magnitude binary numbers - Binary Arithmetic- addition, subtraction - Binary codes- Weighted, BCD, 8421, Gray code, Excess 3 code, ASCII, Error detecting and correcting code, parity, hamming code. Boolean postulates and laws with proof, De-Morgan’s Theorems, Principle of Duality, Minimization of Boolean expressions, Sum of Products (SOP), Product of Sums (POS), Canonical forms, Karnaugh map Minimization, Don’t care conditions

Module II (12 hours) Digital Circuits: Positive and Negative logic, Transistor transistor logic, TTL with totem pole, open collector and tri state output, Emitter coupled logic – basic ECL inverter, NMOS NOR gate, CMOS inverter, NAND and NOR, Gate performance parameters – fan in, fan out, propagation delay, noise margin, power dissipation for each logic, characteristics of TTL and CMOS, subfamilies of TTL and CMOS.

Module III (12 hours) Introduction to Combinational Circuits: Basic logic gates, Universal gates, Realization of Boolean functions using universal gates, Realization of combinational functions: addition – half and full adder – n bit adder – carry look ahead adder, subtraction, comparison, code conversion, and decoder, encoder, multiplexer, demultiplexer, parity checkers, and parity generator. Introduction to Sequential Circuits: latches, timing, Flip Flops, types, characteristic equations, excitation tables, Realization of one flip flop using other flip flops.

Module IV (12 hours) Application of flip flops as bounce elimination switch, register, counter and RAM, Binary ripple counter, synchronous binary counter, Design of modulo ‘n’ synchronous counter, up/down counters, Shift registers – SISO, SIPO, PISO, PIPO, bidirectional shift register and universal register, counters based on shift registers

Module V (12 hours) Hazards in combinational circuits: Static hazard, dynamic hazard, essential hazards, hazard free combinational circuits. Introduction to programmable logic devices: PLA- block diagram, PAL – block diagram, registered PAL, Configurable PAL, GAL - architecture, CPLD –

Syllabus - B.Tech. Electronics & Communication Engg. 51

Mahatma Gandhi University classification internal architecture, FPGA - architecture, ASIC – categories , full custom and semi custom.

Reference Books

1. Donald D Givone, Digital Principles and Design, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003. 2. G K Kharate, Digital Electronics, Oxford university press, 2010 3. Ronald J Tocci, Digital Systems, Pearson Education, 10th edition 2009. 4. Thomas L Floyd, Digital Fundamentals, Pearson Education, 8th edition, 2003. 5. Donald P Leach, Albert Paul Malvino, Digital Principles and Applications, Tata McGraw

Hill 6th edition, 2006. 6. Charles H.Roth, Fundamentals of Logic Design, Thomson Publication Company 5th

edition, 2004. 7. Milos Ercegovac, Introduction to Digital Systems, Wiley India, 2010 8. Moris mano, Digital Design, Prentice Hall of India, 3rd edition, 2002. 9. Anada kumar, Fundamentals of Digital Circuits, Prentice Hall of India, 2008. 10. Brain Holdesworth, Digital Logic Design, Elsevier, 4th edition, 2002.


EC010 405 ANALOG COMMUNICATION


Objectives: • Present an introduction to linear and non linear modulation and circuits. • Familiarize students with the basics of probability theory and noise in communication system. • Introduce students to telephone system

Module 1(12 hrs)

Introduction: Block diagram of communication system –need for modulation Linear Modulation: Mathematical representation of AM- frequency spectrum - Power relations, SSB, VSB and ISB (Basics only) Angle Modulation: FM and PM, Spectrum of FM signal, Power and Bandwidth of FM signals, Comparison of AM- FM- PM.

Module 2 (12 hrs)

Linear Modulators and Demodulators: Diode and Transistor Modulator, Square Law Detector Envelope Detector. Generation and Detection of DSB-SC signal :-Balanced Modulator, Ring Modulator, Synchronous Detection. SSB-SC generation:-Filter method, Phase shift method, Detection of SSB- Product demodulator

Module 3 (12 hrs)

Non Linear modulators and Demodulators:-FM Generation: Direct and Indirect methods, FM Detection:-Simple slope, balanced slope detection, Foster –Seeley detection, Ratio Detection Radio Transmitters and Receivers:- AM transmitters:-High level and Low level, Receivers:- characteristics of receivers, Super heterodyne receiver, Image frequency rejection, choice of intermediate frequency, mixer, AGC . FM Stereo Transmitter and Receiver.

Module 4 (12 hrs)

Probability and Random Variables: -Probability, Sample Space, Events, Conditional Probability and Statistical Independence, Bayes’ Theorem, Discrete And Continuous Random Variables, CDF and PDF Joint and Conditional PDF, Statistical Averages: Means, Moments, Expectation Probability models: Binomial Distribution, Gaussian Distribution, Rayleigh Distribution

Module 5 (12 hrs)

Noise:- Sources of noise, shot noise, resistor noise, white noise, additive noise, noise bandwidth, noise temperature, noise figure, signal to noise ratio, noise for cascaded stages

53

Telephone Systems - Telephone subscribers loop system, switching and transmission plan, Transmission system, Signalling techniques, Interchannel signalling, common channel signalling, standard telephone set, telephone call procedures, call progress.

References 1. LE Frenzel, Principles of Electronic Communication System 3rd Edition, Tata

Mc.GrawHill. 2. Kennedy,Davis , Electronic Communication systems 4th Edition ,Tata Mc.GrawHill. 3. D Roddy and J Coolen: Electronic Communications, Prentice Hall of India. 4. RP Singh ,S D Sapre ,Communication System, Analog &Digital, Tata Mc.Graw Hill 5. AB Carlson,PB Crilly,JC Rutledge, Communication Systems 4th Edition, Mc.GrawHill 6. Wayne Tomasi ,Electronic communication Systems 5th Edition, Pearson Edn 7. RJ Shoenbeck ,Electronic communication ,Modulation & Transmission. Prentice Hall of

India. 8. ThiagarajanViswanathan, Telecommunication Switching systems and Networks, Prentice

Hall of India. 9. Simon Haykin ,Communication System,Wiley

54

EC010 406 : ANALOG CIRCUITS – II Teaching Scheme : Credits : 4 3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week.

Objectives:

• To understand differential amplifiers using BJT and MOSFET • To understand operational amplifier and its applications.

Module I (12)

Differential Amplifiers - BJT differential pair, large signal and small signal analysis of differential amplifiers, Input resistance, voltage gain, CMRR, non ideal characteristics of differential amplifier. Frequency response of differential amplifiers. MOS differential amplifiers, Current sources, Active load, cascode load, current mirror circuits, Wilson current mirror circuits. Small signal equivalent circuits, multistage differential amplifiers.

Module II (12)

Simplified internal circuit of 741 op-amp. DC analysis, Gain and frequency response. MOS Operational Amplifiers, single stage- cascode and folded cascode, two stage op-amp, op-amp with output buffer, frequency compensation and slew rate in two stage Op-amps. Ideal op- amp parameters, Non ideal op-amp. Effect of finite open loop gain, bandwidth and slew rate on circuit performance.

Module III (12)

Opamp applications: Inverting and non-inverting amplifier, summing amplifier, integrator, differentiator, Differential amplifiers, Instrumentation amplifiers, V to I and I to V converters, Comparators, Schmitt Trigger, Square and triangular waveform generator, Oscillators – RC Phase-shift and Wein-Bridge, Multivibrators – Astable and Monostable, Precision rectifiers, Programmable gain Amplifier

Module IV (12)

Filters: Ist order Low pass, high pass and all pass filters - Bandpass and band elimination filters Biquadratic filters (single op-amp with finite gain non inverting Sallen-Key of Low pass, High pass, Band pass and Band elimination filters. Switched capacitor Resistor, switched capacitor Integrator, Ist order SC filter

Module V (12)

D/A converters: DAC characteristics- resolution, output input equations, weighted resistor, R-2R network. A/D converter: ADC characteristics, Types - Dual slope, Counter ramp, Successive approximation, flash ADC, oversampling and delta sigma ADC.

Waveform generators – grounded capacitor VCO and emitter coupled VCO. Basic PLL topology and principle, transient response of PLL, Linear model of PLL, Major building blocks of PLL – analog and digital phase detector, VCO, filter. Applications of PLL. Monolithic PLL - IC LM565 and CD4046 CMOS PLL. 555 Timer Astable Multi vibrator and Monostable Multi vibrator using 555.

55

References:

1. Sergio Franco: Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog Integrated Circuits, 3/e,Tata Mc.Graw Hill.

2. Behzad Razavi : Design of Analog CMOS IC, Tata Mc.Graw Hill, 2003. 3. Gayakwad : Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits , 4/e, Prentice Hall of India.. 4. David A.Johns, Ken Martin: Analog Integrated Circuit Design, Wiley India, 2008 5. Gray, Hurst, Lewis and Meyer Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits, Wiley 6. Baker R Jacob: CMOS Circuit Design, Layout and Simulation, Prentice hall of India.,2005

56

EC010 407 ANALOG CIRCUITS-II LAB Teaching Schemes 3 hours practical per week. Credits: 2

Objectives

• To provide experience on design, testing, and analysis of few electronic circuits. • To provide experience on design ,testing and analysis of op-amp circuits .

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Differential amplifiers (using BJT and MOSFETs) - Measurement of CMRR 2. Cascade amplifiers - Frequency response. 3. Cascode amplifiers (using BJT and MOSFETs) - Frequency response.

4. Familiarization of Operational amplifiers- Inverting and Non inverting amplifiers, frequency

response, Adder, Integrator, comparator and voltage level detector. 5. Measurement of Op-Amp. parameters. 6. Difference Amplifier and Instrumentation amplifier. 7. Astable, Monostable and Schmitt trigger circuit using Op -Amps. 8. Triangular and square wave generators using Op- Amplifier. 9. Wien bridge oscillator using op-amplifier with amplitude stabilization and amplitude control, RC

Phase shift Oscillator. 10. Study of 555 and Astable, Monostable multivibrator using 555. 11. Active second order filters using Op-Amp (LPF, HPF, BPF and BSF) 12. . A/D converters- counter ramp and flash type. 13. D/A Converters- ladder circuit.

57

EC010 408 ANALOG COMMUNICATION LAB Teaching scheme Credits: 2

3 hours practical per week

Objectives

• To provide experience on design, testing, and analysis of few electronic circuits used for communication engineering.

To understand basic transmission concepts and to develop strong concepts in fundamentals. List of Experiments Using discrete components only:

1. Amplitude Modulator-Measurement of Modulation index. 2. Amplitude Demodulator 3. Study of PLL and VCO ICs 4. Frequency Modulator using VCO 5. Frequency Demodulator 6. DSB-SC Modulator 7. DSB-SC Demodulator 8. Tuned Amplifier 9. Mixer 10. AGC 11. Study of 8038 12. Spectral Analysis of AM and FM . 13. Multiplexing using analog multiplexer ICs

Note:Any other relevant experiments related to EC 010 405

58

Fifth Semester

59

EN010501A ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS IV

(Common to all branches except CS & IT)


2 hours lecture and 2 hour tutorial per week

Objectives: Use basic numerical techniques to solve problems and provide scientific techniques to decision making problems.

MODULE 1 Function of Complex variable (12 hours)

Analytic functions – Derivation of C.R. equations in cartision co-ordinates – harmonic and orthogonal properties – construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts – complex potential –

conformal mapping of z2 , - Bilinear transformation – cross ratio – invariant property (no proof) –

simple problems MODULE 2 Complex integration (12 hours)

Line integral – Cauchy’s integral theorem – Cauchy’s integral formula – Taylor’s series- Laurent’s series – Zeros and singularities – types of singularities – Residues – Residue theorem – evaluation of real integrals in unit circle – contour integral in semi circle when poles lie on imaginary axis.

MODULE 3 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations (10 hours)

Successive bisection method – Regula –falsi method – Newton –Raphson method - Secant method – solution of system of linear equation by Gauss – Seidel method

MODULE 4 Numerical solution of Ordinary differential equations ( 10 hours)

Taylor’s series method – Euler’s method – modified Euler’s method – Runge – Kutta method (IV order) - Milnes predictor – corrector method

MODULE 5 Linear programming problem (16 hours)

Definition of L.P.P., solution, optimal solution, degenerate solution – graphical solution –solution using simplex method (non degenerate case only) Big -M method – Duality in L.P.P. – Transportation problem –Balanced T.P. – initial solution using Vogel’s approximation method - modi method (non degenerate case only)

References

1. B.V. Ramana – Higher Engg. Mathematics – Mc Graw Hill 2. M.R.Spicgel , S.Lipschutz , John J. Schiller, D.Spellman – Complex variables, schanm’s outline

series - Mc Graw Hill 3. S.Bathul – text book of Engg.Mathematics – Special functions and complex variables –PHI 4. B.S. Grewal – Numerical methods in Engg. and science - Khanna Publishers 5. Dr.M.K Venkataraman- Numerical methods in science and Engg -National publishing co

60

6. S.S Sastry - Introductory methods of Numerical Analysis -PHI 7. P.K.Gupta and D.S. Hira – Operations Research – S.Chand 8. Panneer Selvam– Operations Research – PHI 9. H.C.Taneja – Advanced Engg. Mathematics Vol II – I.K.International

61

Teaching Scheme

EC010 502 CONTROL SYSTEMS

2 hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week. Credit :4

Objectives

• To develop the basic understanding of control system theory and its role in engineering design.

• To familiarize the inputs, outputs, and building blocks of a control system; to differentiate between open-loop and closed-loop control systems.

• To understand the utility of Laplace transforms and transfer functions for modeling complex interconnected systems.

• To understand the concept of poles and zeros of a transfer function and how they affect the physical behavior of a system.

• To understand the concept of Time Domain and Frequency Domain analysis and to determine the physical behavior of systems using these analysis.

• To understand state variable analysis of systems and the relationship with state variable representation and transfer functions.

Module 1 (14 hours)

Introduction to Control Systems – Basic building blocks of a Control System – Open-Loop and Closed-Loop Control Systems – Feedback and effects of feedback – Types of feedback Control Systems – LTI Systems.

Impulse Response and Transfer Functions of LTI Systems – Properties of Transfer Functions – SISO and MIMO Systems – Mathematical modeling of electrical and mechanical systems (simple systems only) – Analogy between mechanical and electrical systems.

Block Diagrams – Reduction of Block Diagrams – Signal Flow Graph – Mason’s Gain Formula – Conversion of Block Diagrams to Signal Flow Graphs.

Module 2 (14 hours)

Stability of Linear Control Systems – BIBO Stability and Asymptotic Stability – Relationship between characteristic equation roots and stability – Method of determining stability – Routh- Hurwitz Criterion.

Time-Domain Analysis of Control Systems – Transient Response and Steady-State Response – Typical test signals – Unit-Step response and Time-Domain specifications of first-order and prototype second-order systems – Steady-State Error – Static and Dynamic Error Constants.

Effects of adding poles and zeros to the Transfer Function – Dominant Poles and Insignificant Poles of Transfer Functions.

Module 3 (10 hours)

Root-Locus Technique – Basic properties of the Root Loci – Angle and Magnitude conditions – Rules for the construction of approximate Root Loci.

Control System Design by the Root-Locus Method – Preliminary design considerations – Lead Compensation – Lag Compensation – Lead-Lag Compensation – Parallel Compensation.

Module 4 (12 hours)

Frequency-Domain Analysis of Control Systems – Frequency-Domain specifications of prototype second order system – Effects of adding zeros and poles to the Forward-Path Transfer Function.

62

Nyquist Stability Criterion: Fundamentals – Relationship between the Root Loci and the Nyquist Plot.

Relative Stability – Gain Margin and Phase Margin – Stability analysis with Bode Plot and Polar Plot – Introduction to Nichols Plot, Constant-M & Constant-N circles and Nichols Chart (no analysis required).

Module 5 (10 hours)

State-Variable Analysis of Control Systems – Vector-Matrix representation of State Equations – State-Transition Matrix – State-Transition Equation – Relationship between State Equations and Higher-Order differential equations – Relationship between State Equations and Transfer Functions - Characteristic Equation, Eigen values and Eigen vectors.

References

1. B. C. Kuo, Automatic Control Systems, 7th ed., PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.

2. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, 5th ed., PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.

3. R. C. Dorf, R. H. Bishop, Modern Control Systems, 11th ed., Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2008.

4. N. S. Nise, Control Systems Engineering, 5th ed., Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.

5. M. Gopal, Control Systems: Principles and Design, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2008.

63


EC010 503 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN

Teaching scheme Credits: 4 3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week.

Objectives

• To design and implement combinational circuits using basic programmable blocks • To design and implement synchronous sequential circuits • To study the fundamentals of Verilog HDL • Ability to simulate and debug a digital system described in Verilog HDL

Module I (12hours) Introduction to Verilog HDL: Design units, Data objects, Signal drivers, Delays , Data types, language elements, operators, user defined primitives, modeling-data flow, behavioral, structural, Verilog implementation of simple combinational circuits: adder, code converter, decoder, encoder, multiplexer, demultiplexer.

Module II (12 hours) Combinational circuit implementation using Quine–McCluskey algorithm, Decoders, Multiplexers, ROM and PLA, Implementation of multi output gate implementations

Module III (12 hours) Finite State Machines: State diagram, State table, State assignments, State graphs, Capabilities and limitations of FSM, Meta stability, Clock skew, Mealy and Moore machines, Modelling of clocked synchronous circuits as mealy and Moore machines: serial binary adder, Sequence detector, design examples.

Module IV (12 hours) Digital System Design Hierarchy: State assignments, Reduction of state tables, Equivalent states, Determination of state equivalence using implication table, Algorithmic State Machine, ASM charts, Design example.

Module V (12 hours) Verilog HDL implementation of binary multiplier, divider, barrel shifter, FSM, Linear feedback shift register, Simple test bench for combinational circuits.

Reference 1. Michael D.Ciletti, Advanced Digital design with Verilog HDL, Pearson Education, 2005. 2. S. Brown & Z. Vranestic, Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog HDL, Tata

McGraw Hill, 2002. 3. Samir Palitkar, Verilog HDL A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis, Pearson, 2nd

edition, 2003. 4. Peter J Ashenden ,Digital Design, an embedded system approach using Verilog, Elsevier,

2008 5. Frank Vahid, Digital Design, Wiley Publishers. 6. T R Padmanabhan, Design through Verilog HDL, IEEE press, Wiley Inter science, 2002. 7. Donald D Givone, Digital Principles and Design, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003. 8. Wakerly J F, Digital Design Principles and Practices, Prentice hall of India, 2008. 9. Nazeih M Botros, HDL programming VHDL and Verilog, Dreamtech press, 2009 10. David J. Comer, Digital Logic and State Machine Design, Oxford university press, 3rd

edition, 1995.

Syllabus - B.Tech. Electronics & Communication Engg.

64

EC 010 504(EE) Electric Drives & Control

Teaching Schedule

2 hours Lecture and 2 hours tutorial /week Credits -4

Objectives:

· To understand the characteristics and operational features of important power electronic

devices · Understanding the basic working principles of DC and AC machines

Module 1(10 Hours)

D.C.Machines – DC Generator- Types, Open Circuit Characteristics and Load characteristics of d.c. shunt generator – Losses and efficiency. D C motor – starter – torque equation – speed torque characteristics of shunt, series and compound motors – Losses – efficiency – Brake test – Swinburne’s test.

Module 2(12 Hours)

A.C Machines – Transformers: transformer on no-load and load operation – phasor diagram – equivalent circuit – regulation – losses and efficiency – o.c. and s.c. tests. Three phase induction motors: types –Principle of operation-slip- torque equation – torque-slip characteristics–starters – single phase induction motors – types – working. Alternator –types- principle- emf equation – regulation by emf and mmf methods. Synchronous motor – Principle of operation.

Module3(10 Hours)

Power semiconductor Devices – SCR-Constructional features- Characteristics- rating and specification- Triggering circuits-protection and cooling. Construction and characteristics of power diodes, TRIAC, BJT, MOSFET and IGBT. .

Module 4(14 Hours)

Phase controlled Rectifiers - Operation and analysis of Single phase and multi-phase- controlled rectifiers with R, RL and back EMF load- free wheeling effect. Chopper- classification- Step down- step up- two and four quadrant operations.

Inverters- Single phase and three phase bridge inverters- VSI and CSI- PWM Inverters. SMPS, UPS– principle of operation and block schematic only.

Module 5(14 Hours)

DC drives: Methods of Speed control of dc motors– single phase and three phase fully controlled bridge rectifier drives. Chopper fed drives: Single, Two and four quadrant chopper drives. Induction Motor drives: Stator voltage, stator frequency and V/f

65

Control, Static rotor resistance control. Synchronous motor drives: Open loop and self controlled modes.

Text Books:

1 J B Gupta, Electrical Machines , S K Kataria and Sons

2 Vedam Subramaniam ,Power Semiconductor Drives –, TMH 3 Rashid Muhammad, Power Electronics: Pearson Edn.

References

1. Electrical & Electronic Technology: Hughes, Pearson Education 2. Harish C Ray Power Electronics:, Galgotia Pub 3. P S Bimbhra ,Power Electronics: Khanna Publishers 4. M.D Singh and K.B Khanchandani, Power Electronics –, TMH, 1998 5. Wildi - Electrical Machines, Drives and Power systems 6/ePearson Education

66

EC010 505 APPLIED ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY

Teaching Schemes Credit: 4 3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week.

OBJECTIVES

• To analyze fields potentials due to static changes • To evaluate static magnetic fields • To understand how materials affect electric and magnetic fields • To understand the relation between the fields under time varying situations • To understand principles of propagation of uniform plane waves.

Module I (14hours)

Review of vector analysis: Cartesian, Cylindrical and Spherical co-ordinates systems- Coordinate transformations. Vector fields: Divergence and curl- Divergence theorem- Stoke’s theorem. Static electric field: Electrical scalar potential- different types of potential distribution- Potential gradient- Energy stored in Electric field - Derivation of capacitance of two wire transmission line and coaxial cable –Electrostatic boundary conditions– Steady magnetic field: Ampere’s Law, Faraday’s Law, Helmholtz’s theorems, Energy stored in magnetic fields- Magnetic dipole- Magnetic boundary conditions- Vector magnetic potential A- Magnetic field intensity, Inductance of two wire transmission line and coaxial cable- Relation between E, V and A.- Equation of continuity, Poisson and Laplace equations.


Maxwell’s equations and travelling waves: Conduction current and displacement current, Maxwell’s equations- Plane waves- Poynting theorem and Poynting vector- Power flow in a coaxial cable – Instantaneous Average and Complex Poynting Vector. Plane electromagnetic waves- Solution for free space condition- Uniform plane wave:-wave equation for conducting medium- wave propagation in conductors and dielectric, depth of penetration, reflection and refraction of plane waves by conductor and dielectric. Wave polarization - Polarization of electromagnetic wave and derivation of polarization angle.


Guided wave :-Guided waves between parallel planes- Transverse Electric and Transverse

Magnetic waves and its characteristics- Waves in Rectangular Waveguides- Transverse Magnetic Waves in Rectangular Wave guides – Transverse Electric Waves in Rectangular Waveguides – characteristic of TE and TM Waves – Cut off wavelength and phase velocity – Impossibility of TEM waves in waveguides – Dominant mode in rectangular waveguide – Attenuation of TE and TM modes in rectangular waveguides – Wave impedances – characteristic impedance – Excitation of modes.

Moddule IV( 10 hours)

67

Circular waveguides and resonators:- Bessel functions – Solution of field equations in cylindrical co-ordinates – TM and TE waves in circular guides – wave impedances and characteristic impedance – Dominant mode in circular waveguide – excitation of modes – Microwave cavities, Rectangular cavity resonators, circular cavity resonator, Q factor of a cavity resonator.

Module IV (10hours)

Transmission lines:- Uniform transmission line- Transmission line equations. Voltage and Current distribution, loading of transmission lines. Transmission line Parameters – Characteristic impedance - Definition of Propagation Constant. General Solution of the transmission line, Derivation of input impedance of transmission line. VSWR and reflection coefficient – wavelength and velocity of propagation. Waveform distortion – distortion less transmission line. The quarter wave line and impedance matching:-The Smith Chart – Application of the Smith Chart – Single stub matching and double stub matching.

REFERENCES

1. W H.Hayt & J A Buck : “Engineering Electromagnetics” Tata McGraw-Hill, 7th

Edition 2007. 2. Mathew N.O. Sadiku: “Elements of Electromagnetics”–, Oxford Pub, 3rd Edition. 3. David K.Cheng: “Field and Wave Electromagnetics - Second Edition-Pearson

Edition, 2004. 4. W H.Hayt & J A Buck ,“Problems and Solutions in Electromagnetics” - Tata McGraw-

Hill,2010 5. E.C. Jordan & K.G. Balmain: “Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems.”

PHI. 6. J. D. Kraus : “Electromagnetics”, 5th Edition, Mc Graw Hill Publications. 7. Edminister : “Electromagnetics”, Schaum series, 2 Edn. 8. D A Pozar, Microwave Engineering, Wiley 9. Umran S. Inan & Aziz S. Inan: Engineering Electromagnetics, Pearson Education,

1999. 10. Nannapaneni Narayana Rao: Elements of Engineering Electromagnetics, 5th Edition,

Pearson Education. 11. Clayton R.Paul ,Keith W.Whites, Syed A Nasar “Introduction to Electromagnetic

Fileds” TATA McGraw-Hill 3rd Edition

68


EC010 506 MICROPROCESSORS AND APPLICATIONS Teaching scheme Credits: 4 3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week.

Objectives • To study the architecture of microprocessors 8085 and 8086.• To understand the instruction set of 8085.• To know the methods of interfacing them to the peripheral devices.• To use all the above in the design of microprocessor based systems.

Module I (12hours) Introduction to microprocessors and microcomputers: Function of microprocessors- organisation of a microprocessor based system – microprocessor architecture and its operations – memory – I/O devices - pin configuration and functions of 8085 – tristate bus concept - control signals– de-multiplexing AD0-AD7 – flags - memory interfacing - I/O addressing - I/O mapped I/O - memory mapped I/O schemes - instruction execution - fetch/execute cycle - instruction timings and operation status.

Module II (12 hours) Intel 8085 instruction set - instruction and data format – simple programs - programs in looping, counting and indexing – 16 bit arithmetic operations - stack and subroutines - basic concepts in serial I/O – 8085 serial I/O lines

Module III (12 hours) Basic interfacing concepts – interfacing input devices – interfacing output devices – interfacing as memory mapped I/O - Interrupts – vectored interrupt – restart as software instruction – interfacing A/D and D/A converters.

. Module IV (12 hours) Programmable interface devices – basic concepts – 8279 programmable keyboard / display interface – 8255A programmable peripheral interface – 8254 programmable interval timer – 8259A programmable interrupt controller - DMA and 8237 as DMA controller.

Module V (12 hours) Intel 8086 Microprocessor - Internal architecture – Block diagram – Minimum and maximum mode operation – Interrupt and Interrupt applications – memory organization – even and odd memory banks – segment registers – logical and physical address – advantages and disadvantages of physical memory.

Reference 1. Ramesh S Goankar, 8085 Microprocessors Architecture Application and Programming,

Penram International, 5th edition, 1999. 2. Aditya P Mathur, Introduction to Microprocessor, Tata McGraw-Hill, 3rd edition, 2002.3. Douglas V Hall, Microprocessors and Interfacing, Tata McGraw-Hill 2nd edition, 2008.4. N Senthil Kumar, M Saravanan, Microprocessors and Microcontrollers, Oxford

University press, 2010.5. John Uffenbeck, Microcomputer and Microprocessor, The 8080, 8085 And Z80

Programming, Interfacing and Trouble Shooting, PHI, 3rd edition, 2006.6. Michel Slater, Microprocessor Based Design A Comprehensive Guide to Effective

Hardware Design, PHI, 2009.


7. P K Ghosh, P R Sridhar, 0000 to 8085 Introduction to Microprocessors for Engineers andScientists, Prentice Hall of India, 2nd edition, 2006.

69

EC010 507 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB

Teaching scheme Credits: 2 3 hours practical per week.

Objectives

• To provide experience on design, testing, and realization of few digital circuits used. • To understand basic concepts of memories, decoders etc.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:-

1. Study of Logic Gates: Truth-table verification of OR, AND, NOT, XOR, NAND and NOR

gates.

2. Implementation of the given Boolean function using logic gates in both SOP and POS forms.

3. Design and Realization of half, full adder or subtractor using basic gates and universal gates.

4. Flip Flops: Truth-table verification of JK Master Slave FF, T and D FF.

5. Asynchronous Counter: Realization of 4-bit up counter and Mod-N counters.

6. Synchronous Counter: Realization of 4-bit up/down counter and Mod-N counter.

7. Shift Register: Study of shift right, SIPO, SISO, PIPO, PISO and shift left operations

8. Ring counter and Johnson Counter.

9. Design examples using Multiplexer and De multiplexer.

10. LED Display: Use of BCD to 7 Segment decoder / driver chip to drive LED display

11. Static and Dynamic Characteristic of NAND gate (both TTL and MOS)

Mini Project based on above experiments.

70


EC 010 508(EE) Electric Drives and Control Lab

Teaching scheme Credits: 2 3 hours practical per week

Objectives

· To familiarise the students with the working and characteristics of various electrical machines.

· To provide experience on design and analysis of few power electronic circuits

Experiments

1. OCC of self and separately excited D.C machines – critical resistances of various

speeds. Voltage build-up with a given field circuit resistance. Critical speed for a given field circuit resistance.

2 Characteristics of D.C series motor 3 Load Test on D.C shunt motor and obtain the performance characteristics.

4. Swinburne’s test on D.C machine

5 Polarity, transformation ratio tests of single phase transformers

6. O.C and S.C tests on single phase transformers – calculation of performance using equivalent circuit – efficiency, regulation at unity, lagging and leading power factors.

7. Load test on a single phase transformer .

8. Load test on induction motor.

9. Pre-determination of regulation of an alternator by emf and mmf methods.

10. VI characteristics of SCR . 11 VI

characteristics of TRIAC.

12 R and RC-firing scheme for control of SCR.

13 UJT-firing scheme for SCR.

14 Design and Implementation of digital firing scheme for simple SCR circuits.

.

References:

1. Dr. P S Bimbra, Electrical Machinery, Khanna Publishers 2. R K Rajput, A text book of Electrical Machines, Laxmi publishers

3. . Umanand, Power Electronics- Essentials and Applications, Wiley India 2009

71

Sixth Semester

72

EC010 601 DIGITAL COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES Teaching scheme Credits: 4

2 hours lecture and 2 hour tutorial per week

Objectives: To develop ability to analyze communication engineering problems and also to design and develop different communication and electronics systems for processing signals and data.

MODULE I (12 hrs)

Random Signal Theory: Random process: stationarity,ergodicity, mean, auto correlation, cross correlation, covariance, random process transmission through linear filters, power spectral density, cross correlation functions, cross spectral densities, Gaussian process, Discrete Time Random Process, White Process

Signal Space Representation of Waveforms: Vector Space Concept, Signal Space Concepts, Orthogonal Expansion, Gram- Schmidt Orthogonalization Procedure

MODULE II (12 hrs)

Detection and Estimation: Model of digital communication system, response of bank of correlators to noisy input. Detection of known signals in noise:-ML Receiver. Probability of error calculation, erf, Correlation Receiver, Matched Filter Receiver, properties, detection of signals with unknown phase in noise, Estimation concepts: ML Estimate.

MODULE III (12 hrs)

Pulse Modulation Techniques: Sampling and pulse modulation: Sampling theorem, Ideal sampling and reconstruction, practical sampling and Aliasing, PAM, PWM, PPM, Quantizing, Quantization Noise, Companding, PCM generation and reconstruction, DPCM, Delta Modulation, Adaptive Delta Modulation, digital multiplexing

MODULE IV (12 hrs)

Baseband shaping for Data Transmission: Binary signaling format, Inter Symbol Interference, Nyquist criterion for distortion less base band binary transmission: Ideal solution, practical solution, correlative coding: Duobinary signaling, modified duobinary, generalized form of correlative coding, eye pattern, equalization ,adaptive equalization, synchronization techniques: bit synchronization, frame synchronization

73

MODULE V (12 hrs) Bandpass Digital Transmission: Digital CW Modulation: ASK, BFSK, BPSK, MSK, Coherent binary system, timing and synchronization, Non coherent binary system, Differentially coherent PSK, Quadrature carrier and M-ary systems: quadrature carrier system, MPSK, M-ary QAM, Trellis coded modulation

References:

1. Simon Haykin , Introduction To Analog And Digital Communications, Wiley India Edition

2. Proakis& Salehi, Digital Communications, Mc Graw Hill International Edition.

3. Herbert Taub, Schilling Donald L.,“Principles of Communication Systems,3rd e/d, Tata Mc Graw Hill,2007.

4. Carlson, Crilly, Rutledge, “Communication Systems” 4th Edition, McGraw Hill 5. Simon Haykin , Digital Communications, Wiley India Edition

6. Sklar,Kumar Ray, Digital Communications, Pearson Education

7. Glover,Grant, Digital Communications, Pearson Education

74

EC010 602 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING Teaching scheme Credits: 4 2 hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week

Objectives

• To study the fundamentals of discrete-time system analysis, digital filter design and the DFT

Module I (12 hrs)

Advantages of DSP – Review of discrete time signals and systems – Discrete time LTI systems – Review of DTFT – Existence – Symmetry properties – DTFT theorems – Frequency response- Review of Z transform – ROC – Properties Sampling of Continuous time signals – Frequency domain representation of sampling – Aliasing - Reconstruction of the analog signal from its samples – Discrete time processing of continuous time signals – Impulse invariance – Changing the sampling rate using discrete time processing – Sampling rate reduction by an integer factor – Compressor – Time and frequency domain relations – Sampling rate increase by an integer factor – Expander – Time and frequency domain relations – Changing the sampling rate by a rational factor.

Module II (12 hrs)

Transform analysis of LTI systems – Phase and group delay – Frequency response for rational system functions – Frequency response of a single zero and pole – Multiple poles and zeros - Relationship between magnitude and phase – All pass systems – Minimum phase systems – Linear phase systems – Generalised linear phase – 4 types – Location of zeros.

Module III (12 hrs)

Structures for discrete time systems – IIR and FIR systems – Block diagram and SFG representation of difference equations – Basic structures for IIR systems – Direct form - Cascade form - Parallel form - Transposed forms – Structures for FIR systems – Direct and Cascade forms - Structures for Linear phase systems – Overview of finite precision numerical effects in implementing systems Analog filter design: Filter specification – Butterworth approximation – Pole locations – Design of analog low pass Butterworth filters – Chebyshev Type 1 approximation – pole locations – Analog to analog transformations for designing high pass, band pass and band stop filters.

Module IV (12 hrs)

Digital filter design: Filter specification – Low pass IIR filter design – Impulse invariant and Bilinear transformation methods – Butterworth and Chebyshev – Design of high pass, band pass and band stop IIR digital filters – Design of FIR filters by windowing – Properties of commonly used windows – Rectangular, Bartlett, Hanning, Hamming and Kaiser.

75

Module V (12 hrs)

The Discrete Fourier Transform - Relation with DTFT – Properties of DFT – Linearity – Circular shift – Duality – Symmetry properties – Circular convolution – Linear convolution using the DFT – Linear convolution of two finite length sequences – Linear convolution of a finite length sequence with an infinite length sequence – Overlap add and overlap save – Computation of the DFT – Decimation in time and decimation in frequency FFT – Fourier analysis of signals using the DFT – Effect of windowing – Resolution and leakage – Effect of spectral sampling.

References

1. A V Oppenheim, R W Schaffer, Discrete Time Signal Processing , 2nd Edition

Pearson Education. 2. S K Mitra, Digital Signal Processing: A Computer Based Approach ,Tata Mc.Graw Hill. 3. J G Proakis, D G Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms and

Applications, Prentice Hall of India.. 4. L C Ludeman, Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing, Wiley 5. J R Johnson, Introduction to Digital Signal Processing, Prentice Hall of India.

76

EC010 603 RADIATION AND PROPAGATION Teaching Schemes Credits: 4 3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week.

OBJECTIVES

• To impart the basic concepts of radiating structures and their arrays • ITo give understanding about analysis and synthesis of arrays • To give idea about basic propagation mechanisms

MODULE 1 ( 13 hours)

Retarded potentials: Concept of vector potential- Modification for time varying- retarded case- Fields associated with Hertzian dipole- Power radiated and radiation resistance of current element-Radiation from half-wave dipole and quarter-wave monopole antennas.

Antenna Parameters: Introduction, Isotropic radiators, Radiation pattern, Gain -radiation intensity- Directive gain, Directivity, antenna efficiency- antenna field zones. Reciprocity theorem & its applications, effective aperture, Effective height, radiation resistance, terminal impedance, front-to- back ratio, antenna beam width, antenna bandwidth, antenna beam efficiency, antenna beam area or beam solid angle, polarization, antenna temperature.

MODULE 2 (13hours)

Antenna Arrays: Introduction, various forms of antenna arrays, arrays of point sources, non isotropic but similar point sources, multiplication of patterns, arrays of n-isotropic point sources, Grating lobes, Properties and Design of Broadside, Endfire, Binomial and Dolph Chebyshev arrays, Phased arrays, Frequency- Scanning arrays- Adaptive arrays and Smart antennas.

MODULE 3 (13hours)

Antenna Types:- Horizontal and Vertical Antennas above the ground plane. Loop Antennas: Radiation from small loop and its radiation resistance- Radiation from a loop with circumference equal to a wavelength-Helical antenna: Normal mode and axial mode operation-Yagi uda Antenna- Log periodic antenna- rhombic antenna- Horn antenna- Reflector antennas and their feed systems- Micro strip antenna-Selection of antenna based on frequency of operation – Antennas for special applications: Antenna for terrestrial mobile communication systems, Ground Penetrating Radar(GPR), Embedded antennas, UWB, Fractal antenna ,Plasma antenna.

MODULE 4 (13hours)

Ground wave propagation: Attenuation characteristics for ground wave propagation- Calculation of field strength at a distance –

77

Space wave propagation: Reflection characteristics of earth- Resultant of direct and reflected ray at the receiver- LOS distance – Effective earth‘s radius – Field strength of space wave - duct propagation

Sky wave propagation: Structure of the ionosphere- effect of earth‘s magnetic field Effective dielectric constant of ionized region- Mechanism of refraction- Refractive index- Critical frequency- Skip distance- Effect of earth’s magnetic field- Attenuation factor for ionospheric propagation- Maximum usable frequency(MUF) – skip distance – virtual height – skip distance, Fading and Diversity reception.

MODULE 5 (8 hours)

Antenna Measurements: Reciprocity in Antenna measurements – Measurement of radiation pattern – Measurement of ranges - Measurement of different Antenna parameters- Directional pattern, Gain, Phase, Polarization, Impedance, and Efficiency, Effective gain,SAR.

REFERENCES

1. John D. Krauss, Ronald J Marhefka: “Antennas and Wave Propagation”, 4th Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill

2. Jordan & Balman. “Electromagnetic waves & Radiating Systems”– Prentice Hall India

3. Constantine. A. Balanis: “Antenna Theory- Analysis and Design”, Wiley India, 2nd Edition, 2008

4. R.E Collin: “Antennas & Radio Wave Propagation”, Mc Graw Hill. 1985. 5. Terman: “Electronics & Radio Engineering”, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill. 6. Kamal Kishor: “Antenna and Wave propagation” , IK International

78


EC010 604: COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND PARALLEL PROCESSING


Objectives • To impart the basic concepts of architecture and organisation of computers• To develop understanding about pipelining and parallel processing techniques.• To impart knowledge about the current PC hardware

Pre-requisites: Digital Electronics and Microprocessors

Module I (12 hours)

Introduction : Difference between Architecture, Organisation and Hardware, Review of basic operational concepts – Stored program concept, Instruction sequencing, bus structure, Software support- translating and executing a program- assembler, linker, loader, OS, Instruction types and Addressing modes. CPU Performance and its factors, Performance evaluation, The Power wall, Switch from uniprocessors to multiprocessors, Basic concepts of pipelining, superscalar architecture and multithreading, Instruction level parallelism (basic idea only).


Processor Organisation: Control Unit design: Execution of a complete instruction, Single bus and multibus organisation, Sequencing of control signals, Hardwired control unit, Microprogrammed control unit. Arithmetic and logic design – review of signed and unsigned binary arithmetic, fast adders, Array multiplier, sequential multiplier, Booth’s algorithm, fast multiplication methods, integer division – restoring and non restoring methods, floating point numbers.


Memory and I/O Organisation Memory hierarchy, Memory characteristics, Internal organization of semiconductor RAM memories, Static and Dynamic RAM memories, flash memory, Cache memory – mapping function, replacement algorithm, measurement and improvement of cache performance, Virtual memory and address translation, MMU. Secondary memories – magnetic and optical disks, I/O accessing – Programmed, Interrupt driven and DMA , Buses- synchronous and asynchronous, bus standards.

Module IV (12 hours)

Parallel Processing :Enhancing performance with pipelining-overview, Designing instruction set for pipelining, pipelined datapath, Hazards in pipelining. Flynn’s classification, Multicore processors and Multithreading, Multiprocessor systems-Interconnection networks, Multicomputer systems, Clusters and other message passing architecture.

Syllabus - B.Tech. Applied Electronics & Instrumentation Engg. 79


Module V (12 hours)

PC Hardware: Today’s PC architecture – block diagram, Familiarisation of PC hardware components. Processor - Pentium series to higher processors - single core, hyperthreading, dual core, multi core and many core processors (brief idea about evolution and improvements in performance) Motherboard – Typical architecture , Essential Chipsets, Sockets, Slots and ports – serial, parallel, USB, RAM , Brief idea about buses, Subsystems (Network, Sound and Graphics, Ethernet port), Storage devices : Hard Disks-Types and Classification based on interface- Optical Storage – CD, DVD, BLURAY SMPS – Functions, power connectors. Typical specifications for a computer

Reference Books

1. Carl Hamacher : “Computer Organization ”, Fifth Edition, Mc Graw Hill.2. David A. Patterson and John L.Hennessey, “Computer Organisation and Design”,

Fourth Edition, Morgan Kaufmann.3. William Stallings : “Computer Organisation and Architecture”, Pearson Education.4. John P Hayes : “Computer Architecture and Organisation”, Mc Graw Hill.5. Andrew S Tanenbaum : “Structured Computer Organisation”, Pearson Education.6. Craig Zacker : “PC Hardware : The Complete Reference”, TMH.7. Nicholas P Carter : “Computer Architecture and Organization”, Mc Graw Hill.8. Pal Chaudhari: “Computer Organisation and Design”, Prentice hall of India.

Syllabus - B.Tech. Applied Electronics & Instrumentation Engg. 80


EC010 605 MICROCONTROLLERS AND APPLICATIONS Teaching scheme Credits: 4 3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week

Objectives • To study the architecture of 8051, PIC18 microcontrollers• To understand the instruction set and programming of 8051.• To know the Interfacing methods and programming using 8051.

Module I (9hours) Introduction to Microcontrollers: Comparison with Microprocessors – Harvard and Von Neumann Architectures - 80C51 microcontroller – features - internal block schematic - pin descriptions, I/O ports.

Module II (9 hours) Memory organization – Programming model - Program status word - register banks - Addressing modes - instruction set –Programming examples.

Module III (9 hours) Interrupts - interrupt sources - interrupt handling – programming examples. Timers operation- different modes –waveform generation- programming examples - Serial communication- different modes - programming examples.

Module IV (9 hours) Interfacing of DIP switch- LED -7 segment displays -alphanumeric LCD – relay interface – Stepper motor –ADC-DAC-interfacing programs using assembly language.

Module V(9 hours) Overview of PIC 18, memory organisation, CPU, registers, pipelining, instruction format, addressing modes, instruction set, interrupts, interrupt operation, resets, parallel ports, timers, CCP.

References 1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, The 8051 Microcontroller and embedded sytems, Pearson

Education 2nd edition, 2006 2. Kenneth J Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller, Penram International, 3rd edition

2007 3. Myke Predko, “Programming and customizing the 8051 microcontroller” Tata

Mc.Graw Hill, 2004 4. Han Way Huang, “PIC microcontroller An introduction to software and

hardware interfacing”, Cenage learning 2007 5. Muhammad Ali Mazidi “PIC microcontroller and embedded systems using

assembly and C for PIC 18” , Pearson 2009



EC010 606 L01: DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS Teaching scheme Credits: 4 3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week

Objectives • To impart the basic concepts of data structures and algorithms.• To develop understanding about writing algorithms and solving problems with the

help of fundamental data structures using object oriented concepts.

Module I (10 hours) Introduction to Data Structures, arrays, records, stacks, queue, linked list, linked stacks and queues, doubly linked list. Polynomial representation using arrays and lists.

Module II (12hours) Trees, binary tree, traversals, binary search tree, creation insertion, deletion, searching. Graph:-representation, depth first search, breadth first search, path finding.

Module III (12hours) Search algorithms, sequential binary interpolation, sorting, insertion, bubble, radix, quick sort, merge sort, and heat sort.

Module IV (14 hours) Analysis of algorithms: - Time and space complexity, complexity notations, best, worst, average cases. Algorithmic techniques-brute force, greedy, divide and conquer, dynamic programming

Module V (12 hours) Analysis of search algorithms, sort algorithms. P and NP problems, travelling sales man problems.

Reference Books

1. Horowitz ,Sahni & Anderson Freed, Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2nd ed.,Universities Press, Hyderabad, 2009

2. Sartaj Sahni , Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++ , 2nd ed., UniversitiesPress, Hyderabad, 2009

3. Michael T Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, David Mount, Data Structures and Algorithms inC++, Wiley India Edition, New Delhi, 2009

4. B.M. Harwani, Data Structures and Algorithms in C++, Dreamtech Press, New Delhi,2010

5. Langsam, Augenstein ,Tanenbaum, Data Structures in C & C++ , 2nd Edition,Pearson Education.

6. John Hopcroft, Rajeev Motwani & Jeffry Ullman, Introduction to AutomataTheory, Languages & Computation, Pearson Education.

7. Tremblay & Sorenson, Introduction to Data Structures with Applications, TataMc Graw Hill

8. Sara Baase & Allen Van Gelder ,Computer Algorithms – Introduction to Designand Analysis , Pearson Education

9. Sahni, Data Structures algorithms and applications , Tata Mc GrHill

Syllabus - B.Tech. Computer Science & Engg.

10. K.L.P. Mishra, N. Chandrashekharan, Theory of Computer Science , Prentice Hallof India

82


EC010 606 L602: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS


Objectives • To impart an introduction to the theory and practice of database systems.

• To develop basic knowledge on data modelling and design of efficient relations.• To provide exposure to oracle database programming.

Module I (10 hours) Basic Concepts - Purpose of Database Systems- 3 Schema Architecture and Data

Independence- Components of DBMS –Data Models, Schemas and Instances-Data Modeling using the Entity Relationship Model-Entity types, Relationship Types, Weak Entity Types .

Module II (14 hours) Relational Model Concepts –Constraints – Entity Integrity and Referential Integrity, Relational Algebra -Select, Project, Operations from Set Theory, Join, OuterJoin and Division - Tuple Relational Calculus. SQL- Data Definition with SQL - Insert, Delete and Update Statements in SQL, Defining Domains, Schemas and Constraints, Constraint Violations - Basic Queries in SQL - Select Statement, Use of Aggregate functions and Group Retrieval, Nested Queries, Correlated Queries – Views.

Module III (12 hours) Oracle Case Study : The Basic Structure of the Oracle System – Database Structure and its Manipulation in Oracle- Storage Organization in Oracle.- Programming in PL/SQL- Cursor in PL/SQL - Assertions – Triggers. Indexing and Hashing Concepts -: Ordered Indices, Hash Indices, Dense and Sparse Indices, Multi Level Indices, Cluster Index, Dynamic Hashing.

Module IV (11 hours) Database Design– Design Guidelines– Relational Database Design – Functional Dependency- Determination of Candidate Keys, Super Key, Foreign Key, Normalization using Functional Dependencies, Normal Forms based on Primary keys- General Definitions of First, Second and Third Normal Forms. Boyce Codd Normal Form– Multi-valued Dependencies and Forth Normal Form – Join Dependencies and Fifth Normal Form – Pitfalls in Relational Database Design.

Module V (13 hours) Introduction to Transaction Processing- Transactions- ACID Properties of Transactions- Schedules- Serializability of Schedules- Precedence Graph- Concurrency Control – Locks and Timestamps-Database Recovery Query processing and Optimization- Translating SQL Queries into a Relational Algebra Computing Select, Project and Join Object Relational Databases-Distributed Databases-Different Types-Fragmentation and Replication Techniques-Functions of DDBMS.

Syllabus - B.Tech. Computer Science & Engg. 83


Reference Books

1. Elmsari and Navathe, Fundamentals of Database System, Pearson Education Asia, 5th Edition, New Delhi, 2008.

2. Henry F Korth, Abraham Silbershatz , Database System Concepts, Mc Graw Hill

6td Edition, Singapore, 2011.

3. Elmsari and Navathe, Fundamentals of Database System, Pearson Education Asia, 3rd Edition, New Delhi, 2005, for oracle

4. Alexis Leon and Mathews Leon, Database Management Systems, Leon vikas

Publishers, New Delhi.

5. Narayanan S, Umanath and Richard W.Scamell, Data Modelling and Database Design,Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2009.

6. S.K Singh,Database Systems Concepts,Design and Applications, Pearson Education Asia, New Delhi, 2006.

7. Pranab Kumar Das Gupta, Database management System Oracle SQL And PL/SQL, Easter Economy Edition, New Delhi, 2009

8. C.J.Date , An Introduction to Database Systems, Pearson Education Asia, 7th

Edition, New Delhi.

9. Rajesh Narang, Database Management Systems, Asoke K ghosh , PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2009.

10. Ramakrishnan and Gehrke, Database Management Systems, Mc Graw Hill, 3rd

Edition , 2003.

Syllabus - B.Tech. Computer Science & Engg. 84


EC010 606L03 HIGH SPEED DIGITAL DESIGN


Objectives

• To develop the skills for analyzing high-speed circuits with signal behaviour modelling.

• To demonstrate proficiency in understanding signal integrity concepts and terminology and to understand the signal integrity on circuit design.

• To be able to perform and analyze signal measurements and to be able to make trade off decisions based on signal budget and design requirements.

Pre-requisites: Digital Electronics, Digital system design

Module I (12hours) High Speed Digital Design Fundamentals: Frequency and time, Time and distance, Lumped vs distributed, four kinds of reactance- ordinary capacitance and inductance, mutual capacitance and inductance, Relation of mutual capacitance and mutual inductance to cross talk. High Speed properties of Logic gates: Power, Quicent vs active dissipation, Active power driving a capacitive load, Input power, Internal dissipation, drive circuit dissipation, Totem pole and open circuit, speed, Sudden change in voltage and current.

Module II (12 hours) Measurement Techniques; Rise time and bandwidth of oscilloscope probes, self inductance of probe ground loop, Effects of probe load on a circuit, special probing fixtures. Transmission Lines; Problems of point to point wiring, signal distortion, EMI, cross talk.

Module III (12 hours) Transmission Lines at High frequency: Infinite uniform transmission line, Lossy transmission line, Low loss transmission line, RC transmission line, Skin effect, Proximity effect, and Dielectric loss.

Module IV (12 hours) Termination: End termination, rise time, dc biasing, power dissipation, Source termination, Resistance value, Rise time, Power dissipation, Drive current, Middle terminators, Vias: mechanical properties, capacitance and inductance Connectors: mutual, series and parasitic capacitance.

Module V (12 hours) Power system: Stable voltage reference, Uniform voltage distribution, choosing a bypass capacitor, Clock Distribution: Timing margin, Clock skew, delay adjustments, Clock jitter.

Reference

1. Howard Johnson, High-Speed Digital Design: A Handbook of Black Magic , Prentice Hall 2. Dally W.S. & Poulton J.W., “Digital Systems Engineering”, Cambridge University Press. 3. Masakazu Shoji, “High Speed Digital Circuits”, Addison Wesley Publishing Company 4. Jan M, Rabaey, Digital Integrated Circuits: A Design perspective, Second Edition, 2003.


EC 010 606 L04 MEDICAL ELECTRONICS

Teaching Scheme

3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week. Credits: 4

Objectives:-

• To study the working of different medical equipments. Module 1 (12 hrs)

Introduction to the physiology of cardiac, nervous & muscular and respiratory systems. Transducers and Electrodes: Different types of transducers & their selection for biomedical applications. Electrode theory, selection criteria of electrodes & different types of electrodes such as, Ag - Ag Cl, pH, etc

Module 2 (12 hrs)

Cardiovascular measurement: The heart & the other cardiovascular systems. Measurement of Blood pressure-direct and indirect method, Cardiac output and cardiac rate. Electrocardiography-waveform-standard lead systems typical ECG amplifier, phonocardiography, Ballisto cardiography, Cardiac pacemaker –defibrillator –different types and its selection.

Module 3 (12 hrs)

EEG Instrumentation requirements –EEG electrode –frequency bands – recording systems EMG basic principle-block diagram of a recorder –pre amplifier. Bed side monitor –block diagram- measuring parameters-cardiac tachometer-Alarms-Lead fault indicator-central monitoring. Telemetry – modulation systems – choice of carrier frequency – single channel telemetry systems.

Module 4 (12 hrs)

Instrumentation for clinical laboratory: Bio electric amplifiers-instrumentation amplifiers- isolation amplifiers-chopper stabilized amplifiers –input guarding - Measurement of pH value of Blood-blood cell counting, blood flow, Respiratory transducers and instruments.

Module 5 (12hrs)

Medical Imaging: Computer tomography – basic principle, application –advantage, X ray tubes, collimators, detectors and display - Ultra sound imaging

References

1. J J Carr, “Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology” : Pearson Education 4th e/d. 2. K S Kandpur, “Hand book of Biomedical instrumentation”, Tata McGraw Hill 2nd e/d. 3. John G Webster, “Medical Instrumentation application and design”, John Wiley 3rd e/d. 4. Richard Aston, “Principle of Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement”.

86

EC010 606 L05 SOFT COMPUTING

Teaching scheme Credits: 4 3 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week.

Objectives

• To develop basic knowledge about neuron and neural networks. • To develop basic knowledge about fuzzy stems. • To be able to understand basic concepts of soft computing frame work and neuro

fuzzysystems Module 1 (12 hrs)

Introduction- artificial neuron - activation functions - Single layer & multi-layer networks - Training artificial neural networks - Perception - Representation - Linear separability - Learning - Training algorithms.

Module 2 (12 hrs)

Back Propagation - Training algorithm - Applications - network configurations - Local minima -. Hopfield nets - Recurrent networks - Adaptive resonance theory - Architecture classification - Implementation

Module 3 (12 hrs)

Introduction to Fuzzy sets and systems: Fuzzy operations-support of a fuzzy set, height - normalised fuzzy set, α – cuts- The law of the excluded middle and law of contradiction on fuzzy sets. Properties of fuzzy set operations.

Module 4 (12 hrs)

Operations on fuzzy relations - projection, max-min. and min and max-compositions. Fuzzy membership functions- Fuzzy logic controller: fuzzification - Rule base – Defuzzififaction-case study for engineering applications.

Module 5 (12hrs)

Soft computing frame work – comparisons- evolutionary algorithm/Genetic Algorithm: basic structure – Neuro fuzzy controller – Applications – case study.

Reference

1. C.T lin & C S George Lee, Neural Fuzzy Systems, Prentice Hall of India, 1996 2. Lawrence Fausset, Fundamentals of Neural Networks, Prentice Hall 3. Timmoty J. Rose, Fuzzy Logics & Applications, Willey publications, 2010 4. Bart Kosko. Fuzzy Engineering, Prentice Hall. 5. A.R.Alive, Soft Computing & its applications 6. Fakhreddine O, Karray Clarence W De Silva, Soft Computing and Intelligent Systems

Design: Theory, Tools and Applications, Pearson India 7. Christina Ray, Artificial neural networks, Tata Mc.Graw Hill, 1997 8. J.S.R.Jang, C.T. Sun and E.Mizutani, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing, Prentice hall of

India, 2004,

87

EC010 606L06– TELEVISION AND RADAR ENGINEERING

Teaching Scheme: 3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial. Credit 4

Objective

• To familiarise the students with the fundamentals of TV Engineering and its applications

• T o familiarise the students with the fundamentals of Radar Engineering and its applications

Module 1 (12 hrs)

Principles of television - image continuity - interlaced scanning - blanking - synchronizing – composite video signal - video and sound signal modulation - channel bandwidth - vestigial sideband transmission – television signal propagation Television receiver circuits – IF section, video detector-video amplifiers-AGC,Sync processing and AFC-Horizontal and vertical deflection circuits –sound section-tuner .

Module 2 (12 hrs)

Colour TV - Colour perception - luminance, hue and saturation - colour TV camera and picture tube(working principle only) - colour signal transmission - bandwidth - modulation - formation of chrominance signal - principles of NTSC, PAL and SECAM coder and decoder.

Module 3(12 hrs)

Digital TV - composite digital standards - 4 f sc NTSC standard - general specifications - sampling structure - digital transmission, Flat panel display TV receivers-LCD and Plasma screen receivers-3DTV-EDTV. Cable TV - cable frequencies - co-axial cable for CATV - cable distribution system - cable decoders - wave traps and scrambling methods, Satellite TV technology-Geo Stationary Satellites-Satellite Electronics

Module 4(12hrs) Introduction- Radar Equation- Block diagram- Radar frequencies- Applications- Prediction of range performance –Pulse Repetition Frequency and Range ambiguities –Antenna parameters- System losses. CW Radar-The Doppler Effect- FM-CW radar- Multiple frequency radar – MTI Radar- Principle- Delay line cancellors- Noncoherent MTI-Pulse Doppler Radar- Tacking Radar – Sequential lobing-Conical Scan- Monopulse – Acquisition- Comparison of Trackers.

Module 5(12 hrs)

88

Radar Transmitters- Modulators-Solid state transmitters, Radar Antennas- Parabolic- Scanning feed-Lens- Radomes, Electronically steered phased array antenna-Applications, Receivers-Displays-Duplexers. Special purpose radars-Synthetic aperture radar- HF and over the horizon radar- Air surveillance radar- Height finder and 3D radars – Bistatic radar-Radar Beacons- Radar Jamming and Electronic Counters .

References:-

1. Gulati R.R., Modern Television Engineering, Wiley Eastern Ltd. 2. Dhake A.M., Television Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001 . 3. R.P.Bali, “Color Television, Theory and Practice”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1994 4. R.G Gupta., “ Television Engineering and Video System”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2005 5. Bernard Grob & Charles E. Herndon, “Basic Television and Video Systems”, McGraw

Hill International 6. Damacher P., “Digital Broadcasting”, IEE Telecommunications Series 7. Merrill I. Skolnik, “Introduction to Radar Systems”– 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2001.

rd 8. Merril I.Skolnik , “Radar Handbook”-, 3 Edition, McGraw Hill Publishers,2008. 9. J. C. Toomay, Paul Hannen, “Radar Principles for the Non-Specialist”, Printice hall

of India,2004

89

EC010 607 MICROPROCESSOR & MICROCONTROLLER LAB


3 hours practical per week.

Objectives:-

• To provide experience on programming and testing of few electronic circuits using 8086 • . To provide experience on programming and testing of few electronic circuits using

8051simulator. • To understand basic interfacing concepts between trainer kit and personal computers.

A. Programming experiments using 8086 (MASM)

1. Sum of N Numbers. 2. Display message on screen using code and data segment. 3. Sorting, factorial of a number 4. Addition /Subtraction of 32 bit numbers. 5. Concatenation of two strings. 6. Square, Square root, & Fibonacci series. B. Programming experiments using 8051 simulator (KEIL).

1. Addition and subtraction. 2. Multiplication and division. 3. Sorting, Factorial of a number. 4. Multiplication by shift and add method. 5. Matrix addition. 6. Square, Square root, & Fibonacci series.

C. Interface experiments using Trainer kit / Direct down loading the programs from Personal computer.

1. ADC / DAC interface. 2. Stepper motor interface. 3. Display (LED, Seven segments, LCD) interface. 4. Frequency measurement. 5. Wave form generation. 6. Relay interface.

90

EC 010 608 MINI PROJECT LAB

Teaching Scheme 3 hours practical per week. 2 credits

The mini project will involve the design, construction, and debugging of an electronic system approved by the department. There will be several projects such as intercom, SMPS, burglar alarm, UPS, inverter, voting machine etc. The schematic and PCB design should be done using any of the standard schematic capture & PCB design software. Each student may choose to buy, for his convenience, his own components and accessories. Each student must keep a project notebook. The notebooks will be checked periodically throughout the semester, as part of the project grade.

In addition to this, the following laboratory experiments should also be done in the lab.

1. 555 applications 2. Light activated alarm circuit 3. Speed control of electric fan using TRIAC 4. Illumination control circuits 5. Touch control circuits 6. Sound operated circuits 7. Relay driver circuit using driver IC 8. Interfacing using Opto coupler 9. Schematic capture software (OrCAD or similar) familiarization. 10. PCB design software (OrCAD Layout or similar) familiarization.

A demonstration and oral examination on the mini project also should be done at the end of the semester. The university examination will consist of two parts. One of the lab experiments will be given for examination to be completed within 60 to 90 minutes with a maximum of 30% marks. 70% marks will be allotted for the demonstration and viva voce on the mini project.

91


Seventh Semester



EC010 701 VLSI DESIGN

Teaching Schemes Credits: 4 2 hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week.

Objective: To cater the needs of students who want a comprehensive study of the

principle and techniques of modern VLSI design and systems.

Module 1(12 hrs)

Process steps in IC fabrication: Silicon wafer preparation-Diffusion of impurities- physical mechanism-ion implantation- Annealing process- Oxidation process- lithography-Chemical Vapour Deposition -epitaxial growth –reactors- metallization-patterning-wire bonding -packaging

Module 2 (12 hrs)

Monolithic components: Isolation of components-junction isolation and dielectric isolation. Monolithic diodes- schottky diodes and transistors-buried layer-FET structures- JFET-MOSFET-PMOS and NMOS. Control of threshold voltage- silicon gate technology- monolithic resistors-resistor design-monolithic capacitors- design of capacitors- IC crossovers and vias.

Module 3 (12 hrs)

CMOS technology: CMOS structure-latch up in CMOS, CMOS circuits- combinational logic circuit-invertor- NAND-NOR-complex logic circuits, full adder circuit. CMOS transmission gate(TG)T-realization of Boolean functions using TG. Complementary Pass Transistor Logic (CPL)-CPL circuits: NAND, NOR-4 bit shifter. Basic principle of stick diagrams.

Module 4 (12hrs)

CMOS sequential logic circuits: SR flip flop, JK flip flop, D latch circuits. BiCMOS technology-structure-BiCMOS circuits: inverter, NAND, NOR-CMOS logic systems-scaling of MOS structures-scaling factors-effects of miniaturization.

Module 5 (12hrs) Gallium Arsenide Technology: Crystal structure-doping process-channeling effect- MESFET fabrication-Comparison between Silicon and GaAs technologies. Introduction to PLA and FPGA

References:

1. N Weste and Eshrangian, “Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: A system

perspective”, Addison Wesley 2. S M SZE, “VLSI Technology”, Mc Graw Hill 3. Douglass Pucknell, “Basic VLSI design”, Prentice Hall of India. 4. K R Botkar,” Integrated circuits”, Khanna Publishers



5. Jan M Rabaey, Anantha Chandrakasan and Borivoje Nikolic, “Digital Integrated Circuits- a Design perspective”, Prentice Hall.

6. S M Kang & Y Leblebici, “CMOS digital integrated circuits”, Mc Graw Hill.



EC010 702 INFROMATION THEORY AND CODING

Teaching Schemes Credits: 4 2 hours lecture and 2 hour tutorial per week.

Objectives

• To give a basic idea about the information theory. • To get a knowledge about various coding schemes.

Module 1(12 hrs) Concept of amount of information-Entropy-Joint and Conditional Entropy-Relative Entropy-Mutual information-Relationship between Entropy and Mutual information-Rate of information-Channel capacity-Redundancy and efficiency of channels.

Module 2 (12 hrs) Data compression:-Examples of codes- Krafts inequality, optimal codes-Bounds on optimal code length-Huffman codes-Shannon-Fanno Elias coding-Arithmetic coding-ZIP coding.

Module 3 (12 hrs) Channel capacity:-Noiseless binary channel, BSC, BEC-Symmetric channels- Shannons Channel capacity theorem, Properties of channel capacity-Trade off between SNR and Bandwidth-Channel coding theorem-Zero Error Codes. The Gaussian Channel:-Band limited channel-Gaussian multiple user channels

Module 4 (12 hrs) Channel coding:-Concepts of group and fields-Binary field arithmetic-Construction of Galois field-Vector spaces-Matrices Linear Block Codes:-Encoding-Decoding-Syndrome and error detection-Minimum distance of a block code-Error detection and correction-Capabilities of a linear block code-Standard array and syndrome decoding.

Module (12 hrs) Important Linear block code:-Hamming codes-Cyclic code-BCH code-Convolution codes-Systematic and non systematic codes –Encoding-Decoding-Viterbi algorithm-Stack (ZJ) decoding algorithm-Turbo codes-LDP codes.

References:

1. T M.Cover,J A.Thomas-“Elements of Information Theory”-Wiley Inter Science.

2. Lin,Costello-“Error Control Coding”-Pearson Education. 3. Singh,Sapre-“Communication systems”-Tata McGraw Hill. 4. T K.Moon-“Error correction coding”-Wiley Inter science.



EC010 703 MICROWAVE ENGINEERING

Teaching Schemes Credit : 3 2 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week.

Objectives • .To give the basic ideas about the characteristics and applications of

microwave frequency bands • .To understand the working of various microwave passive and active devices

and circuits

Module 1: (12 hours)

Microwave network Characterization and passive devices: Characteristic, features and applications of microwaves- Circuit and S parameter representation of N port microwave networks - Reciprocity Theorem- Lossless networks and unitary conditions- ABCD parameters-Cascaded networks-Relations between S- Y and ABCD parameters. Properties and s-matrices for typical network such as section of uniform transmission line, 3-port networks (reciprocal and nonreciprocal), T- junctions directional coupler, magic tee, ferrite devices, isolator, circulators.

Module 2 :(15 hours)

Microwave Tubes: Generation of microwaves by tubes, limitations of conventional tubes, klystron amplifiers - analysis, reflex klystron oscillator- analysis, magnetrons, traveling wave tube (TWT), backward wave oscillator (BWO)-basic principles. Millimetre wave tubes-introduction


Microwave semiconductor: High frequency limitations of transistors, microwave transistors (theory only), Manley Rowe relations, parameteric amplifiers and frequency multipliers, tunnel diodes, Gunn effect, Gunn Diode oscillators, Avalanche effect, IMPATT & TRAPATT diodes, PIN diodes and their applications, Schottky barrier and backward diodes.


Microwave Measurements: VSWR measurement, microwave power measurement, impedance measurement, frequency measurement, measurement of scattering parameters Return loss measurement using directional couplres- introduction to vector network analyzer and its uses.


Planar Transmission Lines: Planer transmission lines such as stripline, microstrip line, slotline and coplanar waveguides. Characteristics of planar transmission lines. Losses in Microstrip Lines- Quality Factor Q of Microstrip Lines- Substrate materials.



Introduction to MIC’s:-Technology of hybrid MICs, monolithis MICs. Comparison of both MICs.

Reference Books:

1. Liao S.Y.”Microwave devices and Circuits”, Prentice Hall Of India, New

Delhi, 3rd Ed. 2006 2. Rizzi P.A,”Microwave Engineering,Passive Circuits” Prentice Hall of India 3. Pozar D.M .,” Microwave Engineering”, John Wiley 4. Annapurna Das and Sisir Das, “Microwave Engineering”, Tata-McGraw

Hill , New Delhi, 2008. 5. R.E. Collin : Foundations for Microwave Engg- – IEEE Press Second

Edition.



EC010 704 ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION


Objective: To cater the needs of students who want a comprehensive study of the electronic measurements, technology and instruments.

Module 1(12 hrs)

Objectives of engineering measurement-Basic measuring system-block diagram and description-Performance characteristics of instruments-Static and Dynamic. Errors in measurement – error analysis. Units-Dimensions – Standards. Instrument calibration.

Module 2 (13 hrs)

Transducers-parameters of electrical transducers-types-active and passive- analogue and digital types of transducers. Electromechanical type-potentiometric, inductive, thermocouple, capacitive, resistive, piezo electric, strain gauge, ionization gauge,LVDT,hall effect sensor,thin film sensor, proximity sensor, displacement sensor, load cell, nano sensors and Ultrasonic transducers. Opto electrical type-photo emissive, photo conductive and photo voltaic type. Digital encoders- optical encoder-selection criteria for transducers.

Module 3 (13 hrs)

Intermediate elements- instrumentation amplifier, isolation amplifier, opto- couplers. DC and AC bridges- Wheatstone bridge - guarded Wheatstone bridge - Owen's bridge - Shering Bridge - Wein Bridge - Wagner ground connection. Data transmission elements-block diagram of telemetry system-Electrical telemetering system--voltage, current and position type-RF telemetery-pulse telemetery (analog and digital).FDM-TDM.

Module 4 (12 hrs)

End devices –Digital voltmeter and ammeter. Recording techniques-strip chart recorders-XT and XY recorders. Basic principles of digital recording. Basic principles of Signal Analyzers-Distortion analyzer, wave analyzer, spectrum analyzer, DSO. Control system-electronic control-analog-digital-Basic principles of PLC. Basic principles of data acquisition system.

Module 5(10 hrs)

Basic measurements – Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance, Voltage, Current, Power, Strain, Pressure, Flow, Temperature, Force, Torque, mass, conductivity, PH.

References:



1. Doeblin, “Measurement Systems”, MCGraw Hill. 2. H S Kalsi, “Electronic Instrumentation”, Tata McGraw Hill 3. W D Cooper, “Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement

techniques”, Prentice Hall of India 4. Morris, “Principles of Measurement & Instrumentation”, Prentice Hall of

India 5. D.U. S Murthy, “Transducers & Instrumentation”, Prentice Hall of India. 6. David A Bell, “Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements”, Oxford 7. Rangan, Sarma & Mani, “Instrumentation-devices and systems”, Tata

McGraw Hill.



EC010 705 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS


Objectives

• To introduce students to the embedded systems, its hardware and software.

• To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking.

• To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C.

• To explain real time operating systems.

Module I (9hrs) Introduction to Embedded System, Definition and Classification, Requirements of Embedded Systems, Applications of Embedded Systems in Consumer Electronics, Control System, Biomedical Systems, Handheld computers, Communication devices, Embedded Systems on a Chip (SoC).

Module II (9 hrs) Embedded Hardware & Software Development Environment, Hardware Architecture, Embedded System Development Process, Embedded C compiler, advantages, code optimization, Programming in assembly language vs. High Level Language, C Program Elements, Macros and functions, Interfacing programs using C language.

Module III (9 hrs) Embedded Communication System: Serial Communication, PC to PC Communication, Serial communication with the 8051 Family of Micro-controllers, I/O Devices - Device Types and Examples , synchronous and Asynchronous Communications from Serial Devices - Examples of Internal Serial-Communication Devices - UART and HDLC - Parallel Port Devices - Sophisticated interfacing features in Devices/Ports- Timer and Counting Devices - 12C, USB, CAN and advanced I/O Serial high speed buses- ISA, PCI, PCI-X, and advanced buses. Voice-over-IP, Embedded Applications over Mobile Network.

Module IV (9 hrs) Matrix key board interface - AT keyboard – commands – keyboard response codes - watch dog timers - DS1232 watch dog timer – real time clocks – DS1302 RTC – interfacing - measurement of frequency - phase angle - power factor – stepper motor interface - dc motor speed control – L293 motor driver - design of a position control system - Interfacing with Displays, D/A and A/D Conversions, interfacing programs using C

Module V (9 hrs) Definitions of process, tasks and threads – Clear cut distinction between functions – ISRs and tasks by their characteristics – Operating System Services- Goals – Structures- Kernel - Process Management – Memory Management – Device Management – File System Organisation and Implementation – I/O Subsystems – Interrupt Routines Handling in RTOS, REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS : Introduction to Real – Time Operating Systems: Tasks and Task States, Tasks and Data, Semaphores, and Shared Data; Message Queues, Mailboxes and Pipes, Timer Functions, Events, Memory Management, Interrupt Routines in an RTOS Environment



Reference Books

1. Rajkamal, “Embedded Systems Architecture, Programming and Design”, Tata McGraw-Hill

2. Steve Heath, “Embedded Systems Design”, Newnes. 3. David E.Simon, “An Embedded Software Primer”, Pearson Education Asia. 4. Wayne Wolf, “Computers as Components; Principles of Embedded Computing

System Design” Harcourt India, Morgan Kaufman Publishers. 5. Frank Vahid and Tony Givargis, “Embedded Systems Design – A unified

Hardware /Software Introduction” , John Wiley 6. Kenneth J.Ayala, “The 8051 Microcontroller”, Thomson. 7. Labrosse, “Embedding system building blocks”, CMP publishers. 8. Ajay V Deshmukhi, “Micro Controllers”, Tata McHraw-Hill.



EC010 706L01 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES


Objectives:

Understand the need and origin of the optimization methods. Get a broad picture of the various applications of optimization methods used in engineering. Define an optimization problem and its various components.

Module I (12 hrs) One Dimensional Unconstrained Minimization techniques, single variable minimization, unimodality, bracketing the minimum, necessary and sufficient conditions for optimality, convexity, steepest descent method.

Module II (12hrs) Linear programming, introduction, linear programming problem, linear programming problems involving LE (≤) constraints, simplex method, optimality conditions, artificial starting solutions, the M method.

Module III (12hrs) Transportation models, definition, non traditional models, transportation algorithm, East West corner method, Vogel approximation method. Assignment model, Introduction, Hungarian method.

Module IV (12hrs) Forecasting Models, moving average technique, regression method, exponential smoothing. Game Theory, two persons zero sum games, mixed strategy games- graphical method.

Module V (12hrs) Queuing models, elements of queuing model, pure birth and death model, specialized Poisson queues, single server models. Multiple server models, self service model.

References:

1. Ashok D Belegundu, Tirupathi R Chandrupatla, “Optimization concepts

and Application in Engineering”, Pearson Education. 2. Kalynamoy Deb, “Optimization for Engineering Design, Alogorithms and

Examples”, Prentice Hall, 3. Hamdy A Taha, “Operations Research – An introduction”, Pearson

Education, 4. Hillier / Lieberman, “Introduction to Operations Research”, Tata McGraw

Hill Publishing company Ltd, 5. Singiresu S Rao, “Engineering optimization Theory and Practice”, New

Age International, 6. Mik Misniewski, “Quantitative Methods for Decision makers”, MacMillian

Press Ltd.,



EC010 706L02 – SPEECH AND AUDIO PROCESSING

Teaching Schemes Credits: 4 2 hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week

Objectives

• To study the theory and applications of speech processing, to study the success and limitation of different methods in speech processing.

Module 1 (12hrs) Production and Classification of Speech Sounds: Brief anatomy and physiology of speech production – categorisation of speech sounds – vowels, nasals, fricatives and plosives – prosody – Analysis and Synthesis of Pole -zero speech models : time dependent processing – all pole modelling of deterministic signals – formulation – error minimisation - autocorrelation method – the Levinson recursion – linear prediction analysis of stochastic speech sounds - formulation – error minimisation – autocorrelation method – pole-zero estimation – linearization – application to speech.

Module 2 (12 hrs) Homomorphic signal processing: Concept – Homomorphic systems for convolution – Short Time Fourier Transform Analysis and Synthesis: introduction – short time analysis – Fourier transform view – filtering view – time-frequency resolution tradeoffs – short time synthesis – formulation – FBS method – OLA method – time- frequency sampling – STFT magnitude – time scale modification and enhancement of speech – time scale modification – noise reduction.

Module 3 (10 hrs) Filter-Bank Analysis/Synthesis: Introduction – FBS method – phase vocoder – constant-Q analysis/synthesis –wavelet transform – DWT – applications – Sinusoidal Analysis/Synthesis: sinusoidal speech model – estimation of sinewave parameters – voiced speech- unvoiced speech – analysis systems – synthesis.

Module 4 (14hrs) Frequency-Domain Pitch Estimation: Introduction – correlation based pitch estimator – pitch estimation based on comb filter – Speech coding: Introduction – statistical models – scalar quantization – fundamentals – quantization noise – companding – adaptive quantization - differential and residual quantization – vector quantization – approach – VQ distortion measure – use of VQ in speech transmission - frequency-domain coding – subband coding – sinusoidal coding – model-based coding – basic linear prediction coder – VQ LPC coder.

Module 5(12 hrs) Speech Enhancement : Intoduction - problem formulation – spectral subtraction – Wiener filtering - basic approaches to estimating the object spectrum – Speaker Recognition: Introduction – spectral features for speaker recognition – formulation – mel-cepstrum – sub-cepstrum – speaker recognition algorithms – minimum distance classifer – vector quantization - GMM.

References:



1. Thomas F. Quatieri, “Discrete-Time Speech Signal Processing”, Pearson Education.

2. L R Rabiner, R W Schafer, “Digital Processing of Speech Signals”, Pearson Education.

3. J R Deller, J H L Hansen, J G Proakis, “Discrete-time Processing of Speech

Signals”, IEEE



EC010 706L03 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

Teaching Schemes Credits : 4 2 hours lecture and 2 hour tutorial per week.

OBJECTIVES • To study the image fundamentals and mathematical transforms necessary forimage processing. • To study the image enhancement techniques• To study image restoration procedures.• To study the image compression procedures.• To study the image segmentation and representation techniques.

Module 1 (12 hrs)

Introduction to Image Processing:-2D sampling, quantization, resolution, brightness, contrast, Machband effect, classification of digital images, image processing system, image file formats.

Module 2 (16 hrs) 2D transforms: 2D signals, 2D systems, 2D transforms -convolution, Z transform, correlation, DFT, its properties, Walsh transform, Hadamard transform, Haar transform, Slant transform, DCT, KL transform and Singular Value Decomposition.

Module 3 (10hrs) Image enhancement in spatial line, enhancement through point operation, types of point operators, histogram manipulation, linear gray level transformation, local and neighbourhood operation, median filter, Image sharpening, image enhancement in frequency domain, homomorphic filter.

Module 4 (10 hrs) Classification of Image segmentation techniques, region approach, clustering techniques, segmentation based on thresholding, edge based segmentation, classification of edges, edge detection, hough transform, active contour.

Module 5 (12 hrs) Image compression: need for compression, redundancy, classification of

image compression schemes, Huffman coding, arithmetic coding, dictionary based compression, transform based compression, image compression standards, vector quantization, wavelet based image compression

Reference 1. S Jayaraman, S Esakkirajan, “Digital image processing” Tata Mc Graw

Hill. 2. Rafael C Gonzalez, R Woods, “Digital image processing” Pearson

Education. 3. Kenneth R Castleman, “Digital image processing”. Pearson Education.4. Anil K Jain, “Fundamentals of Digital image processing” Prentice Hall of

India.5. J Lim, “2 dimensional signal and image processing” Pearson Education


6. Tamal Bose, “Digital signal and image processing”, John Wiley & sons.7. W K Pratt, “Digital image processing” John Wiley.

105


EC010 706L04 – WAVELETS AND APPLICATIONS


Objective: To study the theory and applications of multirate DSP, filter banks and

wavelets

Module 1(14 hrs) Multirate Digital Signal Processing – Basic sampling rate alteration devices- Sampling rate reduction by an integer factor: Down sampler - Time and frequency domain characterization of downsampler – Anti-aliasing filter and decimation system – Sampling rate increase by an integer factor: Upsampler –Time and frequency domain characterization of upsampler – Anti-imaging filter and interpolation system – Gain of anti-imaging filter – Changing the sampling rate by rational factors – Transposition theorem- Multirate identities - Direct and Transposed FIR structures for interpolation and decimation filters – The Polyphase decomposition - Polyphase implementation of decimation and interpolation filters – Commutator models - Multistage implementation of sampling rate conversion – Filter requirements for multistage designs – Overall and individual filter requirements.

Module 2 (10 hrs) Two channel analysis and synthesis filter banks- QMF filter banks – Two channel SBC filter banks – Standard QMF banks – Optimal FIR QMF banks – Filter banks with PR – Conditions for PR – Conjugate Quadrature filters – Valid Half-band filters –Transmultiplexer filter banks – Uniform M channel filter banks – Tree structured filter banks.

Module 3 (12 hrs) Short time Fourier Transform – Filtering interpretation of STFT – Filter bank implementation - Time frequency resolution tradeoff –Sampling of STFT in time and frequency - Motivation for Wavelet transform - The Continuous Wavelet Transform - scaling - shifting – Filtering view – Inverse CWT – Discrete Wavelet transform – dyadic sampling – Filter bank implementation – Inverse DWT.

Module 4 (12 hrs) Multiresolution formulation of Wavelet systems – Scaling function and wavelet function – dilation equation –Filter banks and the DWT - Analysis – from fine scale to coarse scale – Analysis tree – Synthesis – from coarse scale to fine scale – Synthesis tree - Input coefficients – Lattices and lifting.

Module 5 (12 hrs) Wavelet based signal processing and applications: Wavelet packets – Wavelet packet algorithms – Thresholding – Interference suppression – Signal and image compression – Application to communication – OFDM multicarrier communication, Wavelet packet based MCCS.



References

1. R E Crochiere, L E Rabiner, “Multirate Digital Signal Processing”, Prentice Hall

2. P PVaidyanathan, “Multirate Systems and Filter Banks”, Pearson 3. N J Fliege, “Multirate Digital Signal Processing”, Wiley 4. S K Mitra, “Digital Signal Processing: A computer based approach”, Tata

Mc.Graw Hill 5. A V Oppenheim, R W Shaffer, “Discrete time Signal Processing”, Pearson 6. C S Burrus, R A Gopinath, H Guo, “Introduction to Wavelets and Wavelet

Transforms”, Aprimer, Prentice Hall 7. J C Goswami, A K Chan, “Fundamentals of Wavelets: Theory, Algorithms

and Applications”, Wiley. 8. G Strang and T Q Nguyen, “Filter banks and Wavelets”, Wellesly Cambridge

press.



EC010 706 L05 ANTENNA THEORY AND DESIGN

Teaching Schemes Credit : 4 2 hours lecture and 2 hour tutorial per week.

Objectives

• To impart the concepts different types of antennas and antenna-arrays- analysis & synthesis

• .To develop understanding about design and modeling of antenna using computational methods.

Pre-requisites: EC010 603 Radiation & Propagation

Module 1: (10 hrs)

Antenna Fundamentals: Radiation mechanism – over view, Electromagnetic Fundamentals, Solution of Maxwell’s Equations for Radiation Problems, Ideal Dipole, Radiation Patterns, Directivity and Gain, Antenna Impedance, Radiation Efficiency. Antenna Polarization.

Module 2: (10 hrs) Antenna Arrays: Array factor for linear arrays, uniformly excited, equally spaced Linear arrays, pattern multiplication, directivity of linear arrays, non uniformly excited -equally spaced linear arrays, Mutual coupling, multidimensional arrays, phased arrays, feeding techniques, perspective on arrays.

Module 3: (15 hrs) Types of Antennas: Traveling - wave antennas, Helical antennas, Biconical antennas, sleave antennas, and Principles of frequency independent Antennas, spiral antennas, and Log - Periodic Antennas. Aperture Antennas- Techniques for evaluating Gain, reflector antennas - Parabolic reflector antenna principles, Axi - symmetric parabolic reflector antenna, offset parabolic reflectors, dual reflector antennas, Gain calculations for reflector antennas, feed antennas for reflectors, field representations, matching the feed to the reflector, general feed model, feed antennas used in practice. Microstrip Antennas-Introduction, rectangular patch, circular patch, bandwidth, coupling, circular polarization, arrays and feed network.

Module 4: (15 hrs) Antenna Synthesis: Formulation of the synthesis problem, synthesis principles, line sources shaped beam synthesis, linear array shaped beam synthesis — Fourier Series, Woodward — Lawson sampling method, comparison of shaped beam synthesis methods, low side lobe narrow main beam synthesis methods Dolph Chebyshev linear array, Taylor line source method.

Module 5: (10 hrs)

Computational Electromagnetic for Antennas: Introduction to computational electromagnetics, Introduction to method of moments-Pocklington’s integral equation, source modeling, weighted residuals. Introduction to Finite Difference Time Domain Method- Finite difference and Yee’s algorithm, cell size, numerical stability and dispersion. Absorbing boundary conditions.



References: 1. Warren L Stutzman and Gary A Thiele, “Antenna Theory and Design”, 2nd

Edition, John Wiley and Sons Inc. 1998. 2. Constantine. A. Balanis: “Antenna Theory- Analysis and Design”, Wiley

India, 2nd Edition,2008 3. Kraus, “Antennas”, Tata McGraw Hill, NewDelhi, 3rd Edition, 2003 4. R.E.Collin, “Antennas and Microwave propagation”, Tata Mc-Graw

Hill,2004 5. R.C.Johnson and H.Jasik, “Antenna Engineering hand book”, Mc-Graw

Hill,1984 6. I.J.Bhal and P.Bhartia, “Micro-strip Antennas, Design Handbook”, Artech

house,1980



EC 010 706L06 SYSTEM SOFTWARE Teaching Schemes Credits: 4 2 hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week.

Objectives:

• To introduce the students about the Operating systems and the processes Module I (12 hrs)

System Software - Language processors: Introduction, Language processing activities, fundamentals of Language processing, fundamentals of Language specifications. Assemblers: Elements of assembly language programming, A simple assembly scheme, Pass structure of assemblers. Macros and Macro pre processors: Macro definition and call, Macro expansion, Nested macrocalls

Module II (12 hrs)

Compilers and Interpreters: Interpreters: Phases of compilation, scanning, parsing, Intermediate codes, optimization. Memory allocation, Linkers and Loaders: Relocation and linking concepts. Software tools: Software tools for program development, Language processor development tools.

Module III (12 hrs) Operating systems - Evolution of OS systems. Operating systems structures Process Management: Processes: Process definition, Process control, Interacting Processes, Implementation of interacting Processes, Threads. Scheduling: Scheduling policies, Job Scheduling, Process Scheduling. Deadlocks: Definitions, Handling Deadlocks, Deadlock detection and resolution, Deadlock avoidance. Process synchronization, Implementing control, synchronization , critical sections, Semaphores.

Module IV (12 hrs)

Memory management& Information Management: Memory allocation preliminaries, Contiguous Memory allocation, noncontiguous Memory allocation, Virtual memory using paging, Virtual memory using segmentation. Over view of file processing, files and file operations, fundamentals of file organizations and access methods, Directories, file protections, File processing file system reliability. Implementation of file operations.

Module V(12 hrs)

Protection and security : Encryption of data, Protection and security mechanisms. Distributed operating systems: Definition and examples, Design issues of Distributed operating systems , Networking issues ,Communication protocols, Resource allocation.

References

1. D M Dhamdhere, “System programming and Operating systems 2nd revised edition”, Tata

McGraw-Hill 2. Milan Milenkovic, “Operating Systems”, 2nd edition, Tata McGraw-Hill. 3. John J Donovan, “System Programming”, 2nd edition, Tata McGraw-Hill. 4. Leland L Beck, “System Software: An Introduction to System Programming”, 3rd edition,

Pearson Education.

110


EC010 707 ADVANCED COMMINCATION LAB Teaching Schemes Credits : 2 3 hour practical per week

List of Experiments

1. Delta Modulation & Demodulation. 2. Sigma delta modulation. 3. PCM (using Op-amp and DAC). 4. BASK (using analog switch) and demodulator. 5. BPSK (using analog switch). 6. BFSK (using analog switch). 7. Error checking and correcting codes. 8. 4 Channel digital multiplexing (using PRBS signal and digital multiplexer). 9. Microwave experiments ( Experiments based on subject EC010 703)

MATLAB or LABview Experiments:

1. Mean Square Error estimation of a signals. 2. Huffman coding and decoding. 3. Implementation of LMS algorithm. 4. Time delay estimation using correlation function. 5. Comparison of effect in a dispersive channel for BPSK, QPSK and MSK. 6. Study of eye diagram of PAM transmission system. 7. Generation of QAM signal and constellation graph. 8. DTMF encoder/decoder using simulink. 9. Phase shift method of SSB generation using Simulink. 10. Post Detection SNR estimation in Additive white Gaussian environment using Simulink.

Syllabus –B.Tech. Electronics &Communication Engg

111


EC010 708 SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB Teaching Schemes Credits : 2 3 hour practical per week

List of Experiments

Experiments based on MATLAB

1. Generation of Waveforms (Continuous and Discrete)

2. Verification of Sampling Theorem.

3. Time and Frequency Response of LTI systems.

4. Implement Linear Convolution of two sequences.

5. Implement Circular convolution of two sequences.

6. To find the DFT and IDFT for the given input sequence.

7. To find the DCT and IDCT for the given input sequence.

8. To find FFT and IFFT for the given input sequence.

9. FIR and IIR filter design using Filter Design Toolbox.

10. FIR Filter Design (Window method).

11. IIR Filter Design (Butterworth and Chebychev).

Mini Project based on digital signal processing or control systems or communication applications.

Syllabus- B. Tech. Electronics &Communication Engg

112

EC 010 709 Seminar Teaching scheme credits: 2


The seminar power point presentation shall be fundamentals oriented and advanced topics in the

appropriate branch of engineering with references of minimum seven latest international journal

papers having high impact factor.

Each presentation is to be planned for duration of 25 minutes including a question answer session of five

to ten minutes.

The student’s internal marks for seminar will be out of 50. The marks will be awarded based on

the presentation of the seminar by the students before an evaluation committee consists of a

minimum of 4 faculty members. Apportioning of the marks towards various aspects of seminar (extent

of literature survey, presentation skill, communication skill, etc.) may be decided by the seminar

evaluation committee.

A bona fide report on seminar shall be submitted at the end of the semester. This report shall

include, in addition to the presentation materials, all relevant supplementary materials along with detailed

answers to all the questions asked/clarifications sought during presentation. All references must be given

toward the end of the report. The seminar report should also be submitted for the viva-voce

examination at the end of eighth semester.

For Seminar, the minimum for a pass shall be 50% of the total marks assigned to the seminar.

113

EC 010 710 Project Work

Teaching schemecredits: 1

1 hour practical per week

Project work, in general, means design and development of a system with clearly specified

objectives. The project is intended to be a challenge to intellectual and innovative abilities and to

give students the opportunity to synthesize and apply the knowledge and analytical skills learned

in the different disciplines.

The project shall be a prototype; backed by analysis and simulation etc. No project can be deemed

to be complete without having an assessment of the extent to which the objectives are met. This is

to be done through proper test and evaluation, in the case of developmental work, or through

proper reviews in the case of experimental investigations.

• The project work has to be started in the seventh semester and to be continued on to

eighth semester.

• Project work is to be done by student groups. Maximum of four students only are

permitted in any one group.

• Projects are expected to be proposed by the students. They may also be proposed by

faculty member (Guide) or jointly by student and faculty member.

• Students are expected to finalise project themes/titles with the assistance of an identified

faculty member as project guide during the first week of the seventh semester.

The progress from concept to final implementation and testing, through problem definition

and the selection of alternative solutions is monitored. Students build self confidence, demonstrate

independence, and develop professionalism by successfully completing the project.

Each student shall maintain a project work book. At the beginning of the project, students are

required to submit a project plan in the project book. The plan should not exceed 600 words but

should cover the following matters.

• Relevance of the project proposed

• Literature survey

• Objective

• Statement of how the objectives are to be tackled

114


Eighth Semester


Mahatma Gandhi University EC010 801 WIRELESS COMMUNICATION


Objective: To give the students an idea about the cellular communication theory and technology.

Module 1 (12 hrs) Cellular concept-frequency reuse, channel assignment, hand off, interference, trunking and grade of service, cell splitting, sectoring, microcell concept.

Module 2 (12 hrs) Introduction to radio wave propagation-free space propagation model, round reflection (2-ray) model, impulse response model of a multipath channel, parameters o mobile multipath channels, type of small scale fading, fading effect due to multipath time delay spread and Doppler spread, diversity technique for mobile wireless radio system.

Module 3 (12 hrs) Multiple access technique for wireless communication-FDMA, TDMA, spread spectrum multiple access-FHMA, CDMA, hybrid spread spectrum technique-space division multiple access- packet radio.

Module 4 (12 hrs) GSM-GSM network architecture, GSM channel type, frame structure for GSM,( signal processing in GSM-speech coding, channel coding, interleaving, ciphering, burst formatting, modulation, frequency hopping, demodulation) authentication and security in GSM, GSM call procedures, GSM hand off procedures.

Module 5 (12 hrs) CDMA digital cellular standards- Introduction, frequency and channel specification, forward and reverse CDMA channel, CDMA call processing, soft hand off, performance of a CDMA system, comparison of CDMA with GSM, digital cellular standards- DECT, PDC, PHS

References:

1. Andrea Goldsmith, “Wireless Communications”, Cambridge University Press,2005.

2. Simon Haykin & Michael Moher, “Modern Wireless Communications”, PersonEducation, 2007.

3. T. S. Rappaport, “Wireless Communication, Principles & Practice”, DorlingKindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2009.

4. G. L. Stuber, “Principles of Mobile Communications”, 2nd Edition, SpringerVerlag. 2007.

5. Kamilo Feher, 'Wireless Digital Communication', Dorling Kindersley (India)Pvt. Ltd., 2006.


6. R. L. Peterson, R. E. Ziemer & David E. Borth, “Introduction to SpreadSpectrum Communication”, Prentice Hall, 1995.

7. A. J. Viterbi, “CDMA- Principles of Spread Spectrum”, Prentice Hall, 1995.

116


EC010 802 COMMUNICATION NETWORK

Teaching Schemes Credits:4 2 hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week

Objectives: • .To impart a basic knowledge on networking techniques.• .To provide a strong foundation to students about the internet protocols and

network security.

Module 1 (12 hrs) Network services and layered architecture.Network topology, Switching: basics of message switching, packet switching, circuit switching and cell switching. :Layering architecture, the OSI reference model, Layers, protocols and services, overview of TCP/IP architecture, TCP/IP protocol.

Module2 (12 hrs) Multiple access communications, local area networks (LAN) structure, the medium access control sub layer, the logical link control layer, random access, ALOHA, slotted ALOHA, CSMA, CSMA/CD, scheduling approaches to medium access control, reservation systems, polling, token passing rings, comparison of random access and scheduling. Medium access controls, IEEE 802.3 standards for 10Mbps and 1000 Mbps LANs, repeaters and hubs, LAN bridges, transparent bridges, source routing bridges, mixes media bridges, LAN switches.

Module 3 (12 hrs) Internetworking: Inter network, datagram forwarding in IP, ARP, DHCP, ICMP, Virtual networks and Tunnels. Routing: Distance vector routing, Link state Routing. Routing for Mobile hosts. Global internet: Subnetting, CIDR, BGP. IPV4 and IPV6.

Module4 (12 hrs) Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM):Addressing, signaling and routing. ATM header structure, ATM adaptation layer, management and control, Internetworking with ATM. Control of ATM networks.

Module 5 (12 hrs) Network security: Symmetric and asymmetric key cryptography. Security services, Digital signature, IPsecurity(IPsec),SSL/TLS,PGP, Firewalls.

References:

1. Jean Walrand & Pravin Varaiya, “High Performance CommunicationNetworks” , Elsevier

2. Behrouz.a. Forouzan, “Data Communication and Networking”, Tata McGrawHill

3. Larry L. Peterson, Bruce S. Davie, “Computer networks”, 4th edition, Elsevier4. Andrew S Tanenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Pearson Education

5. William Stallings,”Data and computer communication”, Pearson Education

Syllabus- B.Tech .Electronics &Communication Engg

117


EC010 803 LIGHT WAVE COMMUNICATION


Objectives • To understand the behaviour of light wave• To know principle of light wave communication and the characteristics of optical

devices.

Module 1 (12hrs) Recollection of basic principles of optics: ray theory- critical angle- total internal reflection - Optical wave guides - Propagation in fibre- expression for acceptance angle-numerical aperture- V number – modes, mode coupling - SI fibre and GI fibre - single mode fibers

Module 2 (12 hrs) Transmission characteristics – Attenuation – absorption losses – scattering losses – bend losss –Dispersion- chromatic dispersion – intermodal dispersion –Optical fiber cables – cable design -- Optic fibre connections– fibre alignment and joint loss - splicing techniques- optical fibre connectors – fiber couplers

Module 3 (12 hrs) Optical sources- LEDs – LED structures – LED characteristics –semiconductor injection LASER- LASER structures- LASER characteristics – Optical detectors - principles of photo detection –quantum efficiency, responsivity - PIN diode – APD – operating principles – source to fibre power launching – lens coupling to fiber.

Module 4 (12 hrs) Optical amplifiers- Semiconductor optical amplifiers – Erbium doped fiber amplifiers-comparison between semiconductor and fiber amplifiers - wavelength conversion – Optical modulation – Mach Zender interferometer – MZ optical modulator – operating requirements.

Module 5 (12 hrs) Optical networks – wavelength routing networks – wavelength switching networks – network protection and survivability - Optical fiber link design – long haul systems, power budget, time budget, maximum link length calculation.

References

1. John M Senior, “Optical fiber Communications Principles and Practice:”,Pearson Education

2. Djafer K Mynbaev, “Fibre optic communication technology:”, PearsonEducation.

3. Franz and Jain , “Optical Communications Components and Systems”,: Narosa4. Harold Kolimbiris, “Fiber Optics Communications”, Pearson Education5. John Gower , “Optical communication system”, Prentice Hall of India6. Sharma, “Fibre optics in telecommunication”, Mc Graw Hill7. Subir Kumar Sarkar, “Optical fibre and fibre optic communication”, S Chand & co. Ltd


8. M Mukund Rao , “Optical communication”, Universities press.9. Palais, “Fiber Optic Communication”, Pearson Education.10. Black, “Optical Networks - 3rd Generation Transport systems”, Pearson

Education.118


EC010 804L01 NANO ELETCRONICS


Objectives

• To introduce students to the nano electronics and the systems.

• To understand the basic principles of carbon nano tubes.

Module I (12hrs) Challenges going to sub-100 nm MOSFETs Oxide layer thickness, tunnelling, power density, non-uniform dopant concentration, threshold voltage scaling, lithography, hot electron effects, sub-threshold current, velocity saturation, interconnect issues, fundamental limits for MOS operation.

Module II (12 hrs) Novel MOS-based devices Multiple gate MOSFETs, Silicon-on-insulator, Silicon- on-nothing, Fin FETs, vertical MOSFETs, strained Si devices.

Module III (12 hrs) Quantum structures quantum wells, quantum wires and quantum dots, Single electron devices charge quantization, energy quantization, Coulomb blockade, Coulomb staircase, Bloch oscillations.

Module IV (12 hrs) Hetero structure based devices Type I, II and III hetero junctions, Si-Ge hetero structure, hetero structures of III-V and II-VI compounds - resonant tunnelling devices.

Module V (12 hrs) Carbon nanotubes based devices CNFET, characteristics; Spin-based devices spin FET, characteristics.

Reference Books:

1. Mircea Dragoman and Daniela Dragoman, “ Nano electronics Principles &

devices”, Artech House Publishers, 2005. 2. Karl Goser, “Nanoelectronics and Nanosystems: From Transistors to

Molecular and Quantum Devices”, Springer 2005. 3. Mark Lundstrom and Jing Guo, “Nanoscale Transistors: Device Physics

Modelling and Simulation”, Springer, 2005. 4. Vladimir V Mitin, Viatcheslav A Kochelap and Michael A Stroscio,

“Quantum hetero structures”, Cambridge University Press, 1999. 5. S M Sze (Ed), “ High speed semiconductor devices”, Wiley, 1990.



EC010 804L02MICRO ELECTRO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS

Teaching Schemes Credits: 4 2hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week

Objectives

• To introduce students to the MEMS systems, its hardware.

• To introduce devices and their working principles..

Module I (12hrs) Overview of MEMS and Microsystems –Typical MEMS product – Evolution of Microfabrication – Multidisciplinary nature of MEMS – Applications.

Module II (12 hrs) Working Principle of Microsystems – Microsensors – Microactuation – Microaccelerometers - Microfluidics

Module III (12 hrs) Engineering Science for Microsystem Design - Atomic Structure of Matter – Ions – Molecular Theory – Intermolecular Force – Doping of Semiconductors – Diffusion Process – Electrochemistry – Quantum Physics – Materials for MEMS and Microsystems – Substrate and Wafer – Silicon as Substrate Material – Silicon compounds – Silicon Piezoresistors – Gallium Arsenide – Quartz – Piezoelectric Crystals – Polymers.

Module IV (12 hrs) Micro system Fabrication Process – Photolithography – Ion implantation – Diffusion – Oxidation – Chemical Vapour Deposition – Physical Vapour Depostion – Deposition of Epitaxy - Etching

Module V (12 hrs) Overview of Micromanufacturing – Bulk Micromanufacturing – Surface Micromachining – The LIGA Process.

Reference Books:

1. Tai-Ran Hsu , “MEMS & Microsystems Design and Manufacture”, Mc Graw Hill.

2. Nitaigur Premchand Mahalik , “MEMS”, Tata Mc Graw Hill 3. James D. Plummer, Michael D.Deal, Peter B. Griffin, “Silicon VLSI

Technology’, Pearson Education.



EC010 804L03 SECURE COMMUNICATION


Objective: To impart the students about the theory and technology behind the

secure communication..

MODULE 1 (12 hrs) Modular arithmetic : Groups, Ring, Fields. The Euclidean algorithm-Finite fields of the form GF(p). Polynomial arithmetic: Finite fields of the form GF(2n).

MODULE 2 (12 hrs) Introduction, security attacks-security services- Symmetric Ciphers-Symmetric Cipher Model-Substitution Techniques-Caesar Cipher-Mono alphabetic Cipher- Play fair cipher-Hill cipher-Poly alphabetic Cipher – one time pad.

MODULE 3 (12 hrs) Transposition techniques- Block Ciphers. Data encryption Standards- DES Encryption-DES decryption-Differential and Linear Crypt analysis Advanced Encryption standard- The AES Cipher- substitute bytes transformation-Shift row transformation-Mix Column transformation.

MODULE 4 (12 hrs) Public key cryptosystem- Application for Public key cryptosystem- Requirements- RSA algorithm. Key management-Distribution of public key, public key certificates ,Distribution of secret keys.

MODULE 5 (12 hrs) Intruders: Intrusion techniques, Intrusion detection, Statistical anomaly detection, Rule based intrusion detection, Distributed intrusion detection, Honey pot, Intrusion detection exchange format. Password management: Password protection, password selection strategies.

Reference:

1. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security” ,4th Edition, Pearson Education ,2009

2. Ferouzen,’ Cryptography and network security”, Tat Mc GrawHill 3. Tyagi and Yadav ,” Cryptography and network security”, Dhanpatrai 4. Douglas A. Stinson, “Cryptography, Theory and Practice”, 2nd Edition,

Chapman & Hall, CRC Press Company, Washington, 2005. 5. Lawrence C. Washington, “Elliptic Curves: Theory and Cryptography”,

Chapman & Hall, CRC Press Company, Washington, 2008. 6. David S. Dummit & Richard M Foote, “Abstract Algebra”, 2nd Edition,

Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2008.



EC010 804L04 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Teaching Schemes Credits :4 2hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week.

Objectives:

Describe the various types of information systems by breadth of support. Identify the major information systems that support each organizational level. Describe how information resources are managed, and discuss the roles of the information systems

Module I (12hrs) Information systems, dimensions of information systems, approaches to information systems, information processing systems, characteristics, types, impacts and applications, moral dimensions of information systems, information rights, property rights

Module II (12 hrs) Information Technology infrastructure, levels, infrastructure components, competitive model for information technology infrastructure, types of information system controls, risk assessment, security, auditing

Module II (12hrs) Enterprise systems, architecture, process, supply chain management systems, push verses pull based supply chain management, internet driven enterprise integration.

Module IV (12hrs) Knowledge management systems, dimensions, organizational learning, knowledge management value chain, types of knowledge management systems, enterprise wide KMS, structured KMS, semi structured KMS, knowledge network, knowledge work systems, intelligent techniques, expert systems, fuzzy logic, neural networks, genetic algorithms

Module V (12hrs) Decision support systems, decision making, systems and technologies in decision making and business intelligence, decision making levels, types of decisions, stages in decision making process, difference between MIS and DSS, types of DSS, components of DSS, group decision making systems, Executive support systems

Reference:

1. Kenneth C. Laudon and Jane Price Laudon, “Management Information

systems Managing the digital firm”, Pearson Education Asia. 2. James AN O’ Brein, “Management Information Systems”, Tata McGraw

Hill, New Delhi, 3. Gordon B.Davis, “Management Information system: Conceptual

Foundation, Structure and Development”, McGraw Hill, 4. Joyce J. Elam, “Case series for Management Information System Silmon

and Schuster”, Custom Publishing.



5. Steven Alter, “Information system – A Management Perspective” – Addison – Wesley,

6. Ralph M.Stair and George W.Reynolds “Principles of Information Systems – A Managerial Approach Learning”,



EC010 804 L05 : PATTERN RECOGNITION

Teaching Schemes Credits:4 2 hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week

Objectives: • .To impart a basic knowledge on pattern recognition and to give a sound idea

on the topics of parameter estimation and supervised learning, linear discriminant functions and syntactic approach to PR.

• .To provide a strong foundation to students to understand and design patternrecognition systems.

Module I (12 hrs) Introduction: introduction to statistical, syntactic and descriptive approaches, features and feature extraction, learning and adaptation. Bayes Decision theory, introduction, continuous case, 2-categoryclassification, minimum error rate classification, classifiers. Discriminant functions and decision surfaces.

Module 2 (12 hrs) Introuction- Maximum likelihood estimation - General principle,Gaussian case ; bias. Bayesian estimation – class conditioned density, parameterdistribution, Bayesian Parameter estimation – General Theory,Gibb’s Algorithm – Comparison of Bayes Method with Maximum likelihood.

Module 3 (12 hrs) Introduction,Density Estimation. Parzen Windows – Convergence of mean, variance,Kn – Nearest Neighbourestimation,Nearest neighbor rule,Converge error rate, error bound , partial distance.

Module 4 (12 hrs) Linear discriminate functions and decision surfaces:-Introduction, training error, Threshold weight, discriminate function – two category case, multicategory case. Generalized discriminant function, Quadratic discriminant functions, Polynomial discriminant, PHI functions. Augmented vector.Two category linearly separable case: weight space, solution region, margin, learning rate ,algorithm(Gradient descent – newton)Relaxation procedures.

Module 5 (12 hrs) Syntactic approach to PR : Introduction to pattern grammars and languages ,higher dimensional grammars, tree, graph, web, plex, and shape grammars, stochastic grammars , attribute grammars, Parsing techniques, grammatical inference.

Reference Books

1. R.O Duda, Hart P.E, “Pattern Classification And Scene Analysis”, John Wiley2. Gonzalez R.C. & Thomson M.G., “Syntactic Pattern Recognition - An Introduction”,

AddisonWesley.

3. J. T. Tou and R. C. Gonzalez, “Pattern Recognition Principles”, Wiley, 19744. Fu K.S., “Syntactic Pattern Recognition And Applications”, Prentice Hall,

Syllabus- B.Tech. Electronics & Communication Engg

5. Rajjan Shinghal, “Pattern Recognition: Techniques and Applications”, OxfordUniversity Press, 2008.

124


EC010 804L06: RF CIRCUITS Teaching Schemes Credit: 3 2 hours theory and 1 hour tutorial per week.

Objectives

• .To give the basic ideas about the characteristics of components in Radio frequency • .To understand the working of various active devices and circuits in Radio frequency

Module 1: (10 hrs)

Introduction, Components and systems : Wire – Resistors – Capacitors – Inductors – Toroids – Toroidal Inductor Design – Practical Winding Hints. Resonant Circuits: Some Definitions – Resonance (Lossless Components) – Loaded Q – Insertion Loss – Impedance Transformation – Coupling of Resonant Circuits. Module 2: (15 hrs) Filter Design: Background – Modern Filter Design – Normalization and the Low-Pass Prototype – Filter Types – Frequency and Impedance Scaling – High-Pass Filter Design – The Dual Network – Bandpass Filter Design –Bandpass Filter Design Procedure – Band-Rejection Filter Design – The Effects of Finite Q. Module 3: (12 hrs) Impedance Matching: Background – The L Network – Dealing With Complex Loads – Three-Element Matching – Low-Q or Wideband Matching Networks – The Smith Chart – Impedance Matching on the Smith Chart. Module 4: (15 hrs) Small-Signal and Large signal RF Amplifier Design: RF Transistor Materials – The Transistor Equivalent Circuit – Y Parameters – S Parameters. Transistor Biasing – Design Using Y Parameters – Design Using S Parameters. RF Power Transistor Characteristics – Transistor Biasing – RF Semiconductor Devices – Power Amplifier Design – Matching to Coaxial Feed lines. Module 5: (8 hrs)

RF Front-End Design and RF Design Tools: Higher Levels of Integration, Basic Receiver Architectures, ADC’S Effect on Front-End Design, Software Defined Radios. Design Tool Basics – RFIC Design Flow – RFIC Design Flow, Modelling – PCB Design – Packaging.

References:

1. Christopher Bowick, John Blyler and Cheryl Aljuni , “ RF Circuit Design”, 2nd Edition, Elsevier ,2008.

2. Reinhold Ludwig & Powel Bretchko, “RF Circuit Design – Theory and Applications”, 1st Ed., Pearson Education Ltd., 2004.

3. Davis W. Alan, “Radio Frequency Circuit Design”, Wiley India, 2009. 4. Joseph J. Carr, “RF Components and Circuits”, Newnes, 2002. 5. Mathew M. Radmanesh, “Advanced RF & Microwave Circuit Design-The Ultimate

Guide to System Design”, Pearson Education Asia, 2009. 6. David M. Pozzar , “ Microwave Engineering”, 3r Ed., Wiley India, 2007. 7. Ulrich L. Rohde & David P. NewKirk, “RF / Microwave Circuit Design”, John Wiley

& Sons, 2000.

Syllabus-B.Tech. Electronics &Communication

125


EC010 805 G01 TEST ENGINEERING

Teaching Schemes Credits : 4

2 hrs lecture and 2 hrs tutorial per week

Objectives

1. To provide an insight into multi-disciplinary approach to test engineering including test economics and management.

2. To understand practical, concise descriptions of the methods and technologies in modern mechanical, electronics and software testing.

3. To provide an insight into the developing interface between modern design analysis methods and testing practice.

4. To understand why products and systems fail, which testing methods are appropriate to each stage of the product life cycle and how testing can reduce failures.

5. To provide an overview of international testing regulations and standards.

Module 1 (12 hrs)

Introduction: need for test, analysis and simulation, good and bad testing, test economics, managing the test programme

Stress, Strength and Failure of Materials: mechanical stress and fracture, temperature effects, wear corrosion, humidity and condensation, materials and component selection

Electrical and Electronics Stress, Strength and Failure: stress effects, component types and failure mechanisms, circuit and system aspects

Module 2 (12 hrs)

Variation and Reliability: variation in engineering, load-strength interference, time-dependent variation, multiple variations and statistical experiments, discrete variations, confidence and significance, reliability

Design Analysis: Quality Function Deployment, design analysis methods, analysis methods for reliability and safety, design analysis for processes, software for design analysis, limitations of design analysis, using analysis results for test planning

Module 3 (12 hrs)

Development Testing Principles: functional testing, testing for reliability and durability, testing for variation, process testing, ‘Beta’ testing

Materials and Systems Testing: materials, assemblies and systems, system aspects, data collection and analysis, standard test methods, test centres

Testing Electronics: circuit test principles, test equipment, test data acquisition, design for test, electronic component test, EMI / EMC testing

Module 4 (12 hrs)

Software: software in engineering systems, software errors, preventing errors, analysis of software system design, data reliability, managing software testing

Manufacturing Test: manufacturing test principles, manufacturing test economics, inspection and measurement, test methods, stress screening, electronics manufacturing test options and economics, testing electronic components, statistical process control and acceptance sampling


126

Mahatma Gandhi University Testing in Service: in-service test economics, test schedules, mechanical and systems, electronic and electrical, sotaftware, reliability centred maintenance, stress screening of repaired items, calibration

Module 5 (12 hrs)

Data Collection and Analysis: FRACAS, acceptance sampling, probability and hazard plotting, time series analysis, software for data collection and analysis, reliability demonstration and growth measurement, sources of data

Laws, Regulations and Standards: safety and product liability, main regulatory agencies in USA, Europe and Asia, International standards, BIS, ISO standards, industry / technology standards

Management: organization and responsibilities, procedures for test, development test programme, project test plan, training and education for test, future of test.

References:

1. Patrick D. T. O’connor, “A Concise Guide to Cost-effective Design, Development and Manufacture”, John Wiley & Sons, 2001

2. Patrick D. T. O’connor, “Practical Reliability Engineering”, Wiley India, 2008 3. Naikan V. N. A., “Reliabilty Engineering and Life Testing”, PHI Learning, 2008 4. Kapur K. C., Lamberson L. R., “Reliability in Engineering Design”, Wiley India, 2009 5. Srinath L. S., “Reliability Engineering”, East West Press, 2005


127


EC010 805G02 E-LEARNING

Teaching scheme Credits : 4 2 hrs lecture and 2 hrs tutorial per week

Objectives

1. To understand the basic concepts of e-learning. 2. To understand the technology mediated communication in e-learning. 3. To learn the services that manage e-learning environment. 4. To know the teaching and learning processes in e-learning environment.

Module 1 (12 hrs) – Introduction Evolution of Education – Generations of Distance Educational Technology – Role of e-learning – Components of e-learning: CBT, WBT, Virtual Classroom – Barriers to e-learning

Roles and Responsibilities: Subject Matter Expert – Instructional Designer – Graphic Designer – Multimedia Author – Programmer – System Administrator – Web Master

Module 2 (12 hrs) – Technologies Satellite Broadcasting – Interactive Television – Call Centres – Whiteboard Environment Teleconferencing: Audio Conferencing – Video Conferencing – Computer Conferencing Internet: e-mail, Instant Messaging, Chat, Discussion Forums, Bulletin Boards, Voice Mail, File Sharing, Streaming Audio and Video

Module 3 (12 hrs)– Management Content: e-content, Dynamic Content, Trends – Technology: Authoring, Delivery, Collaboration – Services: Expert Service, Information Search Service, Knowledge Creation Service – Learning Objects and E-learning Standards

Process of e-learning: Knowledge acquisition and creation, Sharing of knowledge, Utilization of knowledge – Knowledge Management in e-learning

Module 4 (12hrs) – Teaching-Learning Process Interactions: Teacher-Student – Student-Student – Student-Content – Teacher-Content – Teacher-Teacher – Content-Content

Role of Teachers in e-learning – Blended Learning – Cooperative Learning – Collaborative Learning – Multi Channel learning – Virtual University – Virtual Library

Module 5 (12 hrs) – Development Issues Assessment in e-learning – Quality in e-learning – Tools for Development – Costs for Developing and Using E-learning Environments – Challenges and Careers – Future of e-learning

References: 1. Michael W. Allen, “Michael Allen’s Guide to E-learning”, John Wiley & Sons, 2003. 2. Michael W. Allen, “Successful E-learning Interface: Making Learning Technology Polite,

Effective and Fun”, Pfeffer & Company, 2011. 3. Michael W. Allen, “Michael Allen’s 2012: E-learning Annual”, Pfeffer & Company,

2011.


128


4. Gourishankar Patnaik, “E-learning”, Vdm Verlag, 2010. 5. Gaurav Chadha & Nafay Kumail S. M., “E-Learning: An Expression of the Knowledge

Economy”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publication, 2002. 6. Singh P. P. & Sandhir Sharma, “E-Learning: New Trends and Innovations”, Deep &

Deep Publications, 2005.


129


EC010 805 G03 MECHATRONICS


Objective: Mechatronics is a synergistic combination of Mechanical, Electrical and Computer Engineering and Information Technology, which includes control systems as well as numerical methods to design products. This subject shall lay the foundations of this multidisciplinary field of engineering. Module 1 (12 hrs) Introduction to Mechatronics: Mechatronics key elements, Mechatronics design process, approaches in Mechatronics Modeling and Simulation of Physical System Simulation and Block Diagrams, Analogies and Impedance Diagrams, Electrical Systems, Mechanical Translation systems, Mechanical rotational system, Electromechanical coupling, Fluid systems Module 2 (12 hrs) Sensors and Transducers: Introduction to Sensors and transducers, Sensors for motion and position Measurement, force, torque, and Tactile sensors, flow sensors, Temperature – sensing devices, Ultrasonic sensors, range sensors, active vibration control Using agnetostrictive transducers, Fiber optic devices in mechatronics. Module 3 (12 hrs) Actuating Devices- Direct current motor, permanent magnet stepper motor, fluid power actuation, Fluid power design elements, Piezoelectric Actuators. Hardware components for Mechatronics. Transducer signal conditioning and devices for data conversion, programmable Controllers. Module 4 (12 hrs) Signals, systems and controls: Introduction to signals, systems, and controls, system representation, Linearization of Nonlinear systems, time delays, measures of system Performance, root locus and bode plots. Real- Time Interfacing. Introduction, Elements of a Data Acquisition and Control system, overview of the I/O process, Installation of the I/O card and software, installation of the Application software, examples of interfacing Module 5 (12 hrs) Closed Loop controllers Continuous and discrete processes, control modes, two step mode, proportional mode, derivative control, integral control, PID controller, digital controllers, control system performance, controller tuning, velocity control and Adaptive control Advanced applications in mechatronics -Sensors for condition monitoring, Mechatronic control in automated Manufacturing, artificial intelligence in mechatronics, Fuzzy logic applications in Mechatronics, Micro sensors in mechatronics.

References: 1. Devdas Shetty and Richard.A.Kolk, “Mechatronics system design”,

Thomson Asia Pte. Ltd. Second reprint, 2001


2. W.Bolton, “Mechatronics”, Pearson Education Asia, Third Indian Reprint2001.

3. David G Alciatore and Michael.B.Histand, “Introduction to Mechatronicsand Measurement systems”, Tata McGraw Hill, Second Edition, 2003.

130


EC010 805 G04 BIO INFORMATICS


Objective: To cater the needs of students who want a comprehensive study of the

principle and techniques of bioinformatics..

Module 1 (12 hrs)

Nature and scope of life science, Various branches of life sciences, Organization of life at various levels, Overview of molecular biology, The cell as basic unit of life- Prokaryotic cell and Eukaryotic cell - Central Dogma: DNA-RNA-Protein, Introduction to DNA and Protein sequencing, Human Genome Project, SNP, Bioinformatics databases, - Nucleotide sequence databases, Primary nucleotide sequence databases-EMBL, GeneBank, DDBJ; Secondary nucleotide sequence databases Protein sequence databases- SwissProt. Protein Data Bank

Module 2 (12 hrs)

Basic concepts of sequence similarity, identity and homology, definitions of homologues, orthologues, paralogues. Scoring matrices- PAM and BLOSUM matrices, Pairwise sequence alignments: Needleman & Wuncsh, Smith & Waterman algorithms for pairwise alignments. BLAST and FASTA. Multiple sequence alignments (MSA)- CLUSTALW.

Module 3 (12 hrs)

Phylogeny: Basic concepts of phylogeny; molecular evolution; Definition and description of phylogenetic trees. Phylogenetic analysis algorithms - Maximum Parsimony, UPGMA and Neighbour-Joining. Evaluation of phylogenetic trees- reliability and significance; Boot strapping; Jackknifing

Module 4 (12 hrs)

Computational approaches for bio-sequence analysis - Mapping bio-sequences to digital signals – various approaches – indicator sequences – distance signals – use of clustering to reduce symbols in amino acid sequences - analysis of bio-sequence signals – case study of spectral analysis for exon location.

Module 5 (12 hrs)

Systems Biology: System Concept- Properties of Biological systems, Self organization, emergence, chaos in dynamical systems, linear stability, bifurcation analysis, limit cycles, attractors, stochastic and deterministic processes, continuous and discrete systems, modularity and abstraction, feedback, control analysis, Mathematical modeling; Biological Networks- Signaling pathway, GRN, PPIN, Flux Balance Analysis, Systems biology v/s synthetic biology



References.

1. Claverie & Notredame, “Bioinformatics - A Beginners Guide”, Wiley-Dreamtech India Pvt.

2. Uri Alon, “An Introduction to Systems Biology Design Principles ofBiological Circuits”, Chapman & Hall/CRC.

3. Marketa Zvelebil and Jeremy O. Baum, “Understanding Bioinformatics”,Garland Science.

4. Bryan Bergeron, “Bioinformatics Computing, Pearson Education”, Inc.,Publication.

5. D. Mount, “Bioinformatics: Sequence & Genome Analysis”, Cold springHarbor press.

6. Charles Semple, Richard A. Caplan and Mike Steel, “Phylogenetics”, OxfordUniversity Press.

7. C. A. Orengo, D.T. Jones and J. M. Thornton, “Bioinformatics- Genes,Proteins and Computers”, Taylor & Francis Publishers.

8. Achuthsankar S. Nair et al. “Applying DSP to Genome Sequence Analysis:The State of the Art, CSI Communications”, vol. 30, no. 10, pp. 26-29, Jan.2007.

9. Resources at web sites of NCBI, EBI, SANGER, PDB etc


EC 010 805 G05: Intellectual Property Rights

Teaching scheme Credits:4

2 hour lecture and 2 hour tutorial

Objectives

1. To appreciate the concept of Intellectual Property and recognize different

kinds of Intellectual Property

2. To appreciate the rationale behind IP and underlying premises

3. To know the position of IP under the constitution of India

Module 1(12 Hours)

Concept of intellectual property – different types of IP-Rationale behind Intellectual

property-Balancing the rights of the owner of the IP and the society – Enforcement of IPRs –

IP and constitution of India.

Module 2 (12 Hours)

World intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) – WTO/TRIPS Agreement – India and the

TRIPS Agreement – Patent law in India –Interpretation and implementations – Transitional

period.

Module 3 (12 Hours)

Patent system – Patentable Invention – Procedure for obtaining patent – Rights of a patentee

– Limitations on Particular’s Rights – Revocation of patent for Non – working Transfer of

patent – Infringement of patent.

Module 4 (12 Hours)

Indian Designs Law – Meaning of Design Registration and Prohibitions – Copyright in

Designs – Piraiy of Design and Penalities – Steps for foling an Application – Copyright law

in India –Owner of the copyright – Rights of Broad Casters and Performers – Registration of

Copyright – Assignment, Licensing and Transmission – Infringement – International

Copyright and Copyright Societies

133

Module 5 (12 Hours)

Trade Mark Law in India – Functions of a Trade Mark – Registration of Trade Mark

Exploiting Trade Mark – Infringement –Offenses and Penalties – Indian Trade Mark Act

1999; salient features. Geographical Indications – Registration of Geographical Indication –

Term and Implication of Registration – Reciprocity and Prohibition on Registration.

Text books

1. Jayasree Watal -Intellectual Property Rights: In the WTO and Developing

Countries -Oxford University Press

2. V.Sarkar-Intellectual Property Rights and Copyright- ESS publications

References

1. R..Anita Rao and Bhanoji Rao - Intellectual Property Rights –Eastern Book

Company

2. Arthur R Miller and Michael H Davis – Intellectual Property in a Nutshell: marks

patents, Trade and Copy Right

3. Richard Stim - Intellectual Property marks patents, Trade and Copy Right – Cangage

Learning

4. Christopher May and Susan K Sell - Intellectual Property Rights –A critical History -

Viva Books

134


EC010 805G06 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS

Teaching Schemes Credit: 4 2 hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week.

Objectives: • To create awareness on professional ethics for engineers• To instil human values and integrity• To respect the rights of others and develop a global perspective

Module 1 (12 hrs) Understanding Professional Ethics and Human Values Current scenario – contradictions – dilemmas – need for value education and self esteem – Human values – morals – values – integrity – civic virtues - work ethics – respect for others – living peacefully – caring – honesty – courage – valuing time – co operation – commitment – empathy – self confidence - character

Module 2 (12 hrs) Ethics for Engineers Ethics – its importance – code of ethics – person and virtues – habits and morals – 4 main virtues – ethical theories – Kohlberg’s theory – Gilligan’s theory – towards a comprehensive approach to moral behaviour – truth – approach to knowledge in technology

Module 3 (12 hrs) Environmental Ethics and sustainability problems of environmental ethics in engineering - engineering as people serving profession – engineer’s responsibility to environment – principles of sustainability - industrial, economic, environmental, agricultural and urban sustainability - Sustainable development.

Module 4 (12 hrs) Social Experimentation, Responsibility and Rights Engineers as responsible experiments – safety and risk – confidentiality – knowledge gained confidentiality – experimental nature of engineering – Intellectual Property Rights – professionalrights – employee rights – occupational crime

Module 5 (12 hrs) Global Issues Globalisation – unethical behaviour – computer ethics – weapons development – engineers as expert witness and advisors – moral leadership

Reference

1. Mike W Martin, Roland Schinzinger, “ Ethics in Engineering”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003

2. Govindarajan M, Natarajan S, Senthil Kumar V S, “Engineering Ethics” PHIIndia, 2004

3. P Aarne Vesblind, Alastair S Gunn, “ Engineering Ethics and theEnviornment”

4. Edmund G Seebauer, Robert L Barry, “ Fundamentals of Ethics for scientistsand engineers” Oxford University Press 2001


5. R RGaur, R Sangal, G P Bagaria, “ A foundation course in value educationand professional ethics”

135


EC010 806 VLSI & EMBEDDED SYSTEM LAB Teaching Schemes Credits : 2

3 hour practical per week

VLSI LAB

1. Verilog implementations of a) Multiplexer b) Demultiplexer c) Full adder & Full subtractor d) Decoder

Using data flow style of modelling. 2. Using Structural modelling implement

a) 4:1 multiplexer using 2:1 multiplexer. b) Four bit full adder using one bit full adder. c) 4 bit counters.

3. Using behavioural modelling implement a) D Flip Flop b) J K Flip Flop

4. Using switch level modelling implement a) One bit Full adder b) Multiplexer – 2 channel c) CMOS AND gate d) CMOS OR gate

5. Verilog implementation of Moore and Mealy FSM.

EMBEDDED LAB (PIC)

1. Four bit binary counter using LEDs. 2. Interfacing 7 segment LED and a character LCD. 3. Timers and counters. 4. Analog to digital convertor. 5. DC motor control using. 6. Understanding interrupts. 7. Asynchronous Serial Communication.

*Program the PIC microcontroller and realize the circuits in breadboard (Avoid use of readymade kits).

Syllabus –B.Tech . Electronics &Communication Engg

136

EC010 807 Project Work

Teaching scheme credits: 4


The progress in the project work is to be presented by the middle of eighth semester before the

evaluation committee. By this time, the students will be in a position to publish a paper in

international/ national journals/conferences. The EC can accept, accept with modification, and request

a resubmission.

The progress of project work is found unsatisfactory by the EC during the middle of the eighth semester

presentation, such students has to present again to the EC at the end of the semester and if it is also found

unsatisfactory an extension of the project work can be given to the students.

Project report: To be prepared in proper format decided by the concerned department. The report shall

record all aspects of the work, highlighting all the problems faced and the approach/method employed to

solve such problems. Members of a project group shall prepare and submit separate reports. Report of

each member shall give details of the work carried out by him/her, and only summarise other members’

work.

The student’s sessional marks for project will be out of 100, in which 60 marks will be based on

day to day performance assessed by the guide. Balance 40 marks will be awarded based on the

presentation of the project by the students before an evaluation committee.

For Project, the minimum for a pass shall be 50% of the total marks assigned to the Project work.

137

EC010 808 Viva -Voce Teaching scheme credits: 2

A comprehensive oral Viva-voce examination will be conducted to assess the student's

intellectual achievement, depth of understanding in the specified field of engineering and papers

published / accepted for publication etc. At the time of viva-voce, certified bound reports of

seminar and project work are to be presented for evaluation. The certified bound report(s) of

educational tour/industrial training/ industrial visit shall also be brought during the final Viva-

Voce.

An internal and external examiner is appointed by the University for the Conduct of viva voce

University examination.

For Viva-voce, the minimum for a pass shall be 50% of the total marks assigned to the Viva-voce.

Note: If a candidate has passed all examinations of B.Tech. course (at the time of publication of results of eighth semester) except Viva-Voce in the eighth semester, a re-examination for the Viva-Voce should be conducted within one month after the publication of results. Each candidate should apply for this ‘Save a Semester examination’ within one week after the publication of eighth semester results.

138

APPENDIX 2

Sl No Name National/ International Title Year Details

1 Jose J Edathala,Rosmy Mathew International Satellite Image Compression based on IWT and SPIH 2012

Conference on Computing Paradigms and Bioinformatics, CPBI 2012

2 Therese Yamuna Mahesh/ Teena Ranjan International

C-Band Chirp Spread Spectrum (CSS) Signal GenerationUsing DDS-PLL Technique

2012International Journal of Advanced Electrical and Electronics Engineering, (IJAEEE)

3 Jose J Edathala,Neethu Bhaskaran International Image Authentication and Self Recovery 2012

International Conference on Signal Processing, Bangalore.2012

4 Midhun Joy International A High Bandwidth Rectangular Microstrip Antenna For Aircraft Applications 2012

IRNET,International Conference in Recent Trends in Electrical,Electronics & Information Technology-Trivandrum,NOV 11,2012

5 Jose J Edathala,Mittu Raju International A Simple Interrogator for FBG Sensors 2012International Conference on Signal Processing, Bangalore.2012

6 Darsana P/Geevarghese Titus National Internet Voting Using Cryptography 2012 CPBI 2012,M G University

7 Rosamma Sebastian,Reeba Sebastian International Steganography: A comparision For its quality 2012

IRNet-A unit of interscience institute of management and Technology

8 Binoshi Samuvel. Dr. Mini M G, DR. Vinu Thomas International

A Mask Based Segmentation Algorithm For Automatic Measurement Of Cobb angle From Scoliosis X-ray Image

2012International Conference on Advances in Computing and Communications (ACC-2012)

1

9 Shebi Ahammed S , Binu C Pillai, Rajesh R International Design and implementation of Wi-Fi based imaging

system on concerto platform 2013

2013 IEEE International Conference on Microelectronics, Communication and Renewable Energy (AICERA- 2013 ICMiCR)

10 Indu Reena Varughese,Roshiny Roy International An enhanced method for forensic detection of image m 2013

2013 International Conference on Computer Communication and Informatics (ICCCI -2013)

11 Binu C. Pillai, S. Shebi Ahammed International Design of Wi-Fi Based Mobile Electrocardiogram

Monitoring System on Concerto Platform 2013

IConDM 2013 : International Conference On Design and ManufacturingProcedia Engineering 64 ( 2013 ) 65 – 73 ISSN: 1877-7058

12 Binoshi Samuvel/ Jaison CS National Segmentation of vertebrae from scoliotic xray image 2013

National Conference on CONTEMPORARY iSSUES IN sOCIAL sCIENCE rESEARCH (CISSSR'13)

13 Jose J Edathala,Abubeker K.M,Shinto Sebastian International

Some Investigations on ‘PIR’ Sensor and Their Application On Significant Energy Savings In ATM Counter

20132013 IEEE Conference on Information and Communication Technologies (ICT 2013)

14

Binu Mathew, Pooppy George, Rashmi V Nathan, Siyana Shukkor, Neethu Lakshmi A

InternationalBER Comparison of DCT and FFT Based OFDM Systems in AWGN and Rayleigh Fading Channels With Different Modulation Schemes

2013

International Conference on Microelectronics, Communication and Renewable Energy (AICERA-2013 ICMiCR)2013 IEEE 978-1-4673-5758-6/13

15 Careena P InternationalImplementation of ZigBee Based Train Anti Collision and Level Crossing Protection System for Indian Railwaysvv

2013International Journal of Latest Trends in Engineering and Technology

2

16

GeeVargheseTitus, Meenu Mathew,Anish Francis,Vijayakumar K

International Semi blind neural network based channel estimation technique for OFDM receivers 2013

IEEE International Conference on Microelectronics, Communications and Renewable Energy

17

Ria Maria George,Dr.Suresh Nair, Ahamed P.Ameen, Dinesh Kumar

International Integrated Spiral-shaped Monopole Antenna for 2.4/5.2 GHz Dual-band Operation 2013

International Conference onMicroelectronics, Communication and Renewable Energy

18 Rosamma Sebastian International RSA Implementation in Vedic multiplier to increase speed 2013

First ineternationall conference on emerging trends in engineering & TechnologyIC (ET)-2013

19Muth Sebastian,Anish Francis,Jibu Thomas,Biju Geevarghese

International Pre-processed back propagation neural networks for CDMA Interference cancellation 2013

2013 IEEE international Conference on emerging trends in computing,communication and nano technology ICECCN 2013

20 Shinto Sebastian/ Sumi SunnInternational Charaterization of microwave devices and designing of C-band front end system 2013

International Conference on Electrical , Electronics and Computer Science ICEEC 2013

21 Geevarghese Titus, Jisha Jose International Data Hiding Using Motion Histogram 2013

IEEE International Conference on Computer Communication and Informatics

22 Geevarghese Titus, Anusha Zacharia, Jinu jai International Automatic EEG Artifact Removal by Independent

Component Analysis Using Critical EEG Rhythms 2013IEEE International Conference on Control, Communication and Computing

23 Merene Joseph International End To End Simulation of Sigma Delta ADC 2013

International Conference on Microelectronics, Communication and Renewable Energy (ICMiCR-2013) Print ISBN:978-1-4673-5150-8

24 Shinto Sebastian, Sreedevi S. International Content Based Image Retrieval Based on Database

Revision 2013

3

25 Shinto Sebastian/ Sreedevi SInternational Fast Image Retrieval with Feature Levels 2013

IEEE International Conference on Microelectronics, Communication and Renewable Energy (ICMiCR-2013)

26 Careena P/ Reshma Thankam Mathew International

A Comparative Study on Spectral Efficiency of Downlink Cellular Networks with Different Diversity Orders

2014International Journal of Engineering Research and Technology

27 Darsana P/Dency Jose International Filter Design for MIMO Gaussian Wiretap Channel 2014 AICERA 2014

28 Darsana P/Dency Jose International Multi Layer Security for MIMO wiretap System 2014International Journal of Engineering,Research and Technology

29 Darsana P/ Aswani Mathew International Performance Analysis of SOCP and Linear

Programming Algorithms for Sparse Filter Design 2014International Journal of Engineering,Research and Technology

30Sunish Kumar, O.S.; Jaison, C.S.; Indu Reena Varughese

International The analysis of M/M/r queuing model for fiber delay lines to resolve BLP in OBS networks. 2014 AICERA 2014

31 Abubeker K.M, sabna backer International

Maximum likelihood decoding of convolutional encoder using Viterbi algorithm with improved error correction capability

2014

IEEE international conference ICT-2013 IEEE Explore, Page No: 404- 407, 978- 1-4673-5758-6/13/$31.00 © 2013 IEEE.

32 Abubeker K.M, sabna backer International Serial and parallel implementation of CORDIC

architecture: A comparative approach 2014

IEEE international conference AICERA- 2013 a IEEE Explore, 978-1-4673-5149- 2/13/$31.00 ©2013 IEEE.

4

33 Parvathy S, Abubeker K M, International Highly Secure Invertible Data Embedding Scheme

Using Histogram Shifting Method. 2014

International Journal Of Engineering And Computer Science ISSN:2319-7242 Volume 3 Issue 8 August, 2014 Page No. 7932-7937.

34 Rosamma Sebastian National Automatic License Plate Recognition System 2014 Ilahia college of Engineering and Technology

35 Binoshi Samuvel, Jobin T Philip International Video Frame Rate Up-Conversion Based On

Modified Block Matching Technique 2014Emerging Research Areas: Magnetics, Machines and Drives (AICERA/iCMMD)

36 Jaison CS, Merry Dominic InternationalMaximum Likelihood Algorithms using Iterative Maximisation Methods for Joint Estimation in MIMO OFDM Systems

2014

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SCIENTIFIC ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH, ((ISSN 2319-8885)) Organized by SEMAII GROUPS, September·2014

37

Sunish Kumar, O.S; Jaison, C.S. ; Raju, S. ; Sebastian, R. ; Mathew, A.M. ; John, A.R. ; Senthil Kumar G

International A study of four wave mixing effects in RF-Over-Fiber system 2014

International Conference on Signal Processing and Integrated Networks (SPIN), 2014 (Print ISBN:978-1-4799-2865-1)

38 Asha R Nair, Binu C Pillai, Elza George International Multi Feature Face Identification Using Hash Table

& Binary Tree Classifier 2014

International Journal of Advance Research in Computer Science and Management Studies Volume 2, Issue 9, September 2014 pg. 261-272 ISSN: 2321-7782 www.ijarcsms.com

5

39Binu C Pillai, Gilt George, Harikrishnan M U, James J Nilappana, Aby Scariah

National Implementation and VLSI Layout of an OTA 2014 NTECC'14, MET,S School of Engg, MALA

40Binu C Pillai, Vishalraj Ravirajan, Robin Tom, Rahul Mohan

National High Speed ADC Design and Layout Using 180nm CMOS Technology 2014 NTECC'14, MET,S School of

Engg, MALA

41

Binu Mathewa,Anju Mariam Abraham,Alakananda Nairb,DivyaA Nb, Juby P Jacobb,Architha. Ab, ChrislineAnn Zachariahb

International Automatic Speaker Recognition in a Text Dependent Closed System 2014

International Conference on Signal and Speech Processing - ICSSP’14,TKM Kolam

42 Binu Mathew, Ann Mary Soney International Channel Estimation With TAS in MIMO OFDM

Systems 2014

International Journal of Engineering Research & Technology (IJERT) ISSN: 2278-0181

43 Binu Mathew, Arathy O International Mobility Based Comparison of Routing Protocols in Mobile Ad-hoc Networks 2014

International Conference on Magnetics, Machines & Drives (AICERA-2014 iCMMD)

44 Binu Mathew, Tinu Thomas International High Precision Satellite Ranging Techniques 2014


45 Binu Mathew, Tinu Thomas International PN Code Ranging System for accurate and long

distance range measurement 2014

International Journal of Innovative Research in Science, Engineering and Technology ISSN (Online) : 2319 - 8753 ISSN (Print) : 2347 - 6710

6

46 K. G. Satheesh Kumar,BincyInternational Fountain Code Based Encoding Scheme for Erasure C 2014

International Journal of Advance Research inComputer Science and Management Studies

47

Binu Mathew, Mathew George, Anjana John, Anju K George, Aleena Jose, Ann Mary John

NationalAnalysis of BER in MIMO OFDM Technique for Achieving HighThroughput in Wireless Networks.

2014

National Conference on Recent Trend in Electronics and Communication Systems (NCRTECS-14) Carmel Engineering College,Kerala

48

Binu Mathewa, Alakananda Nairb, DivyaA Nb, Juby P Jacobb, Architha. Ab, ChrislineAnn Zachariahb

National Speech and Speaker recognition in a text based closed system 2014 NTECC'14, MET,S School of

Engg, MALA

49 Therese Yamuna Mahesh/ Nimmy International Detecting Clinical Features of Diabetic Retinopathy u 2014

International Journal of Engineering Research and Technology(IJERT)ISSN: 2278-0181ISO 3297:2007

50 Therese Yamuna Mahesh/ Sreelekshmi International Human Identification Based on the Histogram of Orie 2014

International Journal of Engineering Research and Technology(IJERT)ISSN: 2278-0181ISO 3297:2007

51 Anu Abraham Mathew, Sherin N John National Rooftop Extraction in Aerial Imagery using Corners b 2014

International Journal of Scientific Engineering & Technology Research

ISSN: 2319-8885

7

52 K. G. Satheesh Kumar, Dini John International Automatic Segmentation and Extraction of Lung 2014

International Journal of Advance Research in

Computer Science and Management Studies

53

K.G.Satheesh Kumar,Rintu Maria Thomas,Almariya Joseph,Greeshma Joseph,Ann Mary Soney

International Generation of Colon Tissue Graph for Identifying Def 2014 IEEE International Conference on Magnetics, Machines and Drives

54 Therese Yamuna Mahesh, Sreelekshmi S International Human Identification Based onthe Pattern of Blood V 2014

ISSN (Online): 2321 - 7782 ISSN (Print): 2347 - 1778International Journal of Advanced Research in Computer Science and Management Studies(IJARCSMS)

55 Therese Yamuna Mahesh, Nimmy International Detection and Classification of Exudates in Diabetic

Retinopathy 2014


56 Geevarghese Titus, Jinu jai, Purushothaman S International EEG Based Automatic Detection of Drowsy State 2014

Springer International Conference on Artificial Intelligence and Evolutionary Algorithms in Engineering Systems

57Geevarghese Titus, Greeshma Joseph, Almaria Joseph

International Photoplethysmogram signal Analysis and wavelet De-noising 2014 IEEE International Conference on

Magnetics, Machines and Drives

8

58Geevarghese Titus, Devadathan S, Purushothaman S

InternationalFace Detection and Facial Feature ExtractionBased on a Fusion of Knowledge Based Method andMorphological Image Processing

2014 IEEE International Conference on Magnetics, Machines and Drives

59 Geevarghese Titus, Almaria Joseph International

Removal of Blink Artifacts from EEG:Performance Comparison of Wavelet Transformand Empirical Mode Decomposition

2014

International Journal of Engineering Research & Technology (IJERT)IJERTIJERTISSN: 2278-0181

60 Ajai Mathew, Rosy John International Image and Video Deblurring Algorithm Using Normalized Sparsity Measure 2014

International Journal of Advance Research in

Computer Science and Management Studies

61 Shinto Sebastian, Shafeeq M. International Performance Comparison of Different Multiple Input 2014


62

Jose J Edathala,Remya R Prasad, Renjin Thomas, Reshma Ann Philip, Silja Rose Mary

National Health Monitoring using Wireless Transmission of ECG Signal 2014

National Conference on New Trends in Electronics, Computing and Communication, NTECC 2014

63 Indu Reena Varughese,Mita Suresh International Effect of Similarity Measures on Repetitive Audio So 2014

International Journal of Scientific Engineering and Technology Research (IJSETR)

64

Indu Reena Varughese,Aneetta Jose, Hena Prince, Jismy Tom, Malavika S

International Implemenatation of Error Trapping Technique in cyclic Codes Using LabVIEW 2015

International Conference on Electrical , Electronics and Computer Science IFERP 2015

9

65

Sandeep Babu, Suryakeerthi V, Sidhu M Raju, Praveen Mathew and Ria Maria George

National Wearable Device for Blind 2015

National conference on Emerging trends in Electronics and telecommunication, Younus College of Engineering ,Kollam

66K.G.Satheesh Kumar,Rekha K,V. Satheesh Prabhu

Comparison of Demodulation Methods, Estimationand BER computation of QAM/OFDM SystemUnder Fading Channel

67

Merene Joseph,Meera rose Benny , Shalet V Joy, Sharika Harikrishnan , Sherin Sebastian

International OFDM Modelling and Analysis

2013

International Conference on Emerging Trends inEngineering and Technology(ICET-15)

68 Jomy Susan Ipe National Reversible data hiding technique 2015

4th national Conference on emerging trends in Electronics Engineering & Technology(NCETET)

69 Therese Yamuna Mahesh International Measurement of Program Outcomes Attainment for Engineering Graduates by using Excel 2015

International Journal of Engineering and Management Research (IJEMR)

70Tessy Annie Varghese, Jilu James, Dhanu Marry, Doreen Devasia, Lois Roy

National Validation of heart rate extraction using video imaging on a built-in camera syatem of a PC 2015

National Conference on emerging trends in Electronics Engineering & Technology

71 Therese Yamuna Mahesh International Measurement of Program Outcomes Attainment for Engineering Graduates by using Neural Networks 2015

International Journal of Innovation in Engineering and Technology (IJIET) ISSN:2319-1058Volume 5 Issue 2 April 2015IJIET

10

2015

72 Abubeker K.M,Jose J Edathala,Shinto Sebastian International

Beker’s algorithm: an efficient and improved architecture of DAA instruction for decimal conversion in 8085 μp

2015

International Journal of Advance Engineering and Research Development Volume 1, Issue 11, November -2014, Scientific Journal of Impact Factor (SJIF): 3.134 , page No. 266-268.

73

Jose J Edathala, Megha Varghese,Navya Athira Ram, Mereena Thomas, Vrinda Krishna

International Drivers Assistance System using LabVIEW 2015International Conference on Electrical , Electronics and Computer Science IFERP 2015

74

Careena.P, Rosy Roy, Ruby K JosephRosmy Alex, Rosna Cherian

International Intelligent Fire Sensing and Extinguishing Robot 2015International Conference on Electrical , Electronics and Computer Science IFERP 2015

75 Therese Yamuna Mahesh/ Rinku International A study on male voice mutation 2015


11

self assessment report (sar)tfw mgmt 2 0.75 4 2.00 7 4.625 ajecs ajecs 39 6.15 43 11.30 14 4.26 11...

Documents